Home

AH500 Module Manual A H 5 0 0 M o d u le M a n u a l

1.
2.
3.
4. 1 0 10V N wr N 5 In 20mA 20 20mA NOK 7 0 4 20mA 2 2 5 Functions HWCONFIG built
5. 7T Ca 04DA 08DA 7 E SZ RUN RUN RA 2 P gt ERROR ERROR n a7 SY os Pj lt a Niet Lad m voo am Aa RENET AG UNE lay Li E 00 as NS VO1 a S i SS Zn n Al so LEA ET AG I MEAS 1j voee PH cem vot uh VO2 d DN IS 9 gt E NU X A Vr 1 AS a A AG eeN ed bY 01 TES Ese vO3 a Hea Aarya ZTN rH 7AN 4 SLD AE EATEN AG ISLE a NI vo2 ain REAL VO4 GS HIN LZ LU LL AG Zr VENE AG LEE EARS y VERS RE z FAL n I T 102 SIN pL ESL VO5 ple i so EA FS AG RNAF E I m MM VO3 a TELS VO6 TINA 3 AG ESL ET AG LEIS EAS cl e e ex 03 ICO Rin VO7 d Spc E e P J ZEN b UP a Y RS L7 iul UP a LY LIBS a 7 P P ZP LEAP PIE ze UNA a BY D 1H H SG d AZ SG fa B iss J SG Ad FAIN so_ Lar Fay NU ILE CH La pl Z H _ LUI 5 10 10V AN EZ vr D
6. i m 10SCM m RUN TXI l ERROR RX1 COMi1RS485 TXZ COM2RS485 RX2 i ooo j 7 gt t m on dE 0 d q cL NES L M cout x I o x qr X C C E m 11 0 CU se I a se MIND E Low E HK B 18 Jot a oN ct9 0 Og q MSS d NOS i come D X s E O E aa m x fl Fie m RX CU nx Eu e sie sa s so dr FE BEJ E HO ES KS w D M J PA J S 6 Unit mm 8 3 AH500 Module Manual 8 2 2 Profile
7. 04AD 08AD J N NU P 2 Por ERROR IB st TEES A i D I 3 vo TS vo y i VIO SIE D S VO J eS j 10 TINE sin V1 EN sse zin ud A NE 3 A Tyo H i il V1 sexes AT P V1 nn SIN ME as ii V24 fa 3 Hu NN v2 HAD EATS cy Cc 2 V2 a S wn v3 TEN d M eH M H 4 gt vu v3 Willi A 12 NE KAn SLD ARH S Ly iid V3 Ws Y SLD Ui gt VI3 eu sac V4 a 5 E 4 n B bs S va UNE S A W a N Se A n V54 d N 7H F TNN mA a N um V5 SEY D E TN ries en Vea Ee i Efa al a N V6 AN Ire eH FH IRIEL V7 TN MZ J IIPS zP SEA EN vz AT L iC Leer kp LA db lil UP rah E SLD FIN ry E SG Nl A 7 IYE SLD UN A 7 GEN IN 1 1 F1 zm J Reels N I hi L1 N Se Zn S N Ne e Hn 0 d pur f 6 DUK i IU J 6 4 uu y v RE d AX H LLLJINEES NENNEN MM Model name of the module 2 3 AH500 Module Manual DNE MN DESERIpHon Operating status of the module ON The module is runni
8. T o 9 i T 1 U i Ap I T T Number Name Description Model name of the module Seven segment display SDN e LINK LED indicator for RJ45 port 1 indicator 4 ACK LED ACK LED indicator for RJ45 port 1 indicator 5 LINK LED LINK LED indicator for RJ45 port 2 indicator ACK LED ACK LED indicator for RJ45 port 2 indicator NS LED indicator LED indicator 9 3 AH500 Module Manual Name Demon o 45 pot 2 ii labi O Nampae O O Set screw 9 1 5 RJ 45 Port _ Pin Definition Description 1 De hrensmitngdetae 12345678 2 Tx Transmitting data 3 Re Receivingdata NC 8 JNC 6 Rx Recevingda NEN 9 2 Installation and Wiring This section introduces the installation of AH10EN 5A and the connection of AH10EN 5A to the network 9 2 1 Installation B installing AH10EN 5A on a main backplane Insert a module into a slot make sure that the module is installed on the backplane properly and tighen the the screw
9. RUN RUN i p ENZ gt ERROR ERROR et og iv 3 pl NOT E ZI 10 TN q l0 ROAM TaN l0 M Tyne EC OM L K y Ht TN SZ Ha a IN RO FAL aE z GA aN A s c M l 12 TN LIN An 12 N Ted B FAI IW re 12 SHY e 12 ZA m 9 xr AS rA N I3 IST E cn 13 ADN men B NEF ANE B BAEN FG AOb FG A sen 3 Kos pA Cu PALE SEZ ITN J L FG yc ter FG T i a N LISS Zn l4 a LIS n L Li SAAT u RET RI XE BS M NS TTI 15 IAN hoeh Saint s IAT ase E TN NE let TING n 1 S RO 1 a gm TE eZ Di Las ac i S ia N i 4 n 17 A N LN n AS FAL CIT QUA x Ke SY 17 as wt FG LS n Nig Zain FG SUA TENE BW X pt G Ti Thermocouple 4h ap Thermocouple zu gt n WA H J K R S T E N LOCK IKRSTEN p OCK n Number Name Deseripton 000 Model name of the module RUN LED pig status of the module indicator ON The module is running OFF The module stops running Error status of the module ERRO
10. 4 3 3 Wiring Precautions In order to make the functions of AHO6XA 5A perfect and ensure the reliability of a system at the same time external wiring which prevents noise is necessary Before installing cables users need to follow the precautions below 1 To prevent a surge and induction an AC cable and input output signal cables which are connected to AHO6XA 5A must be separate cables 2 Acable must not be installed near a main circuit a high voltage cable or a cable connected to a load which is not a PLC Besides a cable must not be bound to a main circuit a high voltage cable or a cable connected to a load which is not a PLC Otherwise effects that noise induction and a surge have will increase 3 Please connect a shielded cable and a hermetically sealed cable with the ground separately 4 Terminals with insulation sleeves can not be arranged as a terminal block It is recommended that the terminals be covered with insulation tubes 4 17 AH500 Module Manual External wiring 1 AHO6XA 5A Voltage input l 10 V 10 V CHO nio E E oie Ht Shielded cable 1 6 SG Current input 20 mA 20 mA CH3 1M ane m o o ul B Shielded cable 1 __ 6
11. C4 10 10V N 0 4 20mA OCK 10 10V 0 4 20mA Or P EP a ipe L 3 2 5 Functions HWCONFIG built in utility software in ISPSoft can be used to set a module Users can set modes and parameters by means of HWCONFIG item Function Description 1 Users can enable or disable a channel 2 If a channel is disabled the total conversion time is decreased Enabling Disabling a channel Calibration Users can calibrate an analog output curve A digital range corresponds to an analog range Retaining an When a module stops running a signal sent by the module is output retained 1 Enabling Disabling a channel A digital signal is converted into an analog signal at a speed of 150 us a channel The total conversion time is 150 usx the number of channels If a channel is not used users can disable it to decrease the total conversion time 2 Calibration
12. 3 The terminal block is removed 5 3 3 Wiring e Precautions In order to make the functions of a temperature measurement module perfect and ensure the reliability of a system at the same time external wiring which prevents noise is necessary Before installing cables users need to follow the precautions below 1 To prevent a surge and induction an AC cable and input signal cables which are connected to AHOAPT 5A must be separate cables 2 Acable must not be installed near a main circuit a high voltage cable or a cable connected to a load which is not a PLC Besides a cable must not be bound to a main circuit a high voltage cable or a cable connected to a load which is not a PLC Otherwise effects that noise induction and a surge have will increase 3 Please connect a shielded cable and a hermetically sealed cable with the ground separately 4 Terminals with insulation sleeves can not be arranged as a terminal block It is recommended that the terminals be covered with insulation tubes 2419 AH500 Module Manual External wiring 1 AHO4PT 5A 0 300 Q Ni100 Ni1000 7 sensor Pt100 M ne d sensor and a resistor 204 8uA PEE Pt1000
13. 1 53 10DNET m T gt s lt 7 U hE ac 2 Node Address Hk 1U x10 11 j IDR1 ij DRO aye S 4o PAN H H HH a a Name Descipin 7 8 Removable terminal Tne terminal tor wring 9 lab Namee O O The connector is used to connect the module and the 11 Backplane interface backplane Fixing the module 7 2 3 DeviceNet Communication Connector The connector is used on the connection to DeviceNet Wire by using the connector enclosed with AH10DNET 5A Shielded wire POA A 1 Connect the 24 V DC network power supply between V and V 2 One 121 ohm terminal resistor may be needed to connect between white and blue signal wires For more details please refer to section 7 3 4 7 95 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 7 2 4 Address Switch The switch is used on setting up the node address of AH10DNET 5A on DeviceNet Range 00 63 64 99 are forbidden QD x10 0068 Valid DeviceNet node address oM Node Adress p 64 99 Invalid DeviceNet node address e A x140 Example If you need to set the node address of AH10DNET 5A to 26 simply switch the corr
14. E UN if p 1 10SCM au RUN TXI a ERROR 2X1 S 2 J gt cownse x Y COM2RS485 x2 l 7 FAN TR1 ON Kq T OFF q 9 N ud ss OF i comi S m TX j TX N 1 2 4 P rx D oS RX NEP 5 ME SG se d AN FE D FE d 0 gt I amp S o L 7 l AN N TR2 ON CO OFF Gi 6 i come lt 2 TE c a TX gt RX D j RX D UN 9 2 3 SG se 8 FE FE Number Name Deseripton 0 Model name of the module Operating status of the module RUN LED indicator green ON The module is running OFF The module stops running Error status of the module ON There is a hardware error OFF The module is normal ERROR LED indicator red Blink 1 The setting of the module is incorrect or there is a communication error 2 Restoring the module to the default factory value i indicator green OFF RS 422 mode 06 008 COM2 RS 485 LED ON RS 485 mode indicator green OFF RS 422 mode Blink The data is being transmitted through the TX1 TX2 LED indicator RS 485 RS422 port orange OFF The data is not being transmitted through the RS 485 RS422 port Blink The data is being reveived through the RX1 RX2 LED indicator RS 485 RS422 port orange OFF The data is not being reveived through the
15. e Removal 1 Pull the clip in the direction indicated by the arrow 3 10 Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AH08DA 5B AHOSDA 5C 2 Pull up the clip 3 The terminal block is removed 3 3 3 Wiring Precautions In order to make the functions of a digital to analog module perfect and ensure the reliability of a system at the same time external wiring which prevents noise is necessary Before installing cables users need to follow the precautions below 1 To prevent a surge and induction an AC cable and the output signal cables which are connected to AHO4DA 5A AHO8DA 5B must be separate cables 2 A cable must not be installed near a main circuit a high voltage cable or a cable connected to a load which is not a PLC Besides a cable must not be bound to a main circuit a high voltage cable or a ca
16. ip Unit mm RTD 2 3 4 WIRE Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A 5 2 5 Functions Mtem Function Desorption 1 Users can enable or disable a channel 2 If a channel is disabled the total conversion time is decreased Users can select the degree Celsius C or the degree 2 Temperature unit ad Fahrenheit F as a unit of measurement for temperature Calibration Users can calibrate a linear curve Conversion values are averaged and filtered Disconnection When a sensor is disconnected AHO4PT
17. REO gt oxa mn KO RUN 7 Sz O ERROR RS cq r SS 3 VOT a i TIN VIO ST A1 DEJES L 10 f i E Ne LY n ee EA Vir SLE TEN i vit ais MENS i fein 11 S wa AI T ES np A v2 TN La t c z T H VI2 Hr 2 EN H 124 S Sie i v3 LS DL 7 Vise TENIS Rl l 13 Gp a D M VOO a S RUA T B L7 100 N A IN E AO AG gt Nae MW vot LISSA n i ds i J i NS H SHA IR ZU ES Operating status of the module ON The module is running OFF The module stops running Error status of the module ERROR LED ON A serious error occurs in the module indicator OFF The module is normal Blink A slight error occurs in the module RUN LED indicator Arrangement of the input output Arrangement of the
18. AH500 Module Manual 2 Pull up the clip 6 3 3 Wiring e Precautions In order to make the functions of a temperature measurement module perfect and ensure the reliability of a system at the same time external wiring which prevents noise is necessary Before installing cables users need to follow the precautions below 1 To prevent a surge and induction an AC cable and input signal cables which are connected to AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A must be separate cables 2 Acable must not be installed near a main circuit a high voltage cable or a cable connected to a load which is not a PLC Besides a cable must not be bound to a main circuit a high voltage cable or a cable connected to a load which is not a PLC Otherwise effects that noise induction and a surge have will increase 3 Please connect a shielded cable and a hermetically sealed cable with the ground separately 4 Terminals with insulation sleeves can not be arranged as a terminal block It is recommended that the terminals be covered with insulation tubes Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A External
19. ii P 103 04HC i N ERROR o A 4 Ge IE S D 110 D lel Unit mm 10 2 4 Specifications for AHO4HC 5A item Specifications 1 11 Connector A connector made with great precision is used It has to be connected to an external terminal module Number of channels 10 4 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A Item Specifications Channel 0 X0 8 X0 8 X0 9 and X0 9 Channel 1 X0 10 X0 10 X0 11 and X0 11 Channel 2 X0 12 X0 12 X0 13 and X0 13 Channel 3 X0 14 X0 14 X0 15 and X0 15 Pulse Direction one phase and one input Counting up Counting up one phase and two inputs One time the frequency of A B phase inputs two phases and two inputs Four times the frequency of A B phase inputs two phases and two inputs Signal level 5 24 V DC Maximum frequency of The maximum frequency is 200 kHz counting The number of sampled pulses is in the range of 200000 to 200000 The number of accumulated pulses is in the range of 999999999 to 999999999 The number of input pulses is in the range of 2147483648 to 2147483648 Input differential signal Pulse format Specifications Range Circular count CHO X0 0 and X0 0 CH1 X0 1 and X0 1 CH2 X0 2 and X0 2 CH3 X0 34 and X0 3 Signal level 5 24 V DC Input differential RESET input 9 9 2 15 mA Channel 0 The hi
20. ssseseeeseseeesessssse 5 23 SAG PAME S ictcreiczacatacetceatatesdechaiesdee aideaietaidtciaccadeauerescnenaneiatatesaienaiels 5 24 5 5 J roubleshooting eseeesssssesssseseeeeen nennen nnne nnn 5 37 5 5 1 Eror OGOOGO oee E EAEE Ea 5 37 5 5 2 Troubleshooting Procedure ccccccccseccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseueeeeeeeseeeesaaees 5 37 AH500 Module Manual 5 1 Overview The specifications for a temperature measurement module the operation and the programming are described in this chapter AHOAPT 5A is a temperature measurement module It converts temperatures received from a platinum sensor into digital signals Users can select the degree Celsius or the degree Fahrenheit as a unit of measurement for temperature 5 1 1 Characteristics 1 A sensor is selected according to practical application Pt100 Ni100 Pt1000 Ni1000 sensor High speed conversion Two wire Four wire configuration 150 ms channel Three wire configuration 300 ms channel 3 High accuracy Conversion accuracy The error is 0 5 of an input The ambient temperature is 25 5 C 4 Disconnection detection When a sensor is disconnected AHO4PT 5A gives an alarm or a warning 5 PID control An object can be maintained at a desired temperature through a PID control action 6 A module can be set by means of utility software HWCONFIG is built in utility software in ISPSoft Users can set modes and parameters in HWCONFIG to comple
21. PEN TEC Jr N RNC ESEN N aan is ANE S H i Iu ok i l E 1 IE a Ww NEY mi T NU I 7227 ZEN WANK NI LA E E a E Ai ae Ne NaN N 7 PN A i i TN ACN ACN Z ANTANN I EA ees a A na A NUZA ZH SZH YZ i mii
22. 1 NF ZA m wu wu iat TAN a SUI wy KUT KE RU Ws Gis Gis Ga Ga Jj a Wi SARIS Ir SES NS xU IU WM Thermocouple IZ NI Thermocouple J K R S T E N OCK J K R S T E N OFN 6 5 AH500 Module Manual 6 2 5 Functions tem Function Desorption 1 Users can enable or disable a channel 2 If a channel is disabled the total conversion time is decreased Users can select the degree Celsius C or the degree 2 Temperature unit n Fahrenheit F as a unit of measurement for temperature Calibration Users can calibrate a linear curve Conversion values are averaged and filtered Disconnection When a sensor is disconnected the module gives an alarm or Enabling Disabling a channel detection a warning If an input signal exceeds a range of inputs which can be received by hardware the module will give an alarm or a warning a Warning LED indicator When a warning occurs the error
23. Driver1 R3232 COMI AHCPU530 RS2 EN meetup Baudrate 9400 Transfer Made Format Rack Master Data lave ID Slave Data Length Communication Status Description Master Data Conversion Format elavelD Slave Data Length Communication 8 19 AH500 Module Manual e Setting Modbus Advance To speed up standard Modbus communication SCMSoft provides the Modbus Advance wizard Users only need to specify registers or absolute positions from which data is read specify registers or absolute positions into which data is written select a communication port and download the setting to AH10SCM 5A After flags are enabled the reading of the data and the writing of the data are complete The steps of setting the wizard are as follows 1 SCM setting Users can specify a backplane a slot and a communication port Besides they can set a slave ID a transmission speed a communication interface a transmission mode and a format CM Setting clave ID Baudrate Transfer Wlode Physical Type Format SCM COM Port Rack Slot 2 Modbus Advance Reading and writing Reading data from bit devices word devices and writing data into bit devices word devices Read Write Read Bit Ho Enable Master Data mlave ID Slave Data Length Communication Status Description Read Word No Enable Master Data Conversion Format slaveID Slave Data Length Communication 8 20 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A Reading
24. IONIAN Anon TOUT OU UU UUUUUUUU TLEELTLELELLELCLCLCLLLLCLCLCLTI U n U Note The introduction in this section is made in TT USB communication method 2 Open DeviceNet Builder select Network gt gt Online and then the following dialog box appears i Delta DeviceNet Builder Untitlec File Edit View Tools Setup Help O m z Scanner setting aa X B 4 Project Lis Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D1500 The start output D1000 Q AH100 5 at AH10DNET AH10DNET Scanner Slave Message Code Description j Change the current mode Offline CAP NUM 7 28 AH500 Module Manual 3 Select Network gt gt Scan DeviceNet Network and the whole network will be scanned ew Network Tools Setup Help BI Scanner setting 2 78 Online S Project Lis Gi Scan DeviceNet Network Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D1500 The start output D1000 z wo J AH100 Download E Upload AHIODNET AHIODNET Scanner Slave m 1 gro Message Code Description Scan network System Channel Driver1 Online CAP NUM 7 4 Double click AH10DNET Scanner icon on the above software interface and then the following dialog box appears whe
25. 10 9 10 4 DIE Seting NR 10 12 10 5 Updating Parameters cccccccccsecccececeeeeeeeesceceeeceueeeeeseeeseuesseeeseess 10 14 10 6 Monitoring Paral etel Susstisesesi epos lrpstakiUapn ab tac natas ebd iap a daiiris 10 14 10 7 Fardmeler THDlBuassesmeduea E MEINEM MM MM EN IUE 10 16 10 8 Writing Parameters 1 eese nennen 10 17 10 9 Descriptions of the Control Registers eeeeeeeesseeeesses 10 17 10 9 1 Setting Parameters sessssesssseseeeeeee nennen 10 18 10 9 2 MPT WAV ON cuisse mdr erui sb Ua iPad buic uou EU depu i emn ERE D UU EMEN EE 10 19 10 9 3 FONNO aU Dc T Or TT 10 19 10 9 4 Setting the Cycle of Updating the Number of Pulses 10 20 10 9 5 Setting the Counting Functions eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 10 20 10 9 6 wid cid 10 28 10 9 7 Number of Input Pulses cccceccceeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeseeeenees 10 29 10 9 8 EONS OCS a Etna uq mdid maed en 10 29 10 10 Troubleshooting cccccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesueeseeeeesaeeeesseeeeas 10 30 10 10 1 zit 10 30 10 10 2 A Descriptions of the LED Indicators ssesesssuse 10 30 AH500 Module Manual 10 1 Introduction An AH500 series high speed counter module has several bidirectional high speed counters It can update the number of input pulses instantly It can also cyclically
26. o C TES N Tf AU f 9 RTD ZN 5 P 2 3 4 WIRE DEK Nam Bescipon Model name of the module Number RUN LED Perang status of the module DN ON The module is running OFF The module stops running 2 Error status of the module ERROR LED ON A serious error occurs in the module indicator OFF The module is normal Blink A slight error occurs in the module Removable The inputs are connected to sensors terminal block Arrangement of 4 the input Arrangement of the terminals terminals i Brine Simple specifications for the module 6 Clip Removing the terminal block 00 8 Setscrew Fixingthemodule 00 8 Connector Connecting the module and a backplane 9 3 AH500 Module Manual 5 2 3 Dimensions 5 2 4 Arrangement of Terminals 5 4 35 103 114 110
27. pi C L Hold CHO Chi R ol S lt 7 an es 1 C Held CH2 Ou oO C Held CH3 Ou oO C Held CH4 Ou o C Hela CH5 Ou C Hela CHE Ou o C Hela CHT Ou E yee bitO bit14 Reserved P bit15 The external voltage is abnormal 3 24 Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AH08DA 5B AHOSDA 5C 3 5 Troubleshooting 3 5 1 Error Codes ERROR Error RUN LED Type Description LED 168600 Hardware failure 16 A601 The external voltage is abnormal 3 5 2 Troubleshooting Procedure Procedure Hardware failure Return the module to the factory for repair The external voltage is abnormal et the external 24 V power supply to the module 3 25 AH500 Module Manual MEMO 3 26 Chapter 4 Analog I nput Output Module AHO6XA 5A Table of Contents EE US AREE 4 2 4 1 1 Saisie ERE UU T UT 4 2 4 2 Specifications and Functions cccccccsecccsseeesseeeseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeesees 4 2 4 2 1 ODSCIICAllOllS oa E eoa 4 2 4 2 2 miici m A ieee 4 5 20700 DMOSIN DRE 4 6 4 2 4 Arrangement of TerminalS ccccccccsececeeeeseeeseeeseeeeeeeesseeseeeeseeenaes 4 6 4 2 5 cule ME Y 4 7 c MEME STUN MN RETRO E A elt cree vane env E 4 15 4 3 1 VS TUNG el je 4 15 4 3 2 Installing a Removable Terminal Block 4 16 5 50 2800 70 e M 4 17 4
28. JL 0 000000 CH7 ERR n 20 The manual output values Address Monitor Initial ee M 0 000000 CHO MOU E 0 000000 CH MOU E 0 000000 CH2 MOU m 0 000000 CH3 MOU 0 000000 CH4 MOU m 0 000000 CHS MOU mn 0 000000 CH6 MOU MO 0 000000 CH MOU n 6 36 Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHOSTC 5A 21 The maximum output values PID MY MAS i Description 22 The minimum output values PID MY MIY Description Address 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Monitor 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 CHO MW P CH2 MV CH3 MV I CHA MY I CH5 MV I CH6 MV I CHI MY n CHO MV I CH2MV D CH3MV D CH4MV N CHS MV D CH6 MV D CHT MV D ni 6 37 AH500 Module Manual 23 Reading the output values PID M Eead only Description Address Monitor Initial Io ial EE CHINA m 0 000000 CH2 MYR E E 0 000000 CH3 MVtR E 0 000000 CH4 MV R mn 0 000000 CHS MYR Es E 0 000000 CH6 MV R M 0 000000 CH MV R i n 24 The accumulated integral values PID I MY Read only Address Monitor Tal es PEU seinem dna wies RET T CHIT MY A L 0 000000 CH21 MV E L 0 000000 CH3 1 MV E L 0 000000 CHAI MWi m L D 000n0n CHS LMM al L 0 000000 CH6 I MV im 0 000000 CH7I MW n 6 38 Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A 6 5 Troubleshooting 6 5 1 Er
29. Note 1 AHCPU510 EN and AHCPU530 EN both are Delta AH500 series CPU modules PS05 O CC PS05 O m CPU510 EN 10DNET Ci 0j E 20 men Em oo CPU530 EN 10DNET o Cc a I D OO Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A PS05 CPU510 EN AH10DNET 5A Oo Oo E oae E fo o PS05 CPU530 EN AH10DNET 5A o Oo 1 03 E 028 L o Oi Lj O O AHCPU510 EN and AH10DNET 5A constitute the DeviceNet master and AHCPU530 EN and AH10DNET 5A constitute the DeviceNet slave 2 Either end of the DeviceNet bus must
30. 10V 0 4 20mA Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A 4 2 5 Functions HWCONFIG built in utility software in ISPSoft can be used to set a module Users can set modes and parameters by means of HWCONFIG Analog input Item Function Description Enabling Disabling 1 Users can enable or disable a channel a channel 2 If a channel is disabled the total conversion time is decreased Calibration Users can calibrate a linear curve Average Conversion values are averaged and filtered If an input signal exceeds a range of inputs which can be received by hardware the module will give an alarm or a warning a Warning LED indicator When a warning occurs the ERROR LED indicator blinks or does not blink b Interrupt An interrupt service routine is enabled Channel detection 1 Enabling Disabling a channel The conversion speed is 150 us a channel and the total conversion time is 150 usx the number of channels If a channel is not used users can disable it to decrease the total conversion time 2 Calibration o make a curve meet actual needs users can calibrate the curve by changing an offset and a gain A calibration range depends on a range of inputs which can be sent by hardware A volt is a unit of calibration for offsets if inputs received or outpu
31. B Setting an IP filter User can set eight starting IP addresses and eight ending IP addresses 9 4 4 HWCONFI G I O Mapping Parameters I O mapping is used to set data registers in a CPU module to which input data is transmitted or from which data is transmitted Parameter Setting AHIOENSA Network Parameters Function List Description IP Filter Parameters IO Mapping Paramenters INPUT Area D Length INPUT Area D Length OUTPUT Area D Begin Address OUTPUT Area D Begin Address OUTPUT Area D Length OUTPUT Area D Length Default Chapter 9 Network Module AH10EN 5A B Input data parameters Users can set an initial data register to which input data is transmitted and the number of data registers 12288 data registers at most can be used B Output data parameters Users can set an initial data register from which data is transmitted and the number of data registers 12288 data registers at most can be used 9 4 5 Intelligent Module Configuration NTP Users can set the parameters related to time correction AHIOEN 5A Configuration Data Exchange NTP SNMP Email NTP Chent Setup NTP Client Service Enable NTP Server Update Cycle min NTP Server Service NTP Server Service Enable NTP Setup Time Zone GMT 12 00 Eniwetok Kwajalein Daylight Saving Time Start Date s h gt MonthiDay no fj gt Month Day O Clock _Tmport File Export File Default B Correction cycl
32. ON Bit 5 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 must be turned ON Setting the function of outputting a hardware signal OFF The function is disabled ON The function is enabled Bit 5 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 must be turned ON 10 20 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A bit Description Setting the function of sending a message which asks the CPU module to execute the interrupt subroutine specified to the CPU module OFF The function is disabled ON The function is enabled Bit 5 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 must be turned ON Setting the function of clearing the number of sampled pulses the number of accumulated pulses and the number of input pulses OFF The function is disabled ON The function is enabled Setting the polarity of the input contact of the external signal OFF Normally open contacts ON Normally closed contacts 8 515 Heserved 1 Bit 0 in CRA CR32 CR60 CR88 If bit O in CRA CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned ON the input contacts will be normally closed contacts If bit O in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned OFF the input contacts are normally open contacts 2 Bit1in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 If bit 1 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned ON the function of prescaling the number of input pulses will be enabled If bit 1 in CRA4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned OFF the function of prescaling the number of input pulses will be disabled The function of prescaling the number of input pulses converts the number of inpu
33. Extension Rack Digital LO wodu 1 Analog MO Module Temperature IvIodule Motion Control IMacule Hetwork IvIodule F E 3 If some parameters are altered users can click SV PV The new setting values are written into the CPU module and the I O module If users want to read the present values in the I O module they can click Update The present values in the I O module are sent to ISPSoft and are monitored Parameter Setting AHO4AD 5A CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Mode setting F CHO CH3 Average Time Description Monitor Initial Comment CHO CH3 Calibration CHO Input mode setting BIA 10 10 CHO Input mode setting 10 104 CH1 Input mode setting CH1 Input mode setting A CH2 Input mode setting AIL z CH2 Input mode setting CH3 Input mode setting H3 Input mode setting Conversion Flags Read only 2 21 AH500 Module Manual 2 4 5 Importing Exporting a Parameter File 1 After Export is clicked the parameters will be saved as a CSV file csv Parameter Setting CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Average Time Address Monitor miti Comment CHO CH3 Calibration CIT laput eae eran D500 NI 10 10 CHO Input mode setting CHI Inr D501 Wr J0V M0V CHI Input mode setting fa E Disable CH2 Input mode setting ay Disable CH3 Input mode setting Conversion Flags Read only my Music Elmy Pictures O WinCHM Projects File name O
34. 5 Disconnection detection Only if the analog rang is 4 mA 20 mA or 1 V 5 V does the disconnection detection function If a module which can receive inputs ranging from 4 mA to 20 mA or from1 V to 5V is disconnected an input signal will exceed the range of inputs which can be received by the hardware and the module will give an alarm or a warning Please refer to the description below for more information 4 9 AH500 Module Manual 6 Channel detection The BUS FAULT LED The BUS FAULT LED If an input signal exceeds a range of inputs which can be received by hardware an error message appears Please refer to section 4 2 1 for more information a Giving alarms or warnings The procedure below explains how to set a module so that it gives an alarm or a warning Channel detection No No detection There are no error logs Enabling in the CPU module physical range and the analog detection module No Warning Giving alarms The BUS FAULT LED indicator on the CPU module and the ERROR LED indicator on the analog module are ON No The warning LED indicators blink There are error logs in the CPU module and the analog module indicator on the CPU indicator on the CPU module and the module and the ERROR LED indicator ERROR LED indicator on the analog module on the analog module are not ON blink There are error logs in There are error logs in the CPU module and the C
35. Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A 2 On the Option menu click Online Mode 081C HWYCONFIG Eib Edit Option Help m y g Upload ChHFS ChHEFS Product List Eu m Ctrit h TIE Eri L aem ur limine IvInde Cti F4 os 2J VO vo vo 2 4 2 a Ctrl F Networ Alter Overall Firmware Version E PO List c EX 3 On the Option menu click Monitor Table The registers are monitored O8TC HWCONFIG File Echt E8155 Help im w dU Ups Chri F9 m Download Ctrl Fs Product List LO Carl Ctrl I H E dersi E Digital ASI Online Mode CtHEA Tempers H Motion E Hetwor Ctrl F earch Alter Overal Firzivare Version PO List Monitor Table Rack No ar slot Ho nica Mame Name um z i Comment HOZTE De cimal B de TREE m 6 23 AH500 Module Manual 6 4 4 Online Mode 1 Click Online Mode on the toolbar OSIC HWCONFIG File Edt jsp Help m y E Upload Ctrl F9 F m Product List ii alias DU Scan CECI Extensic EE Digital T 2 atrio CtritF4 He Analog ig Monitor Table Tempe H Motion C Search Chi F H Networ Alter Overall Firrmurare Version E PO List 2 Double click the module 3 If some parameters are altered users can click SV PV The new setting values are written int
36. Communication Status Em aM 0515 8 23 AH500 Module Manual e Triggering the reading writing of data Users can use the instruction TO in ISPSoft to trigger the reading of data from bit devices word devices and the writing of data into bit devices word devices CR 7 CR 8 CR 17 and High byte Reading data from bit devices Low byte Reading data from word devices 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it High byte Reading data from bit devices Low byte Reading data from word devices 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it High byte Writing data into bit devices Low byte Writing data into word devices 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it High byte Writing data into bit devices Low byte Writing data into word devices 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it Triggering the reading of data through COM1 Triggering the reading of data through COM2 Triggering the writing of data through COM1 Triggering the writing of data through COM2 If users want to continually trigger the reading of data from word devices they can write 2 into CR 7 If users wan to trigger the reading of data from word devices once they can write 1 into CR 7 NETWORK 5 Ma0 After MO is triggered a present value can be read into D100 in a CPU module through COM1 on AHSCM 5A The value of bitO in DO is 1
37. New gt gt New and then the following dialog box appears where select the corresponding PLC If Bh Est Siew Compile PLC Toos Window Hep ue memme o gasscmme Ree Beira E HAJS LEALE Note The PLC used in this section is AHCPUSSO EN 3 Select Tool gt gt Communication Setting and then the following dialog box appears where Se ue a built driver iva Note The TUS is built via TD Bs section 8 3 1 4 in ifie SS DeviceNet Builder software for more 7 24 AH500 Module Manual 4 Double click HWCONFIG symbol in the above window and then a new interface pops up where select Option gt gt I O Scan and then the icon of AHTODNET 5A will emerge as below Lo Gy s pH Digital IO Module R Analog VO Module H Temperature Module EH Motion Control Module EE Network Module Slot Label Firmware Descrption Input Devi Output De AHPSOS AH Power S None None AHCPUS 1 00 Basic CPU m None None AHIDDN 1 00 DeviceNet 2 None Nene Real Version 1 01 Note AH10DNET 5A could be installed to other slot 5 Double click 10DNET icon in the above window and the parameter configuration interface of AH10DNET 5A will pop up as follows ac ve CORDES Parameters of IO mapp MDS Information Normal Exchange Area Module Name AHIODNET 5A MDS Version 1 00 00 MDS Build Date 2012 07 14 Import Fild
38. SG Voltage output 10 V 10 V E CHO An AC motor drive P e a recorder 7 BEEN 100 a proportioning valve URL Bieta aa 3 Lac E SG CHO Current output CH1 lt J os An AC motor drive Ya l1 a recorder ooo LAG E a proportioning valve x Shieleded cable 4 L SG DC24V EE AG converter L 15V 1 Please isolate the analog input signal cables from other power cables 2 If the module is connected to a current signal the terminals V and l have to be short circuited 3 If the ripple in the input voltage results in the noise interference with the wiring please connect the module to the capacitor having a capacitance in the range of 0 1 uF to 0 47 uF with a working voltage of 25 V 4 Please isolate the analog output signal cables from other power cables 5 If the ripple is large for the input terminal of the load and results in the noise interference with the wiring please connect the module to the capacitor having a capacitance in the range of 0 1 uF to 0 47 uF with a working voltage of 25 V 6 Please connect the shielded cables to the terminal SG 7 Once AHO6XA 5A is installed on a backplane the terminal SG on AHO6XA 5A and the terminal on the backplane will be short circuited Please connect the terminal on the backplane to the ground terminal Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A 4 3 4 LED Indicators Number Name Descripti
39. ile oe 29 B m Communication Setting Driver Y Staton Address oO IP Address Offline Dnverl theme 7 45 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 3 Select File gt gt New gt gt New and the following dialogue box will appear Click OK after selecting the corresponding PLC model rr ee E m e s aee Beis bad HWCONFIG B c C Progr anD Gh Device Comment amp j HWCONFIG reed i CARD Utility oo AHCFUSSO ER Wr j Motion Module Tasks Global Symbols Programs Function Blocks Me User Defined Lit 7 Offline Driverl USB COM 7 46 AH500 Module Manual 5 Start to scan by selecting Option gt gt I O Scan in the HWCONFIG software interface meme Nm CH F8 Ctri ETE HH PO List HH CECO Specification Information Rack 1 The device connected to AHCPU530 EN will be scanned d Untitled9 HWCO NFIG Product List Extension Rack Digital YO Module Analog VO Module Temperature Module Motion Control Module Network Module Specification Offline Driverl USB COM4 er ANE 7 47 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 6 10DNET in the window is the abbreviation of AH1ODNET 5A Double click the icon of 10DNET and then the parameter setting window of 10DNET will pop up Set the mapping starting address of D in the I
40. 6 After the users right click the module AH04HC 5A a context menu will appear 25 Tuo Luo Luo Luo Luo Luo EP Run ChHES8 Us DIIodule Information Ctrbm Al1t T ZU Diagnosis ChitaAltt D 10 11 AH500 Module Manual 7 After the users click Module Information on the context menu the Module Information window will appear The firmware version in the red frame in the window below is the firmware version of the module AHO4HC 5A Module Information Module H ame BAHUAHC 54 Description High speed counter a module 4 channels Firmware Version 1 02 00 Hardware version 1 00 00 aerial Ho EHIRINTETMTATETECRTATETETMTAT 10 4 Initial Setting Users can set the parameters in a module through ISPSoft After the parameters are set they can be downloaded to the module The steps of setting the parameters in the module AHO4HC 5A are as follows 1 Start ISPSoft and then double click HWCONFIG in the project management area gg NWICONFIG M Project C APro gram File DEL T a LE Tf AHCPUS30 EN Untitled P Motion Module Tasks Global Symbols lili Programs gi Function Blocks M User Defined Library amp Device Monitor Table zd APIS 2 Click I O Scan on the Option menu in the HWCONFIG window Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help E Product List Digital LO Tylodule Analog LO Module Temperature IvIodule Motion Control IvIadule Metwor
41. 7 54 AH500 Module Manual 6 10DNET in the window is the abbreviation of AH1ODNET 5A Double click the icon of 10DNET and then the parameter setting window of 10DNET will pop up Set the mapping starting address of D in the INPUT area the initial input mapping address and the OUTPUT area the initial output mapping address In this example the two addresses are set to D1000 and D1500 respectively Click OK after setting is over El AHLODNET 54 Parameters of IO mapping l Parameters of IO mapp Import Fild gt Sxport Fild Default L v Cancel 7 Select Option gt gt Download to download the above setting to AHCPU510 EN di Untitled HWCONAIC NFIG Ctri N CtrE F4 Motion Search Ct F ow Metw Alter Overall Firmware Version E PO List Specification Information Rack 1 Slot No Label Firmware Descrption Input Devic Output Dev AHPS05 5 AH Power Su None None AHCPU53 1 00 Basic CPU m None None AHIODNE 1 00 DeviceNet sc None Offline Driverl USB COMA 7 55 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 8 Right click 10DNET icon and select Intelligent Module Configuration to call the DeviceNet Product List Extension Rack Digital FO Module Analog IO Module Temperature Module Motion Control Module Network Module Inteiligent Module Configuration Specification In
42. A NELTA Smarter Greener Together Industrial Automation Headquarters Delta Electronics Inc Taoyuan Technology Center No 18 Xinglong Rd Taoyuan City Taoyuan County 33068 Taiwan TEL 886 3 362 6301 FAX 886 3 371 6301 Asia Delta Electronics Jiangsu Ltd Wujiang Plant 3 1688 Jiangxing East Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone Wujiang City Jiang Su Province People s Republic of China Post code 215200 TEL 86 512 6340 3008 FAX 86 769 6340 7290 Delta Greentech China Co Ltd 238 Min Xia Road Pudong District ShangHai P R C Post code 201209 TEL 86 21 58635678 FAX 86 21 58630003 Delta Electronics Japan Inc Tokyo Office 2 1 14 Minato ku Shibadaimon Tokyo 105 0012 Japan TEL 81 3 5733 1111 FAX 81 3 5733 1211 Delta Electronics Korea Inc 1511 Byucksan Digital Valley 6 cha Gasan dong Geumcheon gu Seoul Korea 153 704 TEL 82 2 515 5303 FAX 82 2 515 5302 Delta Electronics Int l S Pte Ltd 4 Kaki Bukit Ave 1 205 05 Singapore 417939 TEL 65 6747 5155 FAX 65 6744 9228 Delta Electronics India Pvt Ltd Plot No 43 Sector 35 HSIIDC Gurgaon PIN 122001 Haryana India TEL 91 124 4874900 FAX 91 124 4874945 Americas Delta Products Corporation USA Raleigh Office P O Box 12173 5101 Davis Drive Research Triangle Park NC 27709 U S A TEL 1 919 767 3800 FAX 1 919 767 8080 Delta Greentech Brasil S A Sao Paulo Office Rua Itapeva
43. AHIOEH 5A Configuration Data Exchange NTP SNMP Email Mail Server Email Trigger Email and Trigger Configuration Ernail and Trigger Configuration Triggeri Trgger2 Tngger3 Trgger4 Tnrngger5 Trigger Trigger Trigger8 Email Address O O OOOOOOOO mogo OOOOOOOO OOOOOOOO OOOOOOOO OOOOOOOO OOOOOOOO Import File Export File Default B Email address and trigger After the setting of email parameters is complete users have to set email addresses to which emails are sent and select triggers for the sending of the emails B Email address of a sender The email address of a sender is an address to which an email is sent An email address is composed of 63 English characters at most Note Only if there is a mail server on a network can an email be sent correctly An email is sent to a mail server and then the mail server sends the email to an address which is specified 9 4 7 Intelligent Module Configuration Data Exchange CPU modules can exchange the data in devices which are specified through the data exchange function of AH10EN 5A B Data exchange setup AHIOEN 5A Configuration Data Exchange NTP SNMP Email Enable Condition Data Exchange Setup Item Enable Slave Address IP Address Local Address Remote Address Quantity Import File Export File 9 20 Chapter 9 Network Module AH10EN 5A Item Edit Update Cycle ms Timeout ms Support
44. I P F A Cannot perform this operation when PLC is inn RUN mode Do you wish to continue if this instruction will affect the state of the connected PLC Note If E7 is displayed on AH1ODNET 5A please remove its DeviceNet terminals before downloading Otherwise failure to download will occur 6 Power off the AH500 series CPU module and then power it on again after downloading is finished And at the time AH10DNET 5A is set to the slave mode 7 8 2 Modifying the Data Length of the Slave When AH10DNET 5A works in slave mode the data length could be modified through the software according to the following steps 1 Scan AH10DNET 5A in slave mode through the DeviceNet master AH10DNET Slave represents for AH10DNET 5A module in slave mode and AH10DNET Scanner refers to AH10DNET 5A module in master mode as the following window shows The data length of AH10DNET Slave is modified through AH10DNET Scanner on the software Delta DeviceNet Builder Untitlee File Edit View Network Tools Setup Help Delxxmnaissumpe t3 m gg set p 2 Ba Proj ect List AHLODNET 5A Master Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D1500 le 8 AHLODNET 5A Master AHIODNET AHIODNET Scanner Slave 4 m Device Message Code Description System Channel Driver1 Online CAP 7 39 Chap
45. Y Untitled2 Delta ISPSoft Monitor Table a File Edit View PLC Tools Window Help amp e oe e eme J e Identifiers Device Name Status Data Type Value 16bits Value 32bits Float x D100 id 286 286 0 000 e Project C AProgram Files Delta Industria p Do 7 73 1 1 0 000 Device Comment amp Used Device amp HWCONFIG B CARD Utility AHCPUS30 EN UntitledD F Motion Module Tasks E Global Symbols 2j Programs ffi Prog PRG LD gi Function Blocks B3 User Defined Library Device Monitor Table Monitor Table x APIs lt gt Project Insert Scan Time 1 0 ms 4 262128 Steps E RUN Driverl R3232 COMI AHCPUS3 EN 8 24 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A 8 6 Software This section introduces SCMSoft which is used to set AH10SCM 5A 8 6 1 SCM Project Users can make an SCM project for COM1 and COM2 on AH10SCM 5A An SCM project is composed of four parts COM Port setting Users can set communication protocols for exchanging data through COM1 and COM2 See section 8 6 2 UD Link RS 485 RS 422 communication can be used Users can define the contents of a packet by themselves See section 8 6 3 Modbus Advance A standard Modbus RS 485 RS 422 device can use this function Other Delta automation products and other standard Modbus communication devices can also use this function See section 8 6 4 COM port history The communication history of AH10SCM 5A can be recorded See s
46. 0 900 bytes CR 36871 Length of a packet which is expected to be received through COM1 Unit Byte Description 0 900 bytes CR 36872 37367 Contents of a packet sent through COM1 Description A packet which users want to send CR 37368 Status of sending a command through COM2 Description Please refer to the description of CR 36864 CR 37369 Status of receiving a command through COM2 Description Please refer to the description of CR 36865 CR 37370 Communication protocol for exchanging data through COM2 Description Please refer to the description of CR 36866 CR 37371 Sending Receiving a command through COM2 Description Please refer to the description of CR 36867 CR 37372 Timeout period after which no data is received through COM2 Description Please refer to the description of CR 36868 AH500 Module Manual CR37373 Number of times the sending of a command through CON2 is retried Description Please refer to the description of CR 36869 CR 37374 Length of a packet which is sent through COM Unit Byte Description Please refer to the description of CR 36870 CR 37375 Length of a packet which is expected to be received through COM2 Unit Byte Description Please refer to the description of CR 36871 CR 37376 37871 Contents of a packet sent through COM2 Description Please refer to the description of CR 36372 37367 8 4 2 Introduction of the Related nstructions Af
47. 1G AOFS Reading wrung me AH10DNET 5A back to the factory for repair configuration data 7 68 AH500 Module Manual Error code Description How to deal with Method 1 Set the node ID of AH10DNET 5A again The node address of which must not be the same as that of the slave AH10DNET 5A is configured in the scan list and then re power it 16 A0FA duplicate with that of the Method 2 Do not make any slave configured to the slave configured in the scan list Download the empty configuration to scan list AH10DNET 5A by using the Simulate online function Finally re power it 7 69 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A MEMO 7 70 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A Table of Contents 8 1 PEP O GUC Lo d NR 8 2 8 2 DIMENSIONS and Profile eee eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaneneeanaes 8 3 8 2 1 DDIntensiolis dosssexssiaxidasedakisakedakiakedakisakedakisekedakdsakadakisakadakddakagakiiakagakd aad 8 3 8 2 2 mm TR 8 4 8 2 3 RS 485 RS 422 Communication Port eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 8 5 99 Moan ANN ETE TET TIT 8 5 8 3 1 Installation esssssssesssessesee emm Ime etetetete eene re niens 8 5 9 4 ControlRegiSterS ccsscpr a rud Ra EG UB KE M HIE 8 6 8 4 1 Descriptions of the Control Registers sseeeeeseeeesssssess 8 8 8 4 2 Introduction of the Related Instructions esee 8 12 oo OUK
48. 5 3 1 Installing a Module Insert a module into a slot make sure that the module is installed on the backplane properly and tighen the the screw as illustrated below 1 Insert the projection under the module into the hole in the backplane 2 Push the module in the direction indicated by the arrow until it clicks AH500 Module Manual 5 3 2 Installing a Removable Terminal Block Installation 1 Level a terminal block at the printed circuit board and press it into the module l e Removal 1 Pull the clip in the direction indicated by the arrow 5 14 Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A 2 Pull up the clip
49. AH10DNET 5A Code Indication How to deal with Method 1 Set the node ID of AH10DNET 5A again which must not be the same as that of the slave configured in The node ID of AHTODNET 5A the scan list and then repower it is repeated with that of the slave Method 2 Do not make any slave configured in the scan list configured to the scan list Download the empty configuration to AH10DNET 5A by using the Simulate online function Finally repower it Check if the slave address has been changed Check if the node equipment on the bus has been changed Configure the network again 1 Check the actual IO data length of slave Please see step 4 in section 7 8 2 2 Configure relevant slaves to the scanner module again Check if the slave address has been changed Check if the network cable is connected normally in case it is loose or cut Check if the bus communication cable length exceeds the maximum transmission distance If it does the system will not be kept stable See section 7 3 3 Check if the connection between the scanner module and network is normal Ensure that the baud rates of the scanner module and other node are the same Error detected in sequence of fragmented I O messages from Check if the slave is operating normally slave device Slave device returns error when AH10DNET 5A attempts to Check if the slave is operating normally communicate with it The size of IO data returned Ensu
50. AHO4HC 5A 1 00 High speed co DO D27 D28 D31 AHI6ANOIP 5A 16 x DO PNF YOO Y0 15 Offline AHCPU USB COM12 AHO4HC 5A has four channels and uses thirty two registers in a CPU module The CPU module reads the values in twenty eight registers periodically The commands that the CPU module sends to AHO4HC 5A are stored in the remaining four registers In the figure above DO D31 are assigned to AHO4HC 5A by means of ISPSoft The thirty two registers assigned to AHO4HC 5A can be changed manually The relation between DO D27 and the four channels that AHO4HC 5A has is shown below The values in the twenty eight registers are updated every millisecond 10 14 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A Input devices CH1 CH2 CH3 CHA i Register Register Register Parameter o mA e EAS qup EE quy d 19 9 47 D14 75 D21 103 Status flag ee a momo me n D202 104 Number of sampled pulses Low word Number of sampled ace 108 pusee ah word D10 D17 D24 106 Number of accumulated pulses Low word D11 D18 107 Number of accumulated pulses High word Low word Number of input pulses High word Users can monitor the operation of AH04HC 5A by means of a monitoring table In the figure below the parameters correspond to DO D27 are monitored Output devices CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Register Register Register Register Parameter Register vy Register y Register vy Register
51. And at the time AH10DNET 5A is set to the slave mode Method 2 Set slave mode and the starting addresses of the mapping areas through DeviceNet Builder Note Compared to the first method the second one is a bit simpler but D device is probably used by multiple modules at the same time because of no uniform configuration through HWCONFIG Please think carefully before adopting this method 1 PC accesses an AH500 series CPU module via USB after connecting the device according to the following figure PS05 DeviceNet Builder v ii CPU530 EN AH10DNET 5A PS05 CPU530 EN 10DNET Oo o o n m UN E EET zzzzzzc RS232 O M O EB o ol 1 02 o9 E 2 1 B H9 i ili CJ CJ J Note The introduction in this section is made in the USB communication method 2 Open DeviceNet Builder select Setup gt gt Communication Setting and then the following dialog box appears where select the driver Station Address
52. Description Address PY SV k oV PY CHO Input mode setting D500 Disahle PTi1DO dWizWw CHO CHI Input mode setting D501 Disable PTi0D 4wiW CHI Refresh Y CHa Input mode setting Disable Disable CH2 CH3 Input mode setting Disable Disable CH3 0 22 Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A 5 4 5 Importing Exporting a Parameter File 1 After Export is clicked the parameters will be saved as a CSV file csv CHO CH3 Mode seting Description Address Monitor Initial D500 Fi Disable HO Input Teni e MESA D Tan eai HEET i E Disable CHA m nM Disable CH3 Input Save in amp My Documents 4m t Amy Music Amy Pictures O wincHM Projects Filename n4PT 5A cev Save as Hype esv File cs Cancel 1 EB S MPT 5 csv a Microsoft Office Excel Comma Separated Values File 9 23 AH500 Module Manual 2 Click Import and then click the CSV file CHO CH3 Mode seting z D500 im Disable CHO Input D501 MIT Disable CHI Input E Disable CH2 Input RI O Disable M CH3 Input Look in My Documents Amy Music Elmy Pictures 9 WinCHM Projects HIN D4PT 5A csv File name D4PT B csv Files af type csv File csv 5 4 6 Parameters Parameter Setting APTA 7 CHO CH3 Mode setting a Temperatur unit MIDS Information Normal Exchange Area CHO CH3 Average Time CHO CH3 Calibration Modus Nene AHO4PT
53. Disable CH1 Output mode setting Inport File DES 3 Save in E My Documents de E my Music Elmy Pictures O WinCHM Projects File name BXA 5A cav Save as type esv File csv Cancel 6X 54 csv Microsoft Office Excel Comma Separated Values File 1 EB 4 25 AH500 Module Manual 2 Click Import and then click the CSV file Channel Mode setting Description Address Monitor Initial Comment D5 0 MI IOW H OV CHO Input mode setting E aiii TU vv T GT iui uode aeg M Disable M CH2 Input mode setting M Disable CH3 Input mode setting n Disable CHO Output mode setting n L Disable B CH1 Output mode setting Trapert File N 4 Export File EB My Music ElMy Pictures O WinCHM Projects rene j ENS I Ib A A 240 ics File name 0614 54 CSV Files of type esv File csv 4 26 Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A 4 4 6 Parameters Parameter Setting AH06XA 5A Channel Mode setting CHO CH3 Input Average Time MDS Information Normal Exchange Area Channel Calibration Channel Scale Range Module Name AHO6XA 5A MDS Version 1 00 00 MDS Build Date 201207 14 Conversion Flags Read only lt Default 1 The input modes of the channels and the output modes of the channels Channel Mode setting Descnption Address Monitor Initial Comment CHO Input mode setting JL Disable CHO Input mode setti
54. IA Character m 164668 Start bit 16403 Length 16 203 Length repeat Start bit 005 198 apost 5 16 00 16 Instrument FA 16 FF address IA Function field FF Checksum CS CS IA FF eis Function field Full record FF Character hae 16 68 Start bit NNI CS EMEN NUM Summation of the characters starting from IA to Pl 4 168688 Start bit cat D ur 16 Instrument FA 16 FF address IA field PI PE character data LA DB Checksum CS Summation of the characters Length 5 starting from IA to the last data type 3 Usage AH10SCM 5A can communicate with the power meter through the three types of records Telegram to the power meter Response via a record type Resetting the instrument None via an abbreviated record TEN the status of the instrument Repeated reco via an abbreviated record Most important measured values and errors ig data Full record via an abbreviated record Event data for error analysis Full record via an abbreviated record 8 43 AH500 Module Manual Type Telegram to the power meter Response via a record type All measured values 5 Full record via a control record Output parameters Full record via a control record 7 d Mises Full record via a control record Instrument specifications Full record via a control record Real time clock values Full record via a control record 4 E
55. IP Address Note The driver is built via COMMGRH software See section 8 1 4 in the help file of the DeviceNet Builder software for more 7 37 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A Fi Setup Help Demum Xm ses OBO AaZieoa E A hte AHIODNET 5A Master Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D1500 The start output D1000 E Message Code Description System Channel E Driver1 Online CAP NUM A 4 Select Network gt gt Scanner Setting and then Scanner Setting dialog box appears where Slave Mapping Address is for setting the starting address of the mapping area After selecting Slave Mode fill the set starting address of the mapping area Click OK after setting is over CO Master Mode Scan Interval Tome 10 Expected Packet Rate 75 Slave Mode Bit Strobed Tx Saze Bytes Polled Output Size Bytes Change of State Cychc COS Tx Size Bytes Slave Mapping Address Master gt Slave Start Address Masterc Slave Start Address Extension Baudrate _ Enable Baudrate IMbp Cancel Note Output Size and Input Size under Polled in the above window are used for setting the data length of AH10DNET 5A as the slave 7 38 AH500 Module Manual 5 Select Network gt gt Download and then the following dialog box appears where click OK to download the configuration data to AH10DNET 5A automatically Warning
56. Ig Programs a Prog PRG LD go Function Blocks Ma User Defined Library 8 Device Monitor Table JH APIs x x D 262128 Steps l COM R3232 R3232 COMI AHCPUSSO EN om Untitled0 HYCONFIG File Edit Option Help 3 7 Go E Product List VO Scan Ctrl N Extension Rack Digital I O Module Analog VO Module Temperature Module Motion Control Module Network Module Specification Information Rack 1 slot No Label Firmware Versi Descrption Input Device R Output Device Comment AHPS305 5A AH Power Supply None None AHCPUS30 E 1 00 Basic CPU modul None None JT Alias helw 10 Offline COMI R3232 R3232 COM1 2 15 AH500 Module Manual 3 ISPSoft is scanning the actual hardware configuration Tntitled0 HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help E Product List Extension Rack H Digital IO Module H Analog L O Module H Temperature Ieadule IuIotion Control IyIodule E Network Module Specificatian Information Rack 1 E Of ne COMI R3232 RS232 COMI A 4 After the scan of the actual hardware configuration is complete the system automatically assigns the corresponding registers to the channels Users can alter the input device range by themselves Note Owing to the fact that values are floating point numbers every channel occupies two 16 bit registers Information Rack 1 alot No Label Firmware Deserption Input Devi Output Dev C
57. LED indicator blinks or does not blink Channel detection b Interrupt An interrupt service routine is enabled An object can be maintained at a desired temperature through f PID control a PID control action 1 Enabling Disabling a channel A temperature received from a thermocouple sensor is converted into a digital value at a speed of 200 ms a channel If a channel is not used users can disable it to decrease the total conversion time 2 Temperature unit Users can select the degree Celsius C or the degree Fahrenheit F as a unit of measurement for temperature 3 Calibration To make a curve meet actual needs users can calibrate the curve by changing an offset and a gain A calibration range depends on a range of inputs which can be received by hardware e The range of offsets used for calibration is 1 0 1 0 and the range of gains used for calibration is 0 9 1 1 Example 1 The temperatures 100 C 100 C correspond to the digital values 100 100 The original signals are used The gain is 1 and the offset is 0 The temperature received by the channel is OC and the digital value is 1 The temperature received by the channel is 100 C and the digital value is 99 Users can calibrate the channel by calibrating the gain and the offset The users can get the gain for the calibration by means of the equations below Gain Y2 Y1 X2 X1 99 1 100 0 1 Gain used for calibration 1 Gain 1 1 1 The users can get th
58. MDS Information Normal Exchange Area Module Name AHIODNET 5A 1 00 00 MDS Version MDS Build Date 2012 07 14 Inport Fild Sxport Fild 4 Default Double click Parameter of IO Mapping on the above window set the value in Parameters of IO mapping and the set value is the starting address of the mapping area Click OK after setting is over 7 34 AH500 Module Manual Ej A amp HIUDNET 5A Parameters of IO mapp Adimi 500 0 655335 Legs 30 500 oe ce Inport Fild l a jal gt xpert Fild Note The set value is the starting address of the mapping area Both of the length of the input and output mapping areas is 500 words 6 Select Option gt gt Download in the HWCONFIG interface and then the following dialog box appears where click OK to download the data 1 Module Configuration and Parameters 2 PLC Parameter Setting 5 Digital VO Module amp Analog LO Module Temperature Module amp Motion Control Module Intelligent Module Configuration Slot Label Fimwar Descrp on Input De Output D o AHI0DM100 DeviceNet None None Real Version 1 01 m Offfne Daver2 USB COM4 7 35 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A Fi DaeNmxmnda s amp lmgoe aee 9g sg Ec The start input D1500 The
59. SM400 MOV En D30 S D D2501 NETWORK 8 SM400 MOV En D50 S D D2502 NETWORK 9 SM400 MOV En D150 S D D2503 NETWORK 10 SM400 MOV En D230 S D D2504 The above program is the ladder diagram program of AHCPU530 EN Controlling D1505 D1509 in AHCPU510 EN is equal to controlling DO D30 D50 D150 and D230 in AHCPU530 EN Meanwhile the current values in DO D30 D50 D150 and D230 in AHCPU530 EN will be transmitted to D1005 D1009 in AHCPU510 EN in real time 7 63 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 7 10 Error Diagnosis and Trouble Shooting AH10DNET 5A provides three diagnosis methods such as indicator seven segment displayer and software diagnosis 10DNET 95A 7 10 1 Indicator Diagnosis NSLED LEDstattus Indication Howtodealwith 1 Make sure that AH10DNET 5A is No power Duplicate ID powered detection has not completed 2 Ensure that at least one node or more are communicating on the network No correction Or refer to the code on the seven segment displayer for the error shooting Green light No connection with the blinking DeviceNet Online and connecting with Red light EE EE E Refer to the code on the seven segment blinking i displayer for the error shooting 1 Make sure all the devices have their unique node address Network error duplicate ID 2 Check if the network installation is correct no network power or bus off 3 Check if the node address of AH10DNET
60. To make a curve meet actual needs users can calibrate the curve by changing an offset and a gain A calibration range depends on a range of outputs which can be sent by hardware e Avoltis a unit of calibration for offsets if outputs sent are voltages A milliampere is a unit of calibration for offsets if outputs sent are currents e The range of offsets used for calibration is 1 0 1 0 and the range of gains used for calibration is 0 91 1 Example 1 The outputs sent by a channel are voltages in the range of 10 0 V to 10 0 V The original signals are used The gain is 1 and the offset is 0 The digital value received by the channel is 0 and the voltage measured is 0 05 V The digital value received by the channel is 10 and the voltage measured is 9 95 V Users can calibrate the channel by calibrating the gain and the offset 3 5 AH500 Module Manual The users can get the gain for the calibration by means of the equations below Gainz Y2 Y1 X2 X1 9 95 0 05 10 0 21 Gain used for calibration 1 Gain 1 1 1 The users can get the offset for the calibration by means of the equations below Offset Y1 0 05 Offset used for calibration 0 Y1 0 05 Signals after the calibration 10V qu se Deter e eens eee Original signals X2 Y2 10 9 95 V Digital value X X1 Y1 0 0 05 V in eee eet es 10 V Voltage Y X Digital value Y Analog signal Example 2 The outputs sent by a channel are voltages
61. into CR 8 the writing of data through COM will stop Please refer to the table in the description of CR 7 CR 17 Triggering the reading of data through COM2 Description High byte Reading data from bit devices Low byte Reading data from word devices 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it After 1 or 2 is written into CR 17 the reading of data through COMe will be triggered After 0 is written into CR 17 the reading of data through COM2 will stop Please refer to the table in the description of CR 7 CR 18 Triggering the writing of data through COM2 Description High byte Bit Low byte Word 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it Please refer to the table in the description of CR 7 CR 21 Triggering the sending receiving of the packets in a group through COM1 Description After a group number is written into CR 21 the packets in a group will be sent received through COM1 After 1 is written in CR 21 the sending receiving of the packets in group 1 will be triggered After the sending receiving of the packets in group 1 is triggered the value in CR 21 will become 0 Default O Not triggering the sending receiving of the packets in any group CR 22 Base register used for the sending of data through COM1 Description The communication protocol for exchanging data through COM1 must be UD Link Users have to select Base Offset in the Mapping Register
62. 0 04 0 05 0 02 0 01 0 01 0 02 16 bits 250 O
63. 000000 CHO SV 0 000000 CHI SV MoO 0 000000 CH2 SV kl L 0 000000 CH3 SV m 0 000000 CHASV ff 0 000000 CH5 SY E 0 000000 CH6 SV m 0 000000 CH SV gt 6 33 AH500 Module Manual 15 The sampling time PID Cycle scriptio Address L 16 The proportional gains De Address Monitor 6 34 Monitor mial 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Initial 0000000 m E UU OO IIO OO m mmmTPPPPEI 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 PEPE E TTT ETT E CHI Cycle CH2 Cycle CH3 Cycle CH4 Cycle CH5 Cycle C H6 Cycle CH Cycle Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A 17 The integral gains Address Monitor Initial Ll 00000 58 Le Io oo as E 0 000000 CH2 Ki Mim 0 000000 CH3 Ki MoO 0 000000 CH4 Ki m 0 000000 CH5 Ki m 0 000000 CH Ki nM 0 000000 CH Ki 18 The derivative gains PID Ed Address Monitor misal FICH Kd iii aO 0 000000 CHO Kd E Lr E MIT n 0 000000 CH2 Kd 0 000000 CH3 Kd A L 0 000000 CH4 Kd m 0 000000 CHS Kd JL 0 000000 CH6 Kd mn 0 000000 CH Kd gt l 6 35 AH500 Module Manual 19 The range within which the error values are count as 0 PID ERR DBW i Description Monitor Initial oo my 0 000000 CHO ERR NIE e STE B L 0 000000 CH2 ERR m 0 000000 CH3 ERR E 0 000000 CHA ERR 0 0 000000 CH5 ERR_ E L 0 000000 CH ERR
64. 1 Parameter 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 T Untitled Delta ISPSoft Monitor Table 109 i File View PLC Tools Window Help smelinceoesssssjpjmesese 8 Hed Project n x Object Identifiers Device Name M DataType Value 16 Value 32 Float a NWCONFIG 5 B toe apu a 1 7 8 E i Bestes Q evi Comment ines lj CARD Utlity Lo ff gidDeimv T ANCHUSSO EN nite b BewDemv f Motion Modul Signed Decim w Tos Signed Decim w Global Symbols L igne ecim Xl Signed Decin v E ProgO PRG LD Signed Decim Y sd Prog PRG LD Signed Decim Y sd amp Prog ROLD SignedDecim w i Prog PRG LD i Prog4 PRG LD Signed Decim Y SignedDecim Siesa Deem D10 D19 gd Function Blocks peu Dec cim Dd LL Signed Decim Y Project Insert Network 1 Scan Time 0 700 ms 4 262128 Steps AHCPU USB COM12 AHCPUS3 EN S Device Monitor Table E Monitor Table APIs fll Loop Control f Transmission Com ffl Four Arithmetic Oy ffl Data Conversion fi Data Transfer p Handy Instructions ffl Logical Operation f Rotation and Displ v gt ees ee MEME NEN MEN o Jp ul n ae E LI ne es a om Ta Ue Duet Linny o JB ee Lg 3 Lo p E a a E
65. 1 Slot 0 Node Address Unknown The start input D2000 The start output D2500 i8 Message Code Description Offline CAP NUM SCRL 2 7 49 7 50 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 10 Select Ne twork gt gt Online and AH10DNET 5A will appear under the project list eNet Bi File Edit View Network Tools Help Beet Xeanees ose 2a Fann Det H 2 AHIODNET 5A Master Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D2000 The start output D2500 Message Code Description Ethernet Channel _ Online CAP NUM SCRI A If current AH10DNET 5A has been set to the slave mode the software interface will be as shown below File Edit View Network Tools Help Bae AR tenes se noo ORMARE EA Ht 2 a Project List 9 AH10DNET 5A Slave AHIODNET 5A Slave Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D2000 The start output 4 n EE Ewiroject Message Code Description Ethernet Channel Online CAP NUM SCRI AH500 Module Manual 11 Select Network Scanner Setting and Scanner setting dialogue box pops up Select Slave Mode and fill the data length of the slave and the mapping address of the device In this example AHCPU510 EN monitors 5 registers in AHCPU530 EN and therefore the output length and input length are both set to 10 bytes Master Slave Start Address and Master lt Slave Start Address are set to D2000
66. 1000 100 C and Kp is 100 10 C The relation between the temperature and the operation amount is shown below Operation amount 100 Heater 0 Temperature i gt Proportional 90 C band 100 C 99 AH500 Module Manual Setting Valle Cooler The setting value is 200 20 C and KP is 100 10 C The relation between the temperature and the operation amount is shown below Operation amount A 100 Gooler 0 hessen eee r E Temperature Proportional 30 C band 20 C Integral action If temperature is controlled by a pure proportional action there is difference between the temperature controlled and a setting value Therefore if an integral action is used with a proportional action difference decreases as time goes by and the temperature controlled is the same as the setting value SENG value Integral action Derivative action With regard to violent environmental change a derivative action provides more operation amount to make temperature return to its original controlled state Proportional action Derivative action Setting walle Proportional action Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A Control diagram The instruction PID is inside the dotted line The PID algorithm is as follows dE t dt Forward action E t PV t SV t Reverse action E t SV t PV t b Control mode Cyclic co
67. 3 9 O 1 53 mA a Ni100 04300 Q Ni100 Ni1000 Shielded cable 1 CH1 So N ppoo00 Ni100 Ni1000 RASA 2 Shielded cable 1 ras munt Od aa 1 The cables or the shielded twisted pair cables for Ni100 Ni1000 Pt100 Pt1000 temperature sensors are used and should be kept separate from other power cables and cables which generate noise Please use a three wire temperature sensor If users want to use a two wire temperature sensor On and In have to be short circuited and On and In have to be short circuited n is in the range of 0 to 3 2 If users want to measure the resistance in the range of 0 Q to 300 O they can use a two wire or three wire sensor instead of a four wire sensor 9 User need to select an appropriate sensor If a Ni100 temperature sensor a Pt100 sensor and a resistance sensor are used the internal excitation current is 1 53 mA If a Ni1000 temperature sensor and a Pt1000 temperature sensor are used the internal excitation current is 204 8 pA 5 3 4 LED Indicators Number Name Description RUN LED epee A of the module TEAMS ON The module is running OFF The module stops running Error status of the module ERROR LED ON A serious error occurs in the module indicator OFF The module is normal Blink A slight error occurs in the module Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A 5 4 HWCONFIG in ISPSoft 5 4 1 Initial Setting 1 Start ISPSoft and then doubl
68. 5A is valid 4 Check if the network power is normal Red light ON MSLED LEDstatus Indication Howtodeawih REND ded O power and connected properly Green light The scanner module has not Configure the scan list and re download the As the master the slave in t he scan list of AH10DNET 5A works abnormally as the slave it is a configuration problem Refer to the EE on the seven segment displayer and ensure that the slave message is consistent with that actually connected Red light blinking Vinculi cO 1 Check if the configuration is correct Red light ON 2 Repower it first and return it to the factory AH10DNET 5A ae PM for repair if the error still exists NS and MS LED EE O power normal 7 64 AH500 Module Manual LED status Indication How to deal with Green Duplicate ID Ensure that at least one node on the detection has not network and AH10DNET 5A have the same light ON completed baud rate and communicate normally Duplicate ID 1 Ensure that the node address of Red light Green detection failed or AH10DNET 5A is unique ON light ON l bus off 2 Repower it 1 Check if the network cable connection is Aes he ED No network power correct g 2 Check if the network power is normal Red gni Red ER Return it to the factory for repair Seven segment Displayer Diagnosis Code Indication How to deal with in normal operation ate TO adsan VO
69. A milliampere is a unit of calibration for offsets if inputs received are currents e The range of offsets used for calibration is 1 0 1 0 and the range of gains used for calibration is 0 9 1 1 Example 1 The inputs received by a channel are voltages in the range of 10 0 V to 10 0 V The original signals are used The gain is 1 and the offset is 0 The voltage received by the channel is 0 V and the digital value is 0 05 The voltage received by the channel is 10 0 V and the digital value is 9 95 Users can calibrate the channel by calibrating the gain and the offset The users can get the gain for the calibration by means of the equations below Gain Y2 Y1 X2 X1 9 95 0 05 10 0 1 Gain used for calibration 1 Gain 1 1 1 The users can get the offset for the calibration by means of the equations below OffsetzY1 0 05 Offset used for calibration 0 Y1 0 05 Signals after the calibration 10 c sess pew A al mei spc aaa oS mats Original signals X2 Y2 10 V 9 95 10 V l Voltage X 10 V X1 Y1 0 V 0 05 Digital value Y X Analog signal Y Digital value Example 2 The inputs received by a channel are voltages in the range of 10 0 V to 10 0 V The original signals are used The gain is 1 and the offset is 0 If the voltage received by the channel is 0 V the digital value is 0 0 If the voltage received by the channel is 10 0 V the digital value is 10 1 Users can calibrate the
70. AHOLAD 5A CH0 CH3 Scale Range CHO CH3 Mode setting eae Monitor di CHO CH3 Scale Range s T 0 000000 CHO Scale LSP Channel Alarm CHI Seale LSF DN 0 000000 CH1 Scale LSP Interropt Enable H2 Scale LS A 0 000000 CH2 Scale LSP Interrupt nuraber SPIRAL Warming LED H5 Scale Lor m 0 000000 CH3 Scale LSP Conversion Flags Read only HO Sc le SF in 100 000000 CHO Scale HSP 7 ISF 100 000000 CH1 Scale HSF 100 000000 CH2 Scale HSP 100 000000 CH3 Scale HSP 2 25 AH500 Module Manual b The channel alarm Parameter Setting AHO4AD 5 3 CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO C Aveng Tie Monitor mitat CHO CH3 Scale Range I I a J Channel Alarm ci Interrupt Enable Inte amp rupt number Warning LED Conversion Flags Read only O a A SO DW bit0 bit7 CHO CH7 The physical range detection ON Enable OFF Disable bit8 bit15 CHO CH7 Giving an alarm or a warning ON Alarm OFF Warning Description 6 Enabling the interrupts Parameter Setting ANNADSA CHO CH3 Mode setting CH0 og Te 7 come CHO CH3 Calibration uS BUT T CHO Interrupt of Over Phy CH2 Interrupt of Over Phy CH3 Interrupt of Over Phy Conversion Flags Read only 2 26 Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C 7 The interrupt numbers Parameter Setting ANNADSA CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Average Time Address Monitor CHO CH3 Calibration CHO CH3 Scale Range i Channel A
71. Analog VO Module Temperature Module Motion Control Module Gut Ctr X Network Module C Chic AHIOEN 5A AHIOSCM 54 AHIODNET 54 AHIOPFBS 54 Intelligent Module Configuration Ctrl V Del Specification Serial communication module 5 build in with 2 R5485 422 ports full isolation between R3485 422 E Information Rack 1 Slot No Label Firmware Versi Descrption Input Device Ra Output Device R Comment AHPS05 5A AH Power Supply None None AHCPUS3O E 1 00 Basic CPU module None None AH10SCM 52 1 00 Serial communicat DO D17 I TAA f Wl F2 zl Offine Driverl RS232 COMI D U M 8 18 HWCOMF IG Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A You must ensure that you have save File before execution intelligent module configuration Do you want to save it Modbus Advance Start SCMSoft and then click MODBUS Advance Wizard on the toolbar H SCMSoft UntitledO scm Ele Edit View Tools Window Help ma ces M Untitled E F COM PORT Setting 15 SCM Devicel S A UD Link Group List Sequence List MODBUS Advance amp amp COM PORT History J COMI J COM2 Name SCM Devicel Project Ready HODETS Advance PLC Setting L ommunication Setting aC Setting slave ID Physical Type SUI Col Port Read Wieite Fead Bit Ho Enable Fead Word Ho Enable
72. CHS Input walr HUN 1 gt 4 31 AH500 Module Manual 10 The error codes Conversion Flags Read only WWEWWRWEWEVWRWERRREWRRRZWEATRREERWERFZWRWEAWRWERWFFFESEWSRWIWIFIREEWAWFIWAWEEWEFEWFOFNEREEAWRWFIWIWEEWEWRTFWEWAWERWEWEIFFWERWEWEFFIWRFERWAWEWFIVEFFAWRFEIFI CRERWEWWIVIWERWEWEIFEWEWERFEWEFWAFFAWEWAWFEWEWERFEWEFFIWEWERWAWEIFEWEWERWEWWIVFFERREWETFIWEEEAWEWEIFIWEREAWEFFIWRWERWAWEFFIWIREAWAWEFFIWEWEAWEWFIWIWERWEEETFIFEW 4 5 Troubleshooting 4 5 1 Error Codes Error RUN LED 16 A600 Alarm Hardware failure FF 16 A601 The external voltage is abnormal FF O O 16 A603 Alarm Mtema eror O The factory correction is abnormal The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the 16 A400 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the 162A401 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the 162A402 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the 16 A403 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the 16 A000 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the 16 A001 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the 16 A002 Warning
73. CR103 will be turned ON and the system will start the count 2 If the number of accumulated pulses is larger than or equal to the comparison value bit 3 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 will be turned ON If bit 3 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON bit 3 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 will be turned OFF The related parameters are described below Value Setting value Parameter CH1 1 CH2 1 Bit 4 Setting the accumulation register Bit 6 Selecting a type of comparison condition OFF ON x CHS 1 CHA 1 78 106 79 107 1 2 100 73 101 75 103 Setting the counting function IN oO 2 Number of accumulated pulses Low word Number of accumulated pulses High word Comparison value Low word Comparison value High word Status flag Bit 3 The number of accumulated pulses meets the comparison condition set Enabling a Bit 3 Resetting bit 3 in parameter CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 NO NO O1 0 999999999 999999999 1 a O IN 4 999999999 999999999 a N EIN D IN 7 0 28 NO CO C1 Bit 6 in CRA CR32 CR60 CR88 If bit 6 in CRA CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned OFF is selected If bit 6 in CRA4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned ON lt is selected Before users select a type of 10 27 AH500 Module Manual c
74. D500 D503 2 If the slave does not support the bit strobe function the slave will still reply the I O message to the master after the corresponding bit is set to ON 4 D501 4 D500 TIED b31 b30 e nne b18 b17 b16ib15 b14 e nnn b2 bi bO I sNode Node 1 gt Node 2 Node 14 Suppose the starting address for the output is D500 and the slaves support the bit strobe function When bit 0 in D500 is OFF the node 0 is selected and it needs to return its data to the master When bit O and bit 1 are both OFF in D500 the node 0 and node 1 are both selected and they need to send their own data to the master 7 6 Network Node Status Display 7 6 1 Scan List Node Status Display The function is used for monitoring whether the DeviceNet slave is offline or not The scanner module conducts the real time monitor and control of the nodes in the scan list and maps the status of each node in the scan list to one bit so that users could acquire the status information of the network node through monitoring the value in the corresponding register If the starting address for the input is D1000 the corresponding relations between the node status registers and the slave are as follows Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A Node status Corresponding network node register bi5 b14 bi3 bt bo Di000 Node 15 Node 14 Nodei3 n Nodei NodeO Nod
75. Disconnection detection Only if the analog rang is 4 mA 20 mA or 1 V 5 V does the disconnection detection function If a module which can receive inputs ranging from 4 mA to 20 mA or from1 V to 5V is disconnected an input signal will exceed the range of inputs which can be received by the hardware and the module will give an alarm or a warning Please refer to the description below for more information 6 Channel detection If an input signal exceeds a range of inputs which can be received by hardware an error message appears Please refer to section 1 2 1 for more information a Giving alarms or warnings 2 8 The BUS FAULT LED The BUS FAULT LED indicator on the CPU indicator on the CPU module and the module and the The procedure below explains how to set a module so that it gives an alarm or a warning Channel detection No No detection There are no error logs Enabling in the CPU module physical range and the analog detection module No Warning Giving alarms The BUS FAULT LED indicator on the CPU module and the ERROR LED indicator on the analog module are ON No The warning LED indicators blink There are error logs in the CPU module and the analog module ERROR LED indicator ERROR LED indicator on the analog module on the analog module are not ON blink There are error logs in There are error logs in the CPU module and the CPU module and the analog module the analog modul
76. Error OOS 6 39 6 5 2 Troubleshooting Procedure ccccceeccccseeeeseeeeeseeeesaeeeeeaeeeesaeeeeeas 6 40 AH500 Module Manual 6 1 Overview The specifications for AHOATC 5A and AHO8TC 5A the operation and the programming are described in this chapter AHO4TC 5A and AHO8TC 5A are temperature measurement modules They convert temperatures received from thermocouples into digital signals Users can select the degree Celsius or the degree Fahrenheit as a unit of measurement for temperature An introduction of thermocouples The Seebeck effect is used in a thermocouple to measure a temperature difference Generally speaking a thermocouple consists of two conductors of different materials that produce a voltage in the vicinity of the point where the two conductors are in contact The voltage produced is dependent on the difference of temperature of the junction to other parts of those conductors and is in the range of several ten microvolts to several thousand microvolts Therefore the voltage produced needs to be amplified A thermocouple creates a voltage when there is a temperature difference When a differential operation is performed on two pieces of data external noise is eliminated The stability of thermocouples is better than thermistors resistance thermometers and thermal resistors Therefore thermocouples are widely used in industry A thermocouple consists of a circuit having two wires o
77. Function Code Oxi Device Type Modbus TOP vw Input Local Address 0 0 Remote Address Hex 0 FFFF Quantity qa O10000 MODBUS Col Hex D Output Local Address 0 0 Remote Address Hex 0 FFFF Quantity D2535 4 0 MODBUS Coil Hex o x B Operation mode The data exchange function can be always enabled controlled by a program or enabled when a PLC runs If the data exchange function is always enabled AH10EN A1 will execute the function continually If the data exchange function is controlled by a program the function will be controlled by the setting value in an output register If the data exchange function is enabled when a PLC runs the status of the PLC will be detected When the PLC runs the function is enabled B Station address and IP address Users need to enter the IP address and the station address of a slave station B Initial register in a master station initial register in a slave station and number of data Input Initial reception register in a master station lt Initial transmission register in a slave station Output Initial transmission register in a master station Initial reception register in a slave station Number of data A slave station can send 100 pieces of data at most and receive 100 pieces of data at most simultaneously 9 21 AH500 Module Manual 9 4 8 Intelligent Module Configuration SNMP SNMP is used in a network environment to read and contr
78. Function List eeeeeeeeeeeeeeenreennene 9 15 9 4 3 HWCONFIG IP Filter Parameters eese 9 16 9 4 5 HWCONFIG I O Mapping Parameters esses 9 16 9 4 5 Intelligent Module Configuration NTP eeeseeeeessesss 9 17 9 4 6 Intelligent Module Configuration Email 9 17 9 4 7 Intelligent Module Configuration Data Exchange 9 20 9 4 8 Intelligent Module Configuration SNMP seesssesss 9 22 AH500 Module Manual 9 1 Introduction AH10EN 5A is an AH500 series Ethernet module The data in an AH500 series CPU module can be transmitted to a remote device through Ethernet Besides the CPU module can control the remote device through ISPSoft and a program can be downloaded to the CPU module through ISPSoft 9 1 1 Functions B There are two Ethernet ports They can automatically detect whether the transmission speed is 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps B Auto MDI MDIX B It supports the Modbus TCP protocol It supports a master mode and a slave mode simultaneously B Sending emails B It supports SNMPv1 and SNMPva B It automatically adjusts the real time clock in an AH500 series CPU module through the Network Time Protocol NTP BI Point to point data exchange 9 1 2 Specifications B Network interface Specifications Connector type RJ 45 with
79. Input CH3 Input mode setting L Disable CH3 Input 2 On the Option menu click Online Mode sm Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help mxunez0 Online Wlode Ctr tE Product List Extension Fack Digital DO Iode 1 Analog MO Modde Temperature IvIodule Motion Control wode Hetwork IvIodue A A A 3 On the Option menu click Monitor Table The registers are monitored s Untitled HWCONFIG Fie Edt jin Help Product List ME B T Online Mode Chir 2 0 E 5 21 AH500 Module Manual bm Monitor Table m iz E Rack Hao slot Ho Module Hame Device Hame PV Radix Comment d i h AHO JPT 3A D500 iC Decima CHO Input mode setting AHUAPT 54 D501 0 Decimal CHI Input mode setting 5 4 4 Online Mode 1 Click Online Mode on the toolbar ce Untitled H CONFIG File Edit Option Help A Xx aag 2 A Product List Online Mlode Ctr F4 Extension Fack Digital LO IvTodule 1 Analog LO Module Temperature IModule Motor Control IvIodule Hetwork IvIodule FHE 2 Double click the module AH04PT 5A 3 If some parameters are altered users can click SV gt PV The new setting values are written into the CPU module and the I O module If users want to read the present values in the I O module they can click Update The present values in the I O module are sent to ISPSoft and are monitored CHO CH3 Mode setting
80. Module Temperature IvIodule Motion Control Module Network Module FEH 2 4 2 Checking the Version of a Module 1 On the Option menu click Online Mode te Untitled HACONFIG BEES 3 y GF Upload Ctrl F9 TET List E DOMUS oxi i Scan C EEN Extenaic Digital I 2 nA CtrHFA Analog 1 k Temper Motion C Search Ctrl F Hetwor Alter Overall Firmware Version PO List 2 18 Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C 2 Right click the module and then click Module Information on the context menu The version of the firmware and that of the hardware are displayed be Untitled HYCONFIG File Edit Option Help E Product List ZU Diagnosis trti D Module Information Module Hame Description Firmware version Hardware version AHUSATD 54 4 channels 16 bits analog input 1 00 00 1 00 00 erial Ho 2 4 3 Monitoring Table 1 Select the Monitor checkboxes at the right sides of the corresponding registers Parameter Setting AHM AD 5A CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Average Time Description Address Monitor iti Comment TO CHO Input mode setting CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO Input mode setting CH2 Input mode setting CH2 Input mode setting CH3 Input mode setting CH3 Input mode setting Conversion Flags Read only 2 19 AH500 Module Manual 2 On the Option menu click Online Mod
81. NENN NENNEN T LLLI aes i E IAMINI 2 Using the instruction FROM Please refer to AH500 Programming Manual for more information Users can read parameters in AH04HC 5A by means of the instruction FROM The parameters read are stored in the data registers specified If the users add the data registers to the monitoring table in ISPSoft they can monitor the parameters when the program is executed 10 15 AH500 Module Manual 10 7 Parameter Table CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Default m oem ocn cn Me Penes Wahe Rama oe se ae O am parameter 10000 80 bit No pulses are filtered A 19 Cycle of updating 3 31 59 87 R W the number of 1 1000 Unit ms pulses e 88 pw Setting the 00 BOO 000 bit 10 CRUDO function fiainin m i 46 434 462 490 RW Selingascde 0 03277 H7 35 463 91 R W setting the number 2 80 of cycles vate Lowers U limit 200000 200000 9 37 65 93 R W pper upper tim value High word vate Lowword U limit 200000 200000 11 39 67 95 R W pper lower limi value High word ers L limit 200000 200000 13 41 469 97 R W ower upper limi value High word Mr EN L imi 200000 200000 15 43 99 ower lower limi value High word 16 44 Comparison value Low word Comparison value High word Interrupt triggered by a comparison R Status flag 16 0000 Bito bit6 0 bit 6 a Number of mE EN pee oe 200000 200000 2 R W e
82. Pt100 292 F 1 472 F Ni100 80 C 170 C Ni100 112 F 338 F Pt1000 180 C 800 C Pt1000 292 F 1 472 F Ni1000 80 C 170 C Ni1000 112 F 338 F Average function Range 1 100 Self diagnosis Disconnection detection 5 2 2 Profile 1 gt 04PT f 2 RUN ERROR Rated input range s r dr Rua Nu KEZ VET N RU o eo SS l ga RN j i rd Reard KZ IZ NZ NZ H H IH rj Q Oo N Jj E Se ar Nes Dv QU ZA N N n O F Z S jer d fy p AS A Z eo I rj ip Fa i PNAC o N I Eye 5 V iy 4 D i A heard Na iN J ml Co Co Q O A ANT E oo aan
83. SMO is ON and the error code in SRO is 1622003 If S S n 1 exceed the device range the instruction is not executed SMO is ON and the error code in SRO is 1622003 AH500 Module Manual 3 Ifthe value in n exceeds the range the operation error occurs the instruction is not executed SMO is ON and the error code in SRO is 16 200B 4 Dueto the fact that the use of the instruction TO decreases the execution efficiency of the CPU module and that of the I O module users should use it less often 5 he descriptions of the error codes additional remark remark An error occurs when the data is 161211400 accessed through the auxiliary processor module is accessed not consistent with the module table A communication error occurs when the 16211407 data is accessed through the auxiliary processor 9 4 Setting AH1LOEN 5A through I SPSoft This section introduces the setting of AH10EN 5A through ISPSoft There are three configurations in ISPSoft 1 Hardware configuration Setting the basic parameters 2 Network configuration Setting the Ether Link 3 Intelligent module configuration Setting the exclusive parameters Please refer to ISPSoft User Manual for more information about HWCONFIG and NWCONFIG 9 4 1 HWCONFI G Network Parameters All network devices which will be connected to networks need Internet Protocol addresses IP addresses The IP addresses are like numbers and are used to identify the identities of
84. SMO is ON and the error code in SRO is 16222003 If D D n 1 exceed the device range the instruction is not executed SMO is ON and the error code in SRO is 16222003 If the value in n exceeds the range the operation error occurs the instruction is not executed SMO is ON and the error code in SRO is 16 200B Due to the fact that the use of the instruction FROM decreases the execution efficiency of the CPU module and that of the I O module users should use it less often The descriptions of the error codes 1642003 Please refer to point 1 and point 2 in the additional remark 164200B Please refer to point 3 in the additional remark 1641400 An error occurs when the data is accessed through the auxiliary processor module is accessed consistent with the module table A communication error occurs when the 16111407 data is accessed through the auxiliary processor Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A Writing the data into the control register in the special module HULDIDEEOGOCOBOH CO m jefe ejes pm jeje je e ejee 0o Pulse instruction 16 bit instruction 13 steps 32 bit instruction 13 steps AH500 AH500 AH500 1401 m mo ms S D n m Rack code Word Double word m Slot code Word Double word m Control register number Word Double word Ss Data which is written into the Nand Double wod control register Device in which the error l Word Double word code is sto
85. Setting G amp Device Comment amp Used D Bj CARL stility Tf AHCPUSSO EN Untitled Motion Module CINE ooo ooo x p Tasks Network 1 EP Global Symbols WF Programs fa Proof PRG LD B Fonction Blocks MI MU er Det Lim 2 a S Device Monitor Table x34 APIs 2 Click I O scan on the toolbar Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help B 7 GSR Product List LO Sean Ctr Extension Rack Oa Digital DO Woche 1 uo VO VO vo O Temperature Module c t Motion Control IMadule H Network Module Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AH08DA 5B AHOS8DA 5C 3 ISPSoft is scanning the actual hardware configuration lt Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help im I a 2 Product List Hl Extension Rack T EET D gital DO Module l Analog DO Iyodule A Temperature Module HH lotion Control IvIodule 5 Network Module Specification 4 After the scan of the actual hardware configuration is complete the system automatically assigns the corresponding registers to the channels Users can alter the output device range by themselves Note Owing to the fact that values are floating point numbers every channel occupies two 16 bit registers Information Rack 1 Slot No Label Firmware Versi Descrption Input Device Ra Output Device R Comment AHPSOSSA l AH Power Supply None None AHCPUS30 E 1 00 Basic CPU module None
86. Slave AH530 AH500 AH10DNET 5A Slave device AH10DNET 5A AH10DNET 5A Master Slave Note AHCPU510 EN is to monitor and control DO in AHCPU530 EN via the DeviceNet bus move the value in D2000 to DO and meanwhile move the value in DO to D2500 in AHCPU530 EN in real time 7 9 6 Ladder Diagram Program Control request AHCPU510 EN makes the remote monitor and control of DO D30 D50 D150 and D230 in AHCPUS30 EN via the DeviceNet bus In order to achieve the above control request write the following PLC program in AHCPU530 EN 7 61 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A PLC Program NETWORK 1 SM400 MOV En D2000 S D DO NETWORK 2 SM400 MOV En D2001 S D D30 NETWORK3 SM400 MOV En D2002 S D D50 NETWORK 4 SM400 MOV En D2003 S D D150 NETWORK 5 SM400 MOV En D2004 S D p230 7 62 AH500 Module Manual Note NETWORK6 SM400 MOV En DO S D D2500 NETWORK7
87. TAP CBO2 1 TAP CBO2 TAP CBO2 TAP CBU ag DC24V power AHTODNET 5A AHRTU DNET 5A DVPDNET SL Slave Slava TAP CBO1 TAPERS TAP CB01 TAP CN02 TAP CBO1 TAP CBO2 TAP CB02 TAP CBO TAP CBO2 TAP CB02 mw 5 Bg A DvPEH2 CPU DVPDTOZ H2 Devi ce Nel RTU DNET CME DNO1 CMC DNO1 saos 1 DvPDTO1 5 E sarias AC C series AC DVvP 1455 moter drive molor drive AC motor drive TAP CNO2 TAP CNO2 TAP CBO1 TAP CBO1 TAP CB02 TAP CBO2 TAP CBU2 TAP CBO2 TAP CBO2 IFD9502 IFD9502 IFD5502 IFD8502 iFD9502 RS232 Riis asses RS232 R 232 Lor Rs485 tar Rs485 Lor Rs485 Temperature AC molor drive HMI Dowice supplied Servo molor con bre thay ram other variar TAP CNO1 Complying with the TAP CNO1 TAP CBOT standard MODBUS protoco TAP CBD2 TAP c8o2 AHRTU DNET 54 1 AH1OSCM 5A RS485 RTU DNET Jl amp amp c om ACmelor Senometer Device supplied Device supplied PLC Servo mater RTU 485 arya Iram ether vendor from athar vendor DevicaMe1 Complying wih the Complying with the standard MODBUS protocol standard MODBUS pratocall or other protacel DeviceNet DeviceNal Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A Delta network products related with DeviceNet bus Product picture Type Function JODMET AH10DNET 5A a DeviceNet module running on the I O slot of AH main backplane can work as the DeviceNet master or slave AHRTU DNET 5A
88. Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A X2 Y2 100 C 101 101 A ee Original signals S Signals after the calibration Temperature X X1 Y1 0C 0 100 C Digital value Y X Temperature Y Digital value 4 Average Digital values are averaged The number by which the sum of several digital values is divided is between 1 and 100 The sampled values are taken as a queue and the length of the queue is N Each time a new sampled value is put at the end of the queue an original value at the start of the queue is removed The N values are averaged so that the periodic noise is suppressed 5 Disconnection detection If a channel is enabled the module will check whether a sensor is disconnected If an input circuit is an open circuit the module will give an alarm Please refer to description below for more information o AH500 Module Manual 6 Channel detection If an input signal exceeds a range of inputs which can be received by hardware an error message appears Please refer to section 5 2 1 for more information a Giving alarms or warnings The procedure below explains how to set a module so that it gives an alarm or a warning Channel detection No No detection There are no error logs Enabling in the CPU module physical range and the temperature detection measurement module No Warning Giving alarms The BUS FAULT LED indicator on the CPU module and the ERROR
89. a remote I O module is used for connecting AH AHRTU DNET 5A series DI DO module Al AO module and 10SCM module to the DeviceNet network DVPDNET SL a DeviceNet module running on the left of an S series PLC DVPDNET SL can work as the DeviceNet master or slave RTU DNET a remote I O module is used for connecting S series RTU DNET DI DO module Al AO module and other device to the DeviceNet network Used for connection between the DeviceNet network and electromechanical equipment such IFD9502 as AC motor drive PLC temperature controller servo drive HMI user defined device The bus data analysis tool with one end of CAN interface and the other end of USB interface can be used IFD6503 for getting the CAN bus data or sending the data to the CAN bus node It is used with the Netview Builder software together Used for connecting the AC motor AH10DNET 5A E series AC motor drive drive to the DeviceNet network via CME DNO1 card AH500 Module Manual Product picture Type Function Used for connecting the CMC DNO1 C2000 series AC motor drive to the DeviceNet network Used for the connection between the DN 02 DeviceNet network and AC motor drive Used for the connection between DVPDTO1 S the DeviceNet network and S series PLC Used for the connection between the DVPDTO2 H2 DeviceNet network and DVP EH2 series PLC The CAN bus topology tapping box with the 1200hm resistor enclosed TAPCPO which is effec
90. address sent previously are the same Message Variable Edit Message Constant Edit DON 68060668 Format Hull Variable Value RED 0h D i Variable Reverse Vanable Property Function Mapping Register Length Property Function Mapping Register Constant Function field FF 1 byte is ignored The parameter index and the data block are Peere anabe dd in the data registers starting from 100 Message Variable Edit Variable Value Format DM Variable Value OO 100 i Reverse Variable Property OR everse Function Variable Property Mapping Register Function Length Property Mapping Register Function Length Property Mapping Register Function Constant Mapping Register Constant 8 53 AH500 Module Manual Checksum CS End mark 16216 Message Constant Edit Command Edit Command Ho Command Type send Packet Recy Packet Success Fail R ooo 0 255 Repeat 0 a55 Send Wait 0 0 65535 ms isse 50 65535 ms Ca 8 54 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A Type 5 Sending a control record and receiving a full record Sending a control record The function field is 16289 Start bita Length a Length repeat Start bit repeat Instrument address IA a Function field FF 4 Parameter index Pl 4 Checksum CS a End mark gt 16 68 16 03 16 03 16 68 D0 16 89 D1 Summation of the characte
91. and D1000 respectively the mapping area will be assigned as the following table IS Input area Slave Master Output area Master gt Slave AH500 series Data AH500 series Data CPU module Purpose Length CPU module Purpose Length Register No Register No Scan list node Bit strobe status displa command area EXROPOEQUOUS area Cou 4 words See section SOLOS 7 6 1 7 5 1 Scanner module status display 1 word D504 Reserved 1 word area See section 7 6 2 DeviceNet input data area these registers are used Max Max D1005 D1494 for receiving the length 490 D505 D994 Vales Iis length 490 DeviceNet output data area the registers are sent to the slave as the control data status data words words feedback from the slave Note D1000 and D500 in the above table are the starting addresses in the mapping area If the addresses are set to other registers the corresponding function will be assigned to other registers If the length of DeviceNet input data area is 3 words AH10DNET 5A will occupy D1000 D1004 and D1005 D1007 in an AH500 series CPU module automatically Meanwhile if the length of DeviceNet output data area is 2 words AH10DNET 5A will occupy D500 D504 and D505 D506 in an AH500 AH500 Module Manual series CPU module automatically 7 4 3 Assignment of Mapping Area in Slave Mode While AH10DNET 5A works in slave mode and the starting addresses for output and input are specified as D1000 a
92. areas are modified successfully 7 7 3 Extension Baud Rate Setting 1 PC accesses AH 500 via RS232 after connecting the device according to the following figure DeviceNet Builder PS05 CPU530 EN AH10DNET 5A PS05 CPU530 EN 10DNET o o o g 4 Dj caoamnamanuuauumg B cuc I a Oo pol 1 02 1 03 Jo Ed e P D CJ CaA CA e a 2 Open DeviceNet Builder then select Setup gt gt Communication Setting and then the following dialog box appears where select the already built driver Communication Setting Driver Station Address IP Address Note The driver is built through COMMGR Please refer to section 8 1 3 in DeviceNet Builder help file 7 30 AH500 Module Manual 3 Select Network gt gt He Delta DeviceNet Builder wann Online as below File Edit View Network Tools Setup Help Desa teoee se ge A2al7 20R S4H Ot 2 3 Project List AHIODNET 5A Master Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D1500 The start output D1000 M
93. as illustrated below 1 Insert the projection under the module into the hole in the backplane 2 Push the module in the direction indicated by the arrow until it clicks 9 4 Chapter 9 Network Module AH10EN 5A 3 Tighten the screw on the module B F MINI J p 2 d XE AER E NS i ZA b Ad lle pii Me Sn li N 7y a AN ge No LE Lupe J UJ IEC Vn 9 2 2 Connecting to the Network After an AH500 series CPU module is set through HWCONFIG in ISPSoft AH10EN 5A can carry out communication The basic setting of the CPU module is accomplished through the RS 232 USB Ethernet port After IP addresses and subnet masks are assigned to AH10EN 5A and a network cable is connected to AH10EN 5A AH10EN 5A can carry out the communication Users can choose a Cat 5e twisted pair cable as the network cable and does not need a jumper wire AH10EN 5A is equipped with two RJ45 ports The ports function as a switching hub that connects network segments If users want to use these ports they must assign a single IP address If AH10EN 5A is connected to two different networks the users must disable the switching hub function through HWCONFIG and assign two IP addresses and two subnet masks to AH
94. be reset by means of software or an external trigger The number of sampled pulses the number of accumulated pulses and the number of input pulses can be reset at any time 10 2 Specifications 10 2 1 Dimensions of AHO2HC 5A rm 35 103 p 02HC ERROR oa DE X0 9 X0 9 X0 10 X0 10 X0 11 XO 0 X0 0 X0 1 Y0 8 YO 9 110 PORT EXTENSION Unit mm 10 2 2 Specifications for AHO2HC 5A Specifications Number of channels Input differential signal Pulse format Channel 0 X0 8 X0 8 X0 9 and X0 9 Channel 1 X0 10 X0 10 X0 11 and X0 11 Pulse Di
95. built via COMMGR eM pre section 8 in the mm file of the DeviceNet Builder software for more 7 19 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 4 Double click HWCONFIG symbol in the above window and then a new interface pops up 5A will emerge as below where select Descrption Input Devi Output De AH Power None Wome Basic CPU n None None Nene Real Version 101 E Offline _ Driver USB COMA ABPSOS AHCPUS 100 AHIODN 1 00 DeviceNet s None Note AH10DNET 5A could be installed to other slot Select Option gt gt Download in the HWCONFIG software interface and then the following dialog box appears where select OK to download the data k Ea Re m Rm E Tr A vs iat AMD E n d mm reim E ra LE 2 et la Fico sar ta a VAR pir ee ee eae E ow 1 Module Configuration and Parameters 2 PLC Parameter Setting 7 20 AH500 Module Manual 6 Right click 10DNET icon in the HWCONFIG software interface and then select Intelligent gie nh oe LR BIET AL YF LE TIERS 5s 2 90 90 Extension Rack Digital VO Module Fj Analog V O Module Temperature Module F Motion Control Module Intelligent Module Configuration Slot IET Fimwar Descrption Input De Output D AH AH10D 1 00 DeviceNet None None Real Version 1 01 T The oth assu CREME is cal
96. ccccsecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeees 7 18 7 7 1 Master IMOGE S UUM acct ccceceerceceacetceceancteccecececeeeacctaadecesteedecuancesecececes 7 18 7 7 2 Mapping Areas Setting ccccccccceececeeeceeseeeesseeeeseeeeeseeeeseeeeesaaees 7 23 7 7 3 Extension Baud Rate Setting cens 7 30 7 8 Special Operation in Slave Mode cccceccccsseeeceeeeeeeeeeesaeeeseeeeseeeeeeas 7 32 7 8 1 slave Mode and Mapping Areas Setting sssseuuuss 7 32 7 8 2 Modifying the Data Length of the Slave ssssuusss 7 39 7 80 30 Extension Baud Rate Setin ciccssescscossceccessexdescescedsucnseedseesexseczesesass 7 42 7 9 Application Example cccccccccccsecceeeeneeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeeeueeseeeseeeseeeeaeeenaees 7 43 7 9 1 Constructing One DeviceNet Network ccccsescecseeeeeeeeeseeeeesaees 7 44 7 9 2 Configuration of DeviceNet Slave ccccccsescccsseeeeseeeesseeeesseeeesaaeees 7 45 7 9 3 Configuration of DeviceNet Mastel ccccccssececeeceseeeeeseeeeesaeeees 7 52 7 9 4 Configuring DeviceNet Slave into the Master 7 59 9 5 Data Flow Direction cccecccecccceeeceeeeeeeeceeeseeeeneeeseeeeeeeeneeeseeesaeeens 7 61 7 9 6 7 10 7 10 1 Ladder Diagram Progra s as oic ot caen Eo Ee D EE d Error Diagnosis and Trouble Shooting eeeeesssssss IGG ALON AC MOS db
97. channel by calibrating the gain and the offset The users can get the gain for the calibration by means of the equations below Gain Y2 Y1 X2 X1 10 1 0 10 0 1 01 Gain used for calibration 1 Gain 1 1 01 0 99 2 6 Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C The users can get the offset for the calibration by means of the equations below OffsetzY1 20 Offset used for calibration 0 Y1 0 X2 Y2 10 V 10 1 1011 5 sss Original signals III Signals after the calibration Voltage X X1 Y1 O V O 10V Digital value Y X Analog signal Y Digital value 3 Average Digital values are averaged The number by which the sum of several digital values is divided is between 1 and 100 The sampled values are taken as a queue and the length of the queue is N Each time a new sampled value is put at the end of the queue an original value at the start of the queue is removed The N values are averaged so that the periodic noise is suppressed 4 Scale range The analog input mode of a channel has a corresponding digital range that is an analog range corresponds to a digital range For example if the analog range is 10 V 10 V and the digital range is 10 0 10 0 the analog values 10 V 10 V correspond to the digital values 10 0 10 0 Analog value 10 V n Al l l l l Rated input range l l l l l l Digital value 10 0 10 0 Scale range 2 1 AH500 Module Manual 5
98. data from bit devices word devices Right click a blank and click Add Item MODBUS Advance PLC Setting Communication Setting aetup SCM Setting clave ID l Baudrate 9400 Transfer Mode Fhysical Type RS 485 Format SUI COM Fort COM v Rack Read Bit No Enable Master Data mlavelD Slave Data Length Communication Status Description Read Word No Enable Master Data Conversion Format elavelD Slave Data Length Communication EEN After users double click the item which is added the Parameter Edit window appears Fead mazo Read Bit Mo Enable Waster Data sSlaveID Slave Data Length Communication Status Description Eead Word Ha Enable Waster Data Conversion Format malave ID Slave Data Length Communication P i om ooo Une TQ I o D516 8 21 AH500 Module Manual Parameter Edit Master alave PLC Type AHCPUSSU ESZ EH slave IL Pata Device Type dium otat Address Length Word Description Data Conversion Format U1i6 otat Address Data Type Hex Master PLC type A default PLC type is displayed Users can change the PLC type by means of clicking Change PLC Type on the Tools menu in SCMSotft Data Users can set an initial data register into which data is written Description Users can enter a description of a device into which data is written Length 30 bytes at most Slave Slave ID A slave from which data is read Device
99. data is recorded The older communication data is discarded Besides the buffer zone is a non latched area Data in the buffer zone will disappear if there is a power failure The COM port history function can be enabled and disabled The data in the buffer zone can also be uploaded to SCMSoft After users right click COM PORT History they can select Start COM PORT History Stop COM PORT History or Upload COM PORT History Data If Start COM PORT History is selected all communication through COM1 and COM2 will be recorded If Stop COM PORT History is selected the recording of all communication through COM1 and COM will stop If Upload COM PORT History Data is selected all communication data in AH10SCM 5A will be uploaded to SCMSoft Please notice that the recording of all communication data stops before the data is uploaded to SCMSoftt If users want resume the recording of communication data they must enable the COM port history function again ee zd M SCM project 4 a F COM PORT Setting SCM Devicel UD Link E Croup Last CL Group Listl rH sequence List sequence K MODBUS Advance A COM PORT Histors c COMI Start COM PORT History 3 COM Stop COM PORT History Upload COM POET History Data 8 30 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A 8 7 Application 8 7 1 Modbus This section introduces the how AH10SCM 5A is connected to other Delta industrial products such as a human machine interface a tem
100. data through COM1 1 RS 8 7 AH500 Module Manual CR Attribute Register name Description 0 After a command is sent a command is received R W Sending Receiving a command 1 A command is sent but no command is through COM1 received 2 No command is sent but a command is received 36868 Timeout period after which no 0 No timeout data is received through COM1 1465535 ms R W Number of times the sending of 36869 R W a command through COM1 is 0 255 retried Length of a packet which is sent T 36870 through COM1 Length of a packet which is sent Length of a packet which is sae 36871 R W expected to be received through Length of a packet which is expected to be received COM 1 H Contents of a packet sent through COM1 37368 R W Status of sending a command 1 The sending of a command is executed through COM2 0 The sending of a command is complete 0 A command has not been received 1 The receiving of a command is being S 4 processed 3 369 R W tae Or TECAWINY S BOR 2 Acommand is received successfully through COM2 l l l 3 A command fails to be received 4 Checksum error 5 Communication timeout Communication protocol for 0 MODBUS Contents of a packet which is sent 0 After a command is sent a command is received Sending Receiving a command 1 A command is sent but no command is SA EUN through COM2 received 2 No command is sent but a command is received Timeout period after which n
101. divided is between 1 and 100 The sampled values are taken as a queue and the length of the queue is N Each time a new sampled value is put at the end of the queue an original value at the start of the queue is removed The N values are averaged so that the periodic noise is suppressed 5 Disconnection detection 6 8 If a channel is enabled the module will check whether a sensor is disconnected If an input circuit is an open circuit the module will give an alarm Please refer to description below for more information Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHOSTC 5A 6 Channel detection If an input signal exceeds a range of inputs which can be received by hardware an error message appears Please refer to section 6 2 1 for more information a Giving alarms or warnings The procedure below explains how to set a module so that it gives an alarm or a warning Channel detection There are no error logs in the CPU module and the temperature measurement module NO The BUS FAULT LED indicator on the CPU module and the ERROR LED indicator on the temperature measurement module are not ON There are error logs in the CPU module and the temperature measurement module The warning LED indicators blink The BUS FAULT LED indicator on the CPU module and the ERROR LED indicator on the temperature measurement module blink There are error logs in the CPU module and the temperature measurem
102. in CR19 CRA7 CR75 CR103 will be turned OFF Bit 2 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 If bit 2 is turned ON bit 2 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR108 will be reset After the circular accumulation is reset bit 2 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 will be turned OFF automatically If the circular accumulation is larger than 999999999 or less than 999999999 bit 2 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR108 will be turned ON If bit 2 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON bit 2 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR1083 will be turned OFF Bit 3 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 If bit 3 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON bit 3 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 will be reset After bit 3 in CR19 CRA7 CR75 CR1093 is reset bit 3 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 will be turned OFF automatically If the value in the accumulation register meets the comparison condition set bit 3 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 will be turned ON If bit 3 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON bit 3 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR1093 will be turned OFF 5 Bit 6 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 If bit 6 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON the error flag will be cleared After the error flag is cleared bit 6 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 will be turned OFF If bit O in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned from OFF to ON and the parameters are set m p 10 18 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A incorrectly bit 6 in CR19 CRA7 CR75 CR103 will be turned ON immediately Users can read the error code in CR26 CR54 CR82 CR110 If bit 6 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON bit 6 in CR1
103. in utility software in ISPSoft can be used to set a module Users can set modes and parameters by means of HWCONFIG em Function Description Enabling Disabling 1 Users can enable or disable a channel a channel 2 If a channel is disabled the total conversion time is decreased Calibration Users can calibrate a linear curve Average Conversion values are averaged and filtered Scale range An analog range corresponds to a digital range E Disconnection Only if the analog rang is 4 mA 20 mA or 1 V 5 V does the detection disconnection detection function If an input signal exceeds a range of inputs which can be received by hardware the module will give an alarm or a warning Channel detection a Warning LED indicator When a warning occurs the ERROR LED indicator blinks or does not blink b Interrupt An interrupt service routine is enabled 1 Enabling Disabling a channel An analog signal is converted into a digital signal at a speed of 150 us a channel The total conversion time is 150 usx the number of channels If a channel is not used users can disable it to decrease the total conversion time 2 5 AH500 Module Manual 2 Calibration To make a curve meet actual needs users can calibrate the curve by changing an offset and a gain A calibration range depends on a range of inputs which can be received by hardware e A volt is a unit of calibration for offsets if inputs received are voltages
104. is tte 8 18 8 6 Software ooo eee ccc eccececeececeecececeeaececeeaeceeaeaeceeneaeceeaeaeceseaeseeneaesesueaesneneanaees 8 25 8 6 1 IVI CCE acerca recente etree gn ae OO 8 25 D02 ee eeu 8 25 8 6 3 UD Link User defined Communication 8 25 8 6 3 1 TX Packets and RX Packets cccccecececeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeess 8 26 8 6 3 2 EEO RENTRER 8 28 8 6 3 3 SS SINC 8 29 8 6 4 Modbus AdVANCE cccccececeececececeeeeeecececececueaeaesececucuseeaeaesesueusenaeas 8 30 BG COMPOR ASTO aese dotum E E E scenes 8 30 M APPIO a RT M 8 31 8 7 1 AY Ce UIN ete ro rr a ee ee 8 31 8 7 1 1 Modbus Slave Connection with Delta Products 8 32 8 7 1 2 Modbus Master Connection with Delta Products 8 34 8 7 2 Connecting to ISPSOlbusssisrivivesu riv Orri idus PR PUCU Y ERUP LM ULU Paw EM V Pa 8 40 8 7 3 RS 485 oie cc cecccceccececceceececueceeaeceeuecueaeceeaeceeaecueaecueaesaeseeaeseeneseeesneaes 8 41 8 7 3 1 Connecting to a Power Mete ccccceececeeeeteseeteeeeseeeeseuees 8 41 06 ENO RIO T OTT UT 8 60 AH500 Module Manual 8 1 Introduction Thanks for using AH10SCM 5A a serial communication module To ensure that AH10SCM 5A is installed and operated correctly please read this manual carefully before using the module AHAH10SCM 5A is a serial communication module It supports the Modbus UD Link user defined format It c
105. means of TO or DTO during the operation of AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A If the users want to write parameters by means of TO the maximum data length is 128 words If the users want to write parameters by means of DTO the maximum data length is 64 double words 10 9 Descriptions of the Control Registers Pulse input Pulse farmats which can be accepted 1 Number af input pulses J a i The number af input Prescaling the number of input pulses 2 pulses is updated he number of input pulses is Averaging the number of sampled pulses 3 Updated every 10 milliseconds r i l a i didi Number of sampled pulses 4 Willi Humber of accumulated pulses 5 lumber of input pulses 3i Alarm output 7 Overflow detection a The comparison Nee M T condition is met ai 10 17 AH500 Module Manual 10 9 1 Setting Parameters CH1 1 CH2 1 CH3 1 CHA 1 High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word 0 28 56 84 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5SA supports channel 1 channel 4 Description Bit O bit 15 are described below bif ieseription 4 H4 0 Starting the count Hesetting the sampling register accumulation register pulse input register Resetting bit 1 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 1 2 Resetting bit 2 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 3 Resetting bit 3 in CR1
106. output Current output conversion 24 V DC 20 4 V DC 28 8 V DC 15 20 25 C 77 F The error is 0 05 of an output voltage and 0 1 of an output current 20 60 C 4 140 F The error is 0 1 of an output voltage and 0 15 of an output current 150 usichannel There is isolation between a digital circuit and an analog circuit but there is no isolation between analog channels Isolation between a digital circuit and a ground 500 V DC Isolation between an analog circuit and a ground 500 V DC Isolation between an analog circuit and a digital circuit 500 V DC Isolation between the 24 V DC and a ground 500 V DC Overall accuracy Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AH08DA 5B AHOS8DA 5C Functional specifications Analog to digital conversion Voltage output Rated output 7 i Hardware output range 10 1 V 10 1 V 0 1 V 10 1 V 5 05 V 5 05 V 0 05 V 5 05 V 0 95 V 5 05 V 0 01 0 02 0 01 0 01 0 01 Fiducial error 25 C 0 006 0 01 0 01 0 02 0 02 Hardware Permissible 1 kQ 2 MQ 10 V and 0 V 10 V pag gt 500 0 1 V 5 V impedance Current output 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA output range 0 2 mA 20 2 mA 3 8 MA 20 2 mA Fiducial error DOS nose aE 25 C m Linearity error 0 01 0 01 Hardware Permissible load lt 550 Q impedance 3 2 2 Profile
107. practical application CHO CHS Inputs received by a channel can be either voltages or currents CHO CH 1 Outputs sent by a channel can be either voltages or currents High speed conversion The conversion speed is 150 us a channel 3 High accuracy Conversion accuracy The ambient temperature is 25 C Input The error is 0 02 of an input voltage and 0 05 of an input current Output The error is 0 05 of an output voltage and 0 1 of an output current 4 A scale range can be set by means of software Users can set a scale range in ISPSoft A scale range is a range of digital values to which a range of analog values corresponds or a range of digital values corresponding to a range of analog values 5 A module can be set by means of utility software HWCONFIG is built in utility software in ISPSoft Users can set modes and parameters in HWCONFIG to complete hardware configuration without spending time writing a program to set registers corresponding to functions 2 o 4 2 Specifications and Functions 4 2 1 Specifications Electrical specifications AHOGXA 5A Number of analog 4 inputs inputs outpus 2 outputs Analog to digital M Voltage input Current input Voltage output Current output Supply voltage 24 V DC 20 4 V DC 28 8 V DC 15 20 Connector type Removable terminal block 150 usichanne There is isolation between a digital circuit and an analog circuit but there is no isolation between anal
108. start output D1000 t b System Channel Driveri Online CAP NUM 4 9 Select Network gt gt Scanner Setting and Scanner Setting dialog box pops up After picking Slave Mode fill the appropriate data length and mapping address of the slave Click OK after setting is over O Master Mode Scan Interval Time 10 Caculate Time Expected Packet Rate 75 Slave Mode Bit Strobed Tx Size Bytes Polled Output Size Bytes Change of State Cvclic COS Tx Size Bytes Slave Mapping Address Master gt Slave Start Address Master lt Slave Start Address Extension Baudrate Enable Baudrate iMbps Note Output Size and Input Size under Polled in the above window are used for setting the data length of AH10DNET 5A as the slave 7 36 AH500 Module Manual 10 Select Network gt gt Download and then the following dialog box appears where click OK to download the configuration data to AH1ODNET 5A automatically Cannot perform this operation when PLC 15 in RUN mode Do you wish to continue if this instruction will affect the state of the connected PLC L OK Cancel Note If E7 is displayed on AH10DNET 5A please remove its DeviceNet terminals before downloading Otherwise failure to download will occur 11 Power off the AH500 series CPU module and then power it on again after downloading is finished
109. terminals terminals inputs outputs 6 Cip Removing the terminal block O 8 Setsorew Fixing the modue 0 9 Connector Connecting the module and a backplane 4 5 AH500 Module Manual 4 2 3 Dimensions 35 103 114 110 J L xou zu E d Unit mm 4 2 4 Arrangement of Terminals 4 6 il an 7 H SZ ee CE E T SE NE S lt 7 E A hH B d hH ARM 7 N 7H B J SS SS Nice J L L u SG ND SEY H10V 20mA
110. tt ERE AH500 Module Manual 7 1 Introduction AH10DNET 5A is installed at the right side of an AH500 series CPU module AH10DNET 5A and an AH500 series CPU module constitute the DeviceNet master or slave 7 1 1 Feature e Constitutes the DeviceNet master by connecting to an AH500 series CPU module and supports DeviceNet protocol The network configuration software DeviceNet Builder provides the handy graphical configuration interface and automatically scans and recognizes all slaves on the bus e Supports DeviceNet master and slave mode e An AH500 series CPU module could be expanded by connecting 8 AH10DNET 5A scanner modules e Supporting 8 transmission speeds 10 kbps 20 kbps 50 kbps 125 kbps 250 kbps 500 kbps 800 kbps and 1M kbps 7 1 2 Function AH10DNET 5A can be used as DeviceNet master as well as slave As a master AH10DNET 5A can provide the following function Automatically performing the data exchange with an AH500 series CPU module users can directly operate the specified register in an AH500 series CPU module to achieve the real time monitor of the slave The configuration software can configure the network via the module as AH10DNET 5A serves as the connection medium between DeviceNet Builder configuration software and DeviceNet network e Supports to send the explicit message to monitor the slave through PLC program e The maximum input and output data length are both 980 bytes As a slave AH10DNET
111. type Users can select a Delta PLC Leave the Device Type box blank if a device used is not a Delta PLC Length The length of data read is 100 words at most Data type Users can select Hex or Modbus 6 digit If Hex is selected a data type is represented by a four digit hexadecimal value If Modbus 6 digit is selected a data type is represented by a six digit decimal value If a device used is a Delta PLC D automatically appears in the Data Type box Start address Users can set an initial register from which data is read Example There is a present value stored in 16 4700 in a Delta DTA series temperature controller The slave ID is 10 The present value can be read into D100 in a CPU module through COM1 on AHSCM 5A The setting is as follows Parameter Edit Master lave PLC Type Data ntatt Address Description 8 22 AHCPUSSU ESZ EH D ing Conversion Format U16 lave IL Device Type Length Word Data Data Type Hex o tart Address s Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A e Downloading the parameters After the setting is complete check whether the setting of other parameters conforms to the setting of the slave Click Download Frocesnng 80155 SCMSoft A Device data download successful Downloading MODBUS Advance SERRE SEER EERE RR ER EERE EERE EE EEEEEE e Communication status AH10SCM 5A provides the status of Modbus communication Data
112. values are count as O AH500 Module Manual 6 3 Installation 6 3 1 Installing a Module Insert a module into a slot make sure that the module is installed on the backplane properly and tighen the the screw as illustrated below 1 Insert the projection under the module into the hole in the backplane 2 Push the module in the direction indicated by the arrow until it clicks 3 Tighten the screw on the module 6 14 Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A 6 3 2 Installing a Removable Terminal Block Installation 1 Level a terminal block at the printed circuit board and press it into the module 2 Press the clip in the direction indicated by the arrow d Sd e Removal 1 Pull the clip in the direction indicated by the arrow
113. whether the instrument address received and the instrument address sent previously are the same Message Variable Edit Message Constant Edit Format Hull vi Variable Value D Us Do Reverse Variable Property Function Mapping Register Length Property Function Wapping Register Constant 8 50 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A Function field FF 1 byte is ignored The data types following the function Message Variable Edit field are stored in the data registers starting from D100 Message Variahle Edit Format Y Variable Value E D Format Hull ka Variable Value CAD OOT Variable gt Length i Variable Reverse Variable Property Cl Reverse Function Variable Property Fuse Mapping Register Mapping Register Length Property Function Function Length Property Mapping Register Mapping Register Constant Constant The editing is complete Facket Edit Packet Hame EX Packetl Packet View 68 D 68 RO OP D C D WD 100 5 Packet Segment Edit Class megment View Message Constant 53 Message Variable 2 Message Constant 53 Message Variable FD Oh Message Variable e D Message Variable CAD 00h Message Address Length Checksum w v we Users can ignore some unimportant bytes and store data they need in data registers Besides if the length of data received is unk
114. wiring 1 AHO4TC 5A Thermocouple Shielded cable 1 CHO Cold junction compensation 2 AHOBTC 5A Thermocouple Shielded cable 1 CHO Cold junction compensation 1 The cables or the shielded twisted pair cables for Type J type K type R type S type T type E and type N thermocouples are used and should be kept separate from other power cables and cables which generate noise 6 3 4 LED I ndicators Description Operating status of the module ON The module is running OFF The module stops running RUN LED indicator Error status of the module ERROR LED ON A serious error occurs in the module indicator OFF The module is normal Blink A slight error occurs in the module AH500 Module Manual 6 4 HWCONFIG in I SPSoft 6 4 1 Initial Setting 1 Start ISPSoft and then double click HWCONFIG T O8TC Delta ISPSoft Prog T File View Compie PLO Toob Window Help Beware a a a i Local Symbols WWCONFIG Class Identifiers Address Twpe Initia Value Identi a pu Project C APro gram Files Delta Indus Ge Device Comment amp Used Devi D CARL tility Tf AHCPUS30 EN 08TC Motion Mod ule Fe A Tasks Network 1 EP Global Symbols 2 Programs a Prog PRG LD gl Function Blocks W User Defined Library Device Monitor Table z f APIS D500 Dstt 2 Click I O scan on the toolbar s US TC HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help a F mR Frad
115. you wish to continue if this instruction will affect the state of the connected PLC OK Cancel Note If E7 appears on AH10DNET 5A please remove the DeviceNet terminal before downloading Otherwise Failure to download will occur 13 After downloading is completed power off the AH500 series CPU module and then re power it At the moment AH10DNET 5A is set to the slave mode 7 51 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A Note Pick Master Mode in step 11 follow the steps and AH10DNET 5A will be set to the master mode 7 9 3 Configuration of DeviceNet Master 1 Connect the devices following the figure below and remove the RS232 cable from AHCPUS30 EN to AHCPUS10 EN PS05 CPU510 EN AH10DNET 5A aH GO DeviceNet Builder EJ EJ CJ E3 C3 E3 C3 E EJ EJ EJ CJ EJ C3 C3 E3 C3 RS232 Note AH10ODENT 5A on the right of AHCPU510 EN is used as the master and therefore the RS232 cable must be connected to AHCPU510 EN 2 Open ISPSoft select Tool gt gt Communication Setting and then the following dialogue box will pop up Select the already bui
116. 0 Hardware wersion 1 00 00 aerial Ho 4 22 Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A 4 4 3 Monitoring Table 1 Select the Monitor checkboxes at the right sides of the corresponding registers Channel Mode setting CH Tipul uz xe DM bed J0V 0V CHI Input mode setting CH2 Input mode setting 5 LJ Disable CH2 Input mode setting CH3 Input mode setting e LJ Disable CH3 Input mode setting CHO Output mode setting 23 C Disable CHO Output mode setting CH1 Output mode setting i C Disable CH1 Output mode setting 2 On the Option menu click Online Mode ie Untitled HYCONFIG File Edit ejay Help Bm XE E Upload CtrbED Product List E e B Shu VO Scan Ctrl di Extensid T Digital I iF Cmlme IvIade Ctrlt F 4 Analog Temper Motion C Search Ctrl F Networ Alter Overall Firrirare Version PO List 3 On the Option menu click Monitor Table The registers are monitored ce Untitled HWCONPIG Ede Edit Ej Help Product List owripa di ce Monitor Table fas No SlotNo Module Name Device Name i Comment E AHU6X A 54 D500 l l Je cit CHO Input mode setting AHDSXA 5A CHI Input mode setting 4 23 AH500 Module Manual 4 4 4 Online Mode 1 Click Online Mode on the toolbar E TRU EISE eu putt f File Edit Option Help Product List Online Mode CtrHE f Extension Rack Digital DIO TvIodul
117. 0 If the voltage received by the channel is 10 0 V the digital value is 10 1 Users can calibrate the channel by calibrating the gain and the offset The users can get the gain for the calibration by means of the equations below Gainz Y2 Y1 X2 X1 10 1 0 10 0 21 01 Gain used for calibration 1 Gain 1 1 01 0 99 The users can get the offset for the calibration by means of the equations below Offset Y1 0 Offset used for calibration 0 Y1 0 Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A X2 Y2 10 V 10 1 1011 Original signals rs Signals after the calibration Voltage X X1 Y1 0 V 0 Digital value Y X Analog signal Y Digital value 3 Average Digital values are averaged The number by which the sum of several digital values is divided is between 1 and 100 The sampled values are taken as a queue and the length of the queue is N Each time a new sampled value is put at the end of the queue an original value at the start of the queue is removed The N values are averaged so that the periodic noise is suppressed 4 Scale range The analog input mode of a channel has a corresponding digital range that is an analog range corresponds to a digital range For example if the analog range is 10V 10V and the digital range is 10 0 10 0 the analog values 10 V 10 V correspond to the digital values 10 0 10 0 Analog value 10 V n 71 Rated input range Digital value 10 0 10 0 Scale range
118. 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 muussuusumuuuuuussuuuuuuuueuusunuuuas CHI Cycle CH2 Cycle CH3 Cycle maassuuananuuausasuasunanmanumanuuasuas Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4PT 5A 17 The integral gains Description Address Montor CI 0 000000 CHO Ki EI 0 000000 CHI Ki m 0 000000 CH2 Ki mim 0 000000 CH3 Ki n 18 The derivative gains PID Ed i Description Initial ene E ee 0 000000 CH2 Kd 0 000000 CH3 Kd 9 33 AH500 Module Manual 19 The range within which the error values are count as 0 PID ERR DEW Description Monitor m 0 000000 CHO ERR j B 0 000000 CHI ERR BU 0 000000 CH2 ERR mim 0 000000 CH3 ERR 20 The manual output values PID MOUT Description Addresz Montor Initial ENDE 2L 0 000000 CHO MOU NEN M m 0 000000 CH2 MOIT MD 0 000000 CH3 MOU gt 5 34 Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4PT 5A 21 The maximum output values PID MY MAX Initial 0 000000 CHO MY 1 aad T oir MY 1 0 000000 CH2MYV I 0 000000 CH3 MVI n 22 The minimum output values PID M Y MIN Description Address Monitor BL 0 000000 CHO MV E mim 0 000000 CHI MV Ph NI 0 000000 CH2 MV P m 0 000000 CH3 MV P D 9 35 AH500 Module Manual 23 Reading the output values PID MY Eead only Description Monitor NL 0 000000 CHO MVE m 0 000000 CH1 MYR mm 0 000000 CH2 MV R NU 0 000000 CH3 MWR gt 24 T
119. 0 Module Manual 1401 m m2 M3 S D n Writing the data into the control register in the special module Pulse instruction 16 bit instruction 13 steps 32 bit instruction 13 steps AH500 AH500 AH500 m Rack code Word Double word m Slot code Word Double word m3 Control register number Word Double word S Data which is written into the Word Double word control register D Device in which the error Word Double word code is stored n Data length Word Double word Explanation 1 Users can use this instruction to write data in an AH500 series PLC into a control register in a network module 2 he operand m should be in the range of 1 to 8 1 represents a main rack and 2 8 represent extension racks 3 The operand m should be in the range of 0 to 11 If the rack code is 1 the slot code should be in the range of 0 to 11 If the rack code is in the range of 2 to 8 the slot code should be in the range of 0 to 7 4 The operand m specifies the control register number 5 When the instruction TO is executed D is set to 0 When an error occurs D is not set to O Please refer to the additional remark below for more information about the error codes 6 The operand n used in the 16 bit instruction should be in the range of 1 to 256 and the operand n used in the 32 bit instruction should be in the range of 1 to 128 7 Only the 32 bit instructions can use the 32 bit counter 8 When Sis a decimal
120. 1 R Statuses of the TOP Number of TCP connections connections Every bit represents a remote device Status of transmitting data 0 The data exchange is executed successfully 1 data 16 1 The data exchange is not executed successfully Every bit represents a remote device Status of transmitting data 0 The data exchange is executed successfully 17 data 32 1 The data exchange is not executed successfully Every bit represents a remote device Status of transmitting data 0 The data exchange is executed successfully 33 data 48 1 The data exchange is not executed successfully Every bit represents a remote device Status of transmitting data 0 The data exchange is executed successfully 49 data 64 1 The data exchange is not executed successfully 12 13 a R 15 Time it takes to transmit Time it takes to transmit the input data in the input data in AH10EN 5A to the devices AEN 5A to the devices in the CPU module Unit Millisecond in the CPU module Time it takes to transmit the data in the CPU Time it takes to transmit the data in the CPU module to the output module to the output memory in AH10EN 5A memory in AH10EN 5A Time it takes to transmit the data between the 16 17 Time it takes to transmit the data between the l input output registers in AH10EN 5A and the 18 registers in AHTOEN SA input output devices in the CPU module and the devices in the Unit Milli d CPU module ded Time it
121. 10 ZX 4 J 0 42 0mA ae i 10 10 V LIEK PA I Uu 1 T A J l Name Wme Beh 5 7 1 Modelname Model name of the module 3 3 AH500 Module Manual Description Operating status of the module ON The module is running OFF The module stops running Error status of the module ERROR LED ON A serious error occurs in the module indicator OFF The module is normal Blink A slight error occurs in the module Removable The outputs are connected to loads which will be driven The outputs are connected to loads which will be driven are connected to loads which will be driven terminal block RUN LED Indicator Arrangement of 4 the output Arrangement of the terminals terminals Description of the prm Simple specifications forthe module Simple specifications forthe module for the module 6 Oip Removing the terminal block 0 8 Sesoew Fixing the module 00 9 Connector Connecting the module and abackplane 3 2 3 Dimensions 35 103 110 114 Unit mm 3 4 Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AH08DA 5
122. 10EN 5A so that AH10EN 5A connects to a wide area network WAN and a local area network LAN 9 3 Registers There are input registers output registers and control registers in AH10EN 5A The status of AH10EN 5A is stored in an input register functions are triggered by the values in output registers and parameters related to communication are stored in control registers Users can set input devices and output devices in a CPU module which correspond to the input registers and the output registers in AH10EN 5A through HWCONFIG in ISPSoft Besides the users can read data from a control register by the instruction FROM and write data into a control register by the instruction TO The functions of the registers are described below 9 3 1 Functions of the I nput Registers c ule NN Status of the product Displaying the status of the system 0 The system is normal The version of the system is represented by a hexadecimal value For example if the version PSION ONIES TED of the software is 1 02 it is represented by 16 1 020 o c ues O of port 3 R Siusofpoi2 Displaying the status ofpon2 a 5 R Reeve ooo Statuses of the Modbus Number of Modbus l Es TOP 2S clients which are 6 TCP clients connected 9 5 AH500 Module Manual D quw puis Register name Description 47 Statuses of the Modbus Number of Modbus TCP servers which are TCP servers lt 5088 R Reseed 0000 R Reserved WR Resewed SSS 1
123. 164200B Please refer to point 3 in the additional remark An error occurs when the data is 16111400 accessed through the auxiliary processor module is accessed The arrangement of the I O modules is not consistent with the module table A communication error occurs when the 16311407 data is accessed through the auxiliary processor AH500 Module Manual 8 5 Quick Start This section introduces how to carry out the Modbus RS 485 RS 422 communication through a communication port on AH10SCN 5A e Setting communication After users double click the module AH10SCM 5A in the HWCONFIG window they can set COM 1 and COM2 in the Parameter Setting window Parameter Setting ARISNA COMI Setting COM Setting Description Address BACnet Setting Coraumunication Tim Transmitter Delay 1 Physical Type MODBUS Advance MODBUS Advance Group ID Trigger N UD Link Base Of Import File iL me o Export File E DBOUBHBBHBHE L Start ISPSoft right click the module in the HWCONFIG window click Intelligent Module Configuration on the context menu and click Yes SCMSoft is started Untitled HYCONFIG File Edit Option Help m XxHoag 7 aOR Product List Extension Rack AHBPOSE1 54 AHBPO6E1 54 Digital I O Module Ade Ctrl ltt
124. 2 1 1 Characteristics cccccccsecccsececaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeseeesseeesaeeesaeeesaeeeeas 2 2 22 DOECIICATIONS ANG FUNCHONS vive iacere terio ee eae ao a Raai 2 2 2 2 1 wer GING AN o LN TIED 2 2 2 2 2 Profile 2 3 22 9 DIMENSIONS neien EE ec vuoi oodd cese cse carat eai suae 2 4 224 JISngenmenbol terminals gsaccacccecetoneteastecaneasaauetexcsencdarsiasetsxeeanccs ME 2 5 Zee eie UU TM 2 5 Zio MINS TAMA O NETT TUTTI 2 9 2 3 1 Installing a Module cece ceccccsececeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeesaueeseeeseeeseueeseeeesaaes 2 9 2 3 2 Installing a Removable Terminal Block 2 10 2a WIIG rr E 2 12 294 LED IDlC lOS an gece udortemid nde uid indinin EEEE EEEE EEEE EEE 2 14 24 AWCONRIG IHOP ON acre eect e Ut ettet eese 2 15 2 4 1 IPAS WING PERRO 2 15 2 4 2 Checking the Version of a MOQUIE ccccceseeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeenes 2 18 De MONON VA aie e cece acces chet eee sence eee eee 2 19 2 4 4 Online MOE eee cece ceccceeeceeeeeeeceeeceeeeseeeseeeseueeseeeseeesueeseeeseeesaes 2 21 2 4 5 Importing Exporting a Parametr File seeeeseseeessssssse 2 22 240 WANN C1 Cl Sipecacececacesacesascaaceacenaacccacoraascatoneacaucacestaecoraeoraconmecaccorcetataeaad 2 23 2 5 TYOUDICSNOOTING ccceecccsececeeeeceeeeceeeeceeeceeeeseeeeseeeseueeseueeeaeeesaeeesaeeeas
125. 2 29 2 5 1 ijo T ne 2 29 2 5 2 Troubleshooting Procedure cccccccceeecceeeeceeeeceeeeseeseseueesaueeseaees 2 30 AH500 Module Manual 2 1 Overview The specifications for analog to digital modules the operation and the programming are described in this chapter AHO4AD 5A and AHO8AD 5B are analog to digital modules 2 1 1 Characteristics 1 A module is selected according to practical application AHO4AD 5A There are four channels Inputs received by a channel can be either voltages or currents AHO8AD 5B There are eight channels Inputs received by these channels are voltages AHO8AD 5C There are eight channels Inputs received by these channels are currents 2 High speed conversion An analog signal is converted into a digital signal at a speed of 150 us a channel 3 High accuracy Conversion accuracy The error is 0 02 of an input voltage and 0 05 of an input current The ambient temperature is 25 C 4 A scale range can be set by means of software Users can set a scale range in ISPSoft A scale range is a range of digital values to which a range of analog values corresponds 5 A module can be set by means of utility software HWCONFIG is built in utility software in ISPSoft Users can set modes and parameters in HWCONFIG to complete hardware configuration without spending time writing a program to set registers corresponding to functions 2 2 Specifications and Functions 2 2 1 Sp
126. 26 3 andar Edificio Itapeva One Bela Vista 01332 000 S o Paulo SP Brazil TEL 55 11 3568 3855 FAX 55 11 3568 3865 Europe Deltronics The Netherlands B V Eindhoven Office De Witbogt 15 5652 AG Eindhoven The Netherlands TEL 31 40 2592850 FAX 31 40 2592851 AH 0109820 01 We reserve the right to change the information in this catalogue without prior notice 2013 03 22 nw 6 if a IL vp Y A Ww ODRE FAMo E as Hr BEEM X A NDIT otan HDA 1 oe aa E 1 MI RRRDU LIIS d TE Paki rary EITI Enom aCe eam map EE ELEC is Bf ze NM E E 3 Ei 2 Ee eS x a ee 4 I ME Ee a ae mee a o xm E E Bic hd BREE EXER wee Lala PEN aT M E Eo 3 m m ee LEL fF ft ee 2 DEN ma os pel pa EAE nm JENUeEW SINPOW OOSHV AH500 Module Manual A NELTA Smarter Greener Together www delta com tw ia Chapter 1 Introduction Table of Contents RI OVENI 1 2 t2 MEE DOS CIN AN ONS c 1 3 1 2 1 General SPecCiNCaNON PER ETE TTT 1 3 tee EMO SUI ERES 1 4 1 2 2 1 zu 1 4 1 2 2 2 VT TT E M 1 4 1 2 2 3 Conducted Immunity TeSt c ccccccsseeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeesaeeeeseeeeeeas 1 5 AH500 Module Manual 1 1 Overview This manual introduces the usage of special modules Analog input output modules temperature me
127. 3 4 LED INICAtOIS ec cccccccceeeeneeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeseueeueeesaeeeeeeeneeeneeesags 4 19 ZG MWOONPBIGUDTSISO decentes on ai qund o pUDU RUE TUN ETUR P EN DE UE PURUS 4 19 4 4 1 Mitial SUA PRORRRRO SERRE 4 19 4 4 2 Checking the Version of a Module seeseeeeesssss 4 22 Z4 Monitoltid QAO i es os cont Ea et es Ert ee tees 4 23 aAa COPING OCS 4 24 4 4 5 Importing Exporting a Parametr File sssseeesseeesssssssse 4 25 T5 Tardimslefo needed m2dedpeiddide dede Din medie 4 27 4 5 Troubleshooting eseeessesseesseeeennennn nennen nnn 4 32 4 5 1 zie m 4 32 4 5 2 Troubleshooting Procedure ccccccccsecccseeeceeeeeeeeceeeeceeeeseueeseaees 4 33 AH500 Module Manual 4 1 Overview The specifications for an analog input output module the operation and the programming are described in this chapter Analog signals voltages or currents are received by four channels on an analog input output module and are converted into 16 bit digital signals Besides the analog input output module receives two pieces of 16 bit digital data from a CPU module The digital data is converted into analog signals voltages or currents The analog signals are sent by two channels on the analog input output module 4 1 1 Characteristics 1 AHO6XA 5A an analog input output module is used according to
128. 4AD 5A cov Save as Hype esv File csv Cancel 0440 54 sy Microsoft Office Excel Comma Separated Values File 1 KB 2 22 Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C 2 Click Import and then click the CSV file Parameter Setting AHOMAD 5 CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Average Time Description Address Monitor Monitor Initial Comment 10V H0V CHO Input mode setting D501 P 10V H0V CH1 Input mode setting Disable CH2 Input mode setting Disable CH3 Input mode setting Conversion Flags Read only Look in B My Documents ue Amy Music Amy Pictures O WinCHM Projects A T 4 AD z DA csi File name DA amp D 5A csv Files of type esv File cs L ancel 2 4 6 Parameters Parameter Setting RHOADS CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Average Time CHO CH3 Calibration Module Hame AHO4AD 5A MDS Version 1 00 00 MDS Build Date 201207 14 Conversion Flags Read only 2 23 AH500 Module Manual 1 The input modes of the channels Parameter Setting AHOLAD 5 CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Average Time Description ddress Monitor Initial Comment CHO CH3 Calibration t J p300 J0V 10V CHO Input mode setting CHO CH3 Scale Range Channel Alarm iput mode se D501 10V H0V CHI Input mode setting Interrupt Enable tm e Disable CH2 Input mode setting Interrupt n
129. 5A COMI Setting COM2 Setting BACnet Setting COM Setting Description Slave ID BACnet MAC Address Communication Timeout ms Transmitter Delay ms Physical Type MODBUS Advance Read Trigger MODBUS Advance Write Trigger Group ID Trigger Number UD Link Base Offset Data Source UD Link Base Offset Data Destination Co Slave ID BACnet MAC Cornarmunication Timeout Transmitter Delay 105 Physical Type MODBUS Advance Rea MODBUS Advance Wri Group ID Trigger Numb UD Link Base Offset Import File UD Link Base Offset v gt Export File EN pnoogggggui 2 Start SCMSoft right click MODBUS Advance and click Add MODBUS Advance Ej u SCM project 4 F COM PORT Setting 5 SCM Devicel UD Link c Sequence List i MODBUS A d COM PORT Histo Add MODBUS Advance 5 COMI S COM E ksi SCH project 4 COM PORT Setting xo SCM Devicel UD Link Group List mequence Last e T MODBUS Advance B 25 Modbuel Ly Read Write S COM PORT History S COMI cy COM2 3 Setting data exchange Right click a blank and then click Add Item After users double click the item which is added the Parameter Edit window appears Fead Word No Enable Master Data Conversion Format 8 34 Slave Data Length Commuucation Status Description Parameter Edit Master PLC Type Data Start Address Description Chapter 8 Netw
130. 5A MDS Version 100 00 MDS Build Date 20120714 Conversion Flags Read onk PID Run Stop PID AutoTune PID Mout Setting PID heater oooler PID SV PID Cycle PID Kp PID Ki 0 24 Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A 1 The input modes of the channels CHO CH3 Mode setting Description Address Monitor Initial CHO Input mode setting EN Disable CHO Input CHI Input mode setting JL Disable CHI Input CH2 Input mode setting AIL Disable CH2 Input em Input mode setting JL HTIOD wre wy PT 1000 WW HTIODD a Way 3008 2c LZ PT 100 3 HTIDU 3 PT 1000 3 HTIOUD aw O S008 ats The channel is disabled 6 Pt100 sensor Pt100 sensor Three wire configuration Four wire Two wire configuration 7 Ni100 sensor Ni100 sensor Three wire configuration Four wire Two wire configuration 8 Pt1000 sensor Description 3 Pt1000 sensor Three wire configuration Four wire Two wire configuration 9 Ni1000 sensor Ni1000 sensor Three wire configuration Four wire Two wire configuration 10 04300 Q input impedance 07300 Q input impedance Three wire configuration Four wire Two wire configuration 2 Temperature unit Celsius Fahrenheit Description Address Monitor Initial Temperature unit mii Celsius Temperatur Import File 4 E Export File Description KO Celsius P K1 Fahrenheit 2 20 AH500 Module Manual 3 The nu
131. 5A can provide the following function Automatically performing the data exchange with an AH500 series CPU module users can directly operate the specified register in an AH500 series CPU module to gain the control data of the master and return the corresponding data to the master e The maximum input and output data length are both 1000 bytes 7 1 3 Specifications AH500 series CPU modules which are supported Specifications Model name AH500 series PLCs DeviceNet interface Specifications Transmission Electrical isolation 500 V DC Removable connector 5 08 mm Recommend to use Delta standard cable TAP CB01 and TAP CBO2 The communication cable should be away from the power cable and the shielded cable should be connected to the ground Voltaae DeviceNet network provides 11 25 V direct current e g 28 mA i Typical value 125 mA impulse current 24 V DC Communication cable 7 3 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A DeviceNet Communication Specifications Master mode Support explicit message all kinds of I O connection with the slave such as I O polled bit strobe state changing cyclic Slave mode Support explicit message and Group 2 only server Standard 125 kbps 250 kbps and 500 kbps Extension 10 kbps 20 kbps 50 kbps 125 kbps 250 kbps 500 kbps 800kbps and 1M bps Message type Transmission speed Environment Mem Specitications ESD IEC 61131 2 IEC 61000 4 2 8 KV Air Dis
132. 5A gives an alarm or Enabling Disabling a channel detection a warning If an input signal exceeds a range of inputs which can be received by hardware the module will give an alarm or a warning a Warning LED indicator When a warning occurs the ERROR LED indicator blinks or does not blink Channel detection b Interrupt An interrupt service routine is enabled An object can be maintained at a desired temperature through 7 PID control i a PID control action 1 Enabling Disabling a channel A temperature received from a two wire four wire sensor is converted into a digital value at a speed of 150 ms a channel and a temperature received from a three wire sensor is converted into a digital value at a speed of 300 ms a channel If a channel is not used users can disable it to decrease the total conversion time 2 Temperature unit Users can select the degree Celsius C or the degree Fahrenheit F as a unit of measurement for temperature 3 Calibration To make a curve meet actual needs users can calibrate the curve by changing an offset and a gain A calibration range depends on a range of inputs which can be received by hardware e The range of offsets used for calibration is 1 0 1 0 and the range of gains used for calibration is 0 9 1 1 Example 1 The temperatures 100 C 100 C correspond to the digital values 100 100 The original signals are used The gain is 1 and the offset is 0 The temperature received
133. 9 CR47 CR75 CR103 6 Clearing the error flag Bit 1 bit3 and bit6 will be turned OFF automatically after the related functions are fulfilled 1 BitO in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 ON Starting the count OFF Stopping the count a Starting the count If bit O in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned from OFF to ON and the parameters are set correctly the system will start the count If the parameters are set incorrectly bit O in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 will be turned OFF immediately and bit 6 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 will be turned ON Users can read the error code in CR26 CR54 CR82 CR110 b Stopping the count If bit 0 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned from ON to OFF the system will stop the count Bit 1 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 If bit 1 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON the sampling register accumulation register pulse input register and bit 1 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 will be reset After the sampling register accumulation register pulse input register and bit 1 in CR19 CRA47 CR75 CR103 is reset bit 1 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 will be turned OFF automatically a If bit 1 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON the sampling register accumulation register pulse input register will be reset to 0 immediately b Ifthe linear accumulation is larger than 999999999 or less than 999999999 the value in the accumulation register will be 999999999 or 999999999 and bit 1 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 will be turned ON If bit 1 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON bit 1
134. 9 CR47 CR75 CR1093 will be turned OFF 10 9 2 Input Waveform High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word ee INNEN AMNERNENE 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 0 0 Double pulse counting up counting down 0 1 PiSigepuse pisedecion SSS 1 0 One time the frequency of AB phase inputs SSS 10 9 3 Filtering Pulses High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word o qo oc Ww 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 5000 J 1 Filter coefficient KHz N 0 19 The conversion results are shown in the following table kM NRA 2 fthe value in CR 2 is O the external input terminals do not filter pulses If the value in CR 2 is larger than 19 the value will be counted as 0 For example if the value in CR 2 is 10 the filter 85000 _ 5 187988 KHz That is the input signals whose frequencies are larger 1044 coefficient is than 5 187988 kHz are filtered 10 19 AH500 Module Manual 10 9 4 Setting the Cycle of Updating the Number of Pulses High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word 6B HT 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support cha
135. AHO8D4 5C MDS Version 1 00 00 MDS Build Date 2012 07 14 1 The output modes of the channels CHO CH Mode setting CHO Output mode setting JL Urn 20r CHO Outpu d MOM NNNM col Db EE E L Disable CH2 Outpu d Disable Ee CH3 Cutpu I C Disahle CH4 Outpu put mo z E Disable CHS Outpu aimed cathe mm Disable CHE Outpu mode setting M L Disable CH Outpu 3 22 Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AH08DA 5B AHOS8DA 5C AHO4DA 5A AHO8DA 5B The channel is disabled The channel is disabled 10 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0OV 10V 0QV 10V 5 V 5 V 5 V 5 V Description 0 V 5V QV 5V 1 V45V 1 V5 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA NOOA con O 2 The offsets and the gains used for calibration CH CH7 Calibration Description Address Monitor Initial ae ae L OOOO CH Cs ND 0 000000 CHI Ca A LI 0 000000 CH2 Ca NL 0 000000 CH3 Ca m LI 0 000000 CHA Ca NL 0 000000 CHS Ca LI 0 000000 CH6 Ca m 0 000000 CH Ca A LI 1 ooo000 CHO Ca ND 1 DODOQ0 CHI Ca NH 1 pogano CH2 zi k 3 The scale range CHU CH7 Scale Range 1 JL ommo S NIE ere h 7 m m D 000000 CH2 Sce JL 0 000000 CH3 Sce JL D 000000 CHA Sce NI D 000000 CHS Sce m D 000000 CH Sce m 0 000000 CH Sce pal L 100 000000 CHO Sce E L 100 000000 CH1 Sce aH 100 000000 CH2 Sce v k 3 23 AH500 Module Manual 4 Retaining the outputs OutP ut Hold same Menor me o O
136. B AHOSDA 5C 3 2 4 Arrangement of Terminals AHO4DA 5A AHO08DA 5B AH08DA 5C N AG O1 AG O2 AG O3 AG O4 AG O5 AG O6 AG 07 AG P ZP G SG AT NF ZINZER TZN ZANT i Wd BO AR 1 L H al E Soh l Y pb A 7H Bp J F S LZ NS Vu x S NS r m Te SH y il n i X p F F A NS Wow ZA IN L aN A SY oe p w n ZAN ti r3 I ri Y H 1 Se a IY 1 Sse Dm 1 JL ZI I A T 4 Y AN XN H LNW S H Eur zn A Sor zn mar EXT NS ri 1 ras NM Sar x 7 H I i SN SON x MN SIT a dA N N Ly eM x LE Ak WM I4 i n I d I E TA JA 2 7H IK j un ZO i a 7 LH ARM A H X E N 177 Ker Revd Kr7 Reed RF A FR AR J Eu pr a i Se Ne 3r rr A Ne
137. CPUS30 1 00 AHI103CM 0 40 Descrption Input Devi Output Dev AH Power Supply Module None None Basic CPU module building wi None None Serial communication module DO D17 Comment Offline Driver RS232 COMI After the users click AH10SCM 5A in the Parameter Setting window they can see the version of MDS and the date when MDS is built Parameter Setting AHIQ0SCM 5A j MDS Information Normal Exchange Area AH10SCM 5A 1 00 01 2012 02 06 COMI Setting CONG Setting BACnet Setting Module Name MDS Version MDS Build Date Default After the users click COM1 Setting in the HWCONFIG window they can set communication parameters for COM1 Parameter Setting AHIOSCM 5A COMI Setting COM Setting BACnet Setting COMI Setting Description Communication Timeout ms Transmitter Delay 105 Physical Type MODBUS Advance Read Trigger MODBUS Advance Write Trigger Group ID Trigger Number UD Link Base Offset Data Source UD Link Base Offset Data Destination D0000000001 Default 8 32 9600bps 7EI 3000 Communication Timeout Transmitter Delay ms Physical Type MODBUS Advance Rear MODBUS Advance Wnt Group ID Trigger Numbe UD Link Base Offset UD Link Base Em gt Impor File Export File oR cea Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A Right click AH10SCM 5A in the HWCONFIG window click Intelligent Module Configuration on the
138. CR 9 but they can not write data into CR 8 and CR 9 m CR 11 Triggering the setting of the IP parameters for port 1 0 The assignment of an IP address is complete 1 The setting of the IP parameters in CR 4 CR 10 for port 1 is triggered CR 12 Status of assigning an IP address to port 1 0 The assignment of an IP address is complete 1 An IP address is being assigned 2 he assignment of an IP address by a DHCP server has not been complete 3 The IP parameters are incorrect 9 3 4 Introduction of the Related Instructions After AH10EN 5A is installed users need to write a program to control the related functions of AH10EN 5A The users can read data from a control register in AH10EN 5A by means of the instruction FROM and write data into a control register in AH10EN 5A by means of the instruction TO 9 9 AH500 Module Manual 1400 FROM Reading the data from the control register in the special module pee x v w js Te mo p L sw sn e m wes pr Pulse instruction 16 bit instruction 13 steps 32 bit instruction 13 steps AH500 AH500 AH500 m Rack code Word Double word m Slot code Word Double word m3 Control register number Word Double word DFROMP D Device in which the data is Word Double word stored D Device in which the error Word Double word code is stored n Data length Word Double word Explanation 1 Users can use this instruction to read data from a control register in a network modul
139. Ca E 0 000000 CH3 Ca F L 0 po0000 CH4 Ca BU 0 000000 CHS Ca a L 0 000000 CH Ca mn 0 000000 CH7 Ca 000000 CHO Ca L 1 000000 CHI Ca wo 1 000000 6 28 CH2 Ca Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A 5 The channel detection Channel Alarm Address Monitor Initial vf Enable CHO Ph gunoaugunmnuug a z uf Alann CHO z k 6 Enabling the interrupts Interrupt Enable segete ze gu liec ese sooo MEER C n E vt L Enable HO Inter L Enable CHO Inter O Enable CHO Interr L Enable HO Inter L Enable CHO Inter L Enable CHO Interr 6 29 AH500 Module Manual 7 The interrupt numbers 40 Interrupt nx 40 Interrupt nx EI Interrupt nt 40 Interrupt nx 40 Interrupt nx 40 Interrupt nx 40 Interrupt nx m 8 Setting the warning LED indicator Warming LED kie Monitor Taita Warn of CHO Input value C PE Fang JLI flashing Warn of CH L flashing Warn of CH L flashing Wam of CH L flashing Wam af CH L C flashing Wam of CH L C flashing Wam af CH L flashing Warn of CH L LC flashing Wam of CH gt 6 30 Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHOSTC 5A 9 The error codes Conversion Flazs De Address Monitor Initial bit0 bit7 The signals received by CHO CH7 exceed the range of inputs Description which can be received by the hardw
140. Command Type Send Packet Eec Packet BUCCBSS Fail Abort bul Retry a Q 25 Repeat oo 2555 Send Wait 0 0 655335 ms Timeout 50 65535 ms Ce 8 48 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A Type 3 Sending an abbreviated record and receiving a full record Sending an abbreviated record The packet which will be sent is the same as TX packet 1 in type 1 or TX packet 1 in type 2 The function field is 16 89 Packet Edit Packet Hame Packet View 10 RID OD D 89 lt Checksum SUM 1Bytey 16 Packet Segment Edit Class Format megment View Message Constant Hex 10 Message Variable Hull EID UD D Message Constant Hex 59 Checksum Hex zZChecksum 3UM 1 Byte Message Constant Hex 18 Message Address Length Checksum Add 8 49 AH500 Module Manual Receiving a full record Start bita Length a Length repeat a Start bit repeat a Instrument IA a Function field FF 4 Parameter index PI Data block DB Checksum CS a End marku gt 16 68 Null Null 16 68 D0 Null D100 Start bit 16 68 Length Length repeat 2 bytes are ignored Users can ignore the length or store the length Message Variable Edit Message Constant Edit Format Variable Value Reverse Variable Property Function Mapping Register Length Property Function Mapping Register Constant Start bit repeat 16 268 Instrument IA Check
141. Configuration dialog box appears where see the currently available node AH10DNET Slave in the left list Scanner Configuration Scan List setting Available Nodes Node Ad Node Name 01 AHIODNET Slave Output Table Input Table Register Device Image sed Register Device Image D1005 H D1505 H D1005 L D1505 L D1006 H D1506 H D1006 L D1506 L D1007 H D1507 H D1007 L D1507 L D1008 H D1508 H D1008 L D1508 L D1009 H D1509 H D1009 L D1509 L D1010 H D1510_H D1010 L D1510 L D1011 H D1511 H 4 F739 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 2 Add the node device in Available Nodes to Scan List In the example the starting addresses for output and input are D1500 and D1000 respectively Scanner Module Configuration Scan List setting Available Nodes Node Ad Node Name Node Name AHI0DNET Slave Output Table Input Table Register Device Image Register Device Image D1005 H PollJ01 AH10DNET Slave D1505 H PollJ01 AHI0DNET Slave D1005 L PollJOIL AHI0DNET Slave D1505 L PollJOI AHI0DNET Slave D1006 H Poll OI AHI0DNET Slave D1506 H Poll OI AHI10DNET Slave D1006 L PollJOL AHI10DNET Slave D1506 L PollJOI AHI10DNET Slave D1007 H Poll OI AHI0DNET Slave D1507 H PollJOI AHI0DNET Slave D1007 L PollJOL AHI10DNET Slave D1507 L PollJOL AHI10DNET Slave D1008 H PollJOI AHI0DNET Slave D1508 H PollJOL AHI0DNET Slave D1008
142. File Edit Option Help Zu y m Product List Extension Rack Digital VO Module Analog I O Module Teraperature Module Motion Control Module Network Module Specification Information Rack 1 Slot No Label Firmware Ve Descrption Input Device Output Devic Comment AHP305 52 AH Power Sup None None AHCPUS30 1 00 Basic CPU mod None None a1 AW Ms Bi WwW MN KK CO AHCPU USB COM12 3 After users click I O Scan on the Option menu the modules installed on the present backplane will be scanned ce Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help a S5 ym Product List Extension Rack jo Digital LO Tylodule 1 i y o uUo VO Analog IO IIodule ENG l1lA41l5 Temperature IvIodule Motion Control IvIodule Network Module FHE 10 10 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A 4 The scan result is shown below AHO4HC 5A is installed in the second slot on the main backplane im Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help wm xus cuum Product List Extension Rack Digital LO Tylochile l Analog Li MIodule Temperature IvIodule IvTotion Control IvIadule Network IvIodule FHE 5 Click Online Mode on the toolbar co Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help s xaees z 552 Product List Extension Eack Digital LO Tylochile l Analog Li Module Temperature IvIodule IvTotion Control IvIadule Network IvIodule FHE
143. GRARRRARRARRRAGRR RR RR Rau CH1 Input Average Time CH2 Input Average Time CH3 Input Average Time Comment CHO Input Cal Offset V ru CH1 Input Cal Offset V m amp CHA Input Cal Offset V mA CH3 Input Cal Offset V imh CHO Output Cal Offset V fm CHI Output Cal Offset V fm C HU Input Cal Cram CH1 Input Cal Cram CH2 Input Cal Cram CH3 Input Cal Cram CHO Output Cal Gain ali k Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A 4 The scale range Channel Scale Range Description Address Monitor Initial Comment r mid aa n quem SON ae ix 2 0 12 IE TREE Pe MRNA ETE uu CH2 Input Scale LSP NH L 0 000000 CH2 Input Scale LSP CH3 Input Scale LSF E C 0 000000 CH3 Input Scale LSP CHO Cut ale LSF Ls L agag u HO Output Scale LSF Fal 0 000000 CH1 Output Scale LSP M L 100 000000 CHO Input Scale HSP CH1 Input Scale HSP d C 100 000000 CH1 Input Scale HSF CH2 Input Scale HSP B C 100 000000 CHA Input Scale HSF CH3 Input Scale HSF E C 100 000000 CH3 Input Scale HSP CHO Output Scale HSP BL 100 000000 CHO Output Scale HSF adi 5 Retaining the outputs OutP ut Hold Description Address Monitor Comment RRSEERAARERARARERRARERARARRRRARRHRRARHRRRAHTOOXGISRARORRARRRRARRRRARZSRRRARARRRARRRURERRRERRRRRARRRRARRRRAERRZARRARARRERRRRRERRARRERSARERUARERRARRRRRRRERRRRSARRRARRRARARRRRARRRRARRRRARRRRARKRERARARGRORRARGRERRARURERRAGRRRRARERRRRARARRRAR RR RR RH o ua C 1 Chitp t H T 2 C C H
144. L Poll OL AHI0DNET Slave D1508 L Poll OI AHI0DNET Slave D1009 H D1509 H D1009 L D1509 L D1010 H D1510 H D1010 L D1510 L D1011 H D1511 H UnitID 0 1000 Note 1 After the connection between the master and slave is built successfully fill the control data in the registers in Output Table and the data will be transmitted to the slave automatically 2 After the connection between the master and slave is built successfully the data that slave feedback will be transmitted to the registers in Input Table 3 The registers in Output Table are specified by Output Start 4 The registers in Input Table are specified by Input Start 3 Click OK after confirming that no error exists to download the configuration to AH10DNET 5A If AH500 is in run mode during downloading the warning dialogue box will pop up as below Cannot perform this operation when PLC is in RUN mode Do you wish to continue if this instruction will affect the state of the connected PLC 4 Click OK to download the configuration to the scanner module At the moment the configuration of the DeviceNet network is completed 7 60 AH500 Module Manual 7 9 5 Data Flow Direction Configure the DeviceNet network following the above steps and the mapping relation between AH10DNET 5A and the slave device is shown below AH500 AH10DNET 5A Slave device AH510 AH10DNET 5A AH10DNET 5A Master
145. LED indicator on the temperature measurement module are ON No The warning LED indicators blink There are error logs in the CPU module and the The BUS FAULT LED The BUS FAULT LED indicator on the CPU indicator on the CPU module and the module and the ERROR LED indicator ERROR LED indicator temperature measurement module on the temperature on the temperature measurement module measurement module are not ON blink There are error logs in There are error logs in the CPU module and the CPU module and the temperature the temperature measurement module measurement module 5 8 Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A b Interrupt service routine The procedure below explains how to trigger an interrupt service routine in a CPU module Channel detection Alarm Warning No No detection Enabling physical range detection Enabling interrupts Selecting interrupt numbers No interrupt e The interrupt service routines are 140 1251 7 PID control a KP KI KD Proportional action The operation amount acts proportionally to the error When a temperature is lower than a proportional band the operation amount is 10096 When a temperature is within a proportional band the operation amount decreases proportionally to the error When the setting value is the same as the present value the operation amount is 096 Error Setting value Present value Heater The setting value is
146. Length of output data 530Bytes Device Type Master lt Slave D Start Address Master lt Slave 500 Device Type Mastert gt Slave D Start Address Mastert gt Slave 1000 Value Information Help Tips Default Disable Meanwhile select the desired baud rate for Extend Baud rate as follows Parameters Edit Parameter Group Value RW Working Mode Slave mode R Firmware Version 0 EW Extend Baudrate Enable Disable Extend Baudrate l xxi Length of input data 4 50Kbps Length of output data 3 125Kbps Device Type Master lt Slave EL 230Kbps Start Address Master lt Slave 5 300Kbps Device Type Mastert gt Slave I 00K bps Start Address Mastert gt Slave 1 Value Information Help Tips Default l0Kbps Click OK to return to the main interface of the software after downloading is completed Note These parameters in the parameter editor belong to the current slave 4 After downloading is completed turn both of the function switch DRO and DR1 of AH10DNET 5A Slave to ON and then re power the AH500 series CPU module At the time the extension baud rate setting is finished 7 9 Application Example This section describes how to configure the DeviceNet network in an application example Control purpose AHCPU510 EN can make the remote monitor of DO D30 D50 D150 and D230 in AHCPU530 EN via the DeviceNet bus 7 43 7 9 1 Constructing One DeviceNet Network 1 Connection Figure DeviceNet Builder
147. MEE Count Bn 948 Im om Ern m gt 8 X015 CnB3 26 X0 18 CniB3 9 X014 CmA3 27 XO 14 CniA3 X0 13 OntB2 X0 13 CntB2 X0 12 OntA2 X0 12 CntA2 10 8 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A 10 2 9 External Wiring 1 APNP encoder is used PNP encoder AHO4HC 5A high speed counter module Shielded cable External power supply External power supply 24V DC 5 V 12 V 24 V DC 5V 2 An NPN encoder is used NPN encoder AHO4HC 5A high speed counter module A phase Shielded cable 24V O O External power supply External power supply DC5V 12V 24V DC 5V 24V 10 3 HWCONFIG in I SPSoft AHO4HC 5A is taken for instance If the AH500 series high speed counter module that users use is AHO2HC 5A it is operated in the same way as AHO4HC 5A is operated 10 3 1 Checking the Firmware Version of a Module Users can check the firmware version of a module through HWCONFIG in ISPSoft 10 9 AH500 Module Manual 1 Start ISPSoft and then double click HWCONFIG in the project management area g NWCONFIG o p he Nera duced PA AHCPUSSO EN Untitled 1 P Motion Module B Tasks EP Global Symbols ll Programs a Function Blocks M User Defined Library amp Device Monitor Table APIS 2 The HWCONFIG window is shown below Untitled H WCONFIG
148. NPUT area the initial input mapping address and the OUTPUT area The initial output mapping address In this example the two addresses are set to D2000 and D2500 respectively Click OK after setting iS over El AH1 ODNET 5A Parameters of IO mapp Import Fild gt ixport Fild Default e T Cancel gt File Edit asig Help mx ate Upload Product nee m Do Hong trE N Excuse e tiis Digital 2 Online Mode Ctr FA Analog Monitor Table Temper Motion Search Ctr Metwor Alter Overall Firmware Version greg PO List Specification AH Power Su None Basic CPU mi None DeviceNet sc None ae a 7 48 None None s 1 Offlin Driverl USB COMA AH500 Module Manual 8 Right click 10DNET icon and select Intelligent Module Configuration to call the DeviceNet Product List Extension Rack Digital F O Module Analog VO Module Temperature Module Motion Control Module Network Module Ctrl X Intelligent Module Configuration Specification Information Rack 1 Slot No Label Firmware Deserption Input Devic Output Dev AHPS805 5 AH Power Su None None l Basic CPU m None None DeviceNet sc None Morne m Offline iverl USB COM4 Network Tools Be BR xmnas lsoo Aa fF BOR sedi Ecc a AHLODNET 3A Unknown Rack
149. NTP To ensure that time is correct the time is corrected every specific period of time B Enabling the email alarm function After the email alarm function is enabled users can trigger the sending of an email through a program B Enabling the SNMP agent function After the SNMP agent function is enabled users can access a device in a CPU module B Enabling the data exchange function After the data exchange function is enabled users can set a data exchange 9 4 3 HWCONFI G IP Filter Parameters To prevent errors from occurring an IP filter is used to limit network connections Only devices whose IP addresses are within the range set by users can connect to AH10EN 5A and other devices whose IP addresses are not within the range can not connect to AH10EN 5A Parameter Setting FATTER Network Parameters Function List Description IP Filter Parameters IO Mapping Paramenters Rule 1 Ending IP Address Rule 2 Begining IP Address Rule 2 Ending IP Address Rule 3 Begining IP Address Rule 3 Ending IP Address Rule 4 Begining IP Address Rule 4 Ending IP Address Rule 5 Begining IP Address Rule 5 Ending IP Address Rule 1 Ending IP Address Rule 2 Begining IP Address Rule 2 Ending IP Address Rule 3 Begining IP Address Rule 3 Ending IP Address Rule 4 Begining IP Address Rule 4 Ending IP Address Rule 5 Begining IP Address Rule 5 Ending IP Address E E dF s p Rule 6 Begining IP Address Rule 6 Begining IP Address Default
150. Net Network and AH10DNET 5A starts to scan the whole network All the node icons and device names on the network will be displayed on the software as below I File Edit View Network Tools Setup Help Demm thon Raog 2 a 7 259 S42h H 2 ES Project List J AHLODNET 5A Master Message Code Description 2013 02 01 20 41 103 Cannot get response from network System Channel Driveri Eg Project List 9 AH1ODNET 5A Master Ctrl X AHIODNET AHIOD Ctrl C Scanner Slave Paste Ctrl V Remove Delete Parameter Edit s Properties Message Code Description A 2013 02 01 20 41 103 Cannot get response from network 2013 02 01 20 41 103 Cannot get response from network System Channel Online CAP 7 50 AH500 Module Manual 13 Read all parameters in the following dialogue box Set both of Length of input data and Length of output data of the slave to 10 bytes After reading is over click OK to return to the main interface of the software i li Parameters Edit Parameter Group Value ID Type Parameter Name Working Mode Slave mode Firmware Version 4112 Extend Baudrate Enable Disable Extend Baudrate 10Kbps Length of input data SBytes Length of output data SBytes Device Type Master Slave D Start Address Master lt Slave 2500 7 9 4 Configuring DeviceNet Slave into the Master 1 Double click AH10DNET Scanner Node 1 on the main software interface and Scanner Module
151. None 0 IAHOSDA 5C 1 00 8xAOl bi D0 D15 5 Double click the module sa Untitled HWCONFIG File Edt Option Help m X E o 7 FoR Product List Extension Rack Digital YO Wylodule l Analog VO IvIadule Temperature IvIndule Notion Control IvIadule Metwork IvIodule 3 15 AH500 Module Manual 6 Open the Parameter Setting window Parameter Setting ADA CHO CH Mode setting CHO CH Calibration CHO CH Scale Range OutPut Hold AHOSDASC 000 Conversion Elestmosd on Module Narne AH08DA 5C MDS Version 1 00 00 MDS Build Date 2012407114 7 Set the parameters and then click OK Parameter Setting AHOSDA 5C CHO CH7 Mode setting CHO CH Mode setting CHO CH Calibration Description CHO CH Scale Range CENTERS TE OutPut Hold Conversion Flags Read only CHO Outpu CH1 Outpu M CH2 Outpu CH5 Outpu M CH6 Outpu CH7 Outpu Impor File gt Buothie 8 Click Download on the toolbar to download the parameters The parameters can not be downloaded when the CPU module runs Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help EB xOo9 7 99s Product List Download Ctrl F2 Extension Rack jos Digital DO Module l Analog MO Module Temperature IvIodule IMIotion Control lodule Network Module 3 16 Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AH08DA 5B AHOS8DA 5C 3 4 2 Checking the Vers
152. O2 are internal registers in AH10SCM 5A For a CPU module D Register or Base Offset can be selected Internal data register in a Used with a control register Used for the receiving sending of data through COM1 Used for the receiving sending of data through COM2 Used for the sending of data through COM1 Used for the sending of data through COM2 e Length Class Users can select 1 Byte or 2 Bytes in the Class box Format Users can select Hex or ASCII in the Format box Value Users can enter a length e Checksum Class Users can select a class Format Users can select the format of a checksum Initial value Users can set an initial value Reverse The high byte of a one word checksum which is calculated and the low byte of the checksum are reversed 8 6 3 2 Command After several TX packets and RX packets are created users can select packets which will be sent and packets which will be received by creating commands Besides the users can set the sequence of executing the commands Command Edit Command Hao Command Type mend amp Receive mend Packet TS Packetl Eecv Packet EX Packet HUCCESS Goto Fail Goto Retry Repeat oo 05 Send Wait Oo 0 65335 me Timeout 50 65535 ms Command number Every command is numbered Command numbers indicate execution sequence Command type Users can select Send Receive or Send amp Receive in the Command Type box Send packet Users can select a pac
153. O8AD 5C 2 Press the clip in the direction indicated by the arrow e Removal 1 Pull the clip in the direction indicated by the arrow 2 Pull up the clip Ue s d pe 44 AH500 Module Manual 3 The terminal block is removed 2 3 3 Wiring Precautions In order to make the functions of an analog to digital module perfect and ensure the reliability of a system at the same time external wiring which prevents noise is necessary Before installing cables users need to follow the precautions below 1 To prevent a surge and induction an AC cable and input signal cables which are connected to AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B must be separate cables 2 Acable must not be installed near a main circuit a high voltage cable or a cable connected to a load which is not a PLC Besides a cable must not be bound to a main circuit
154. ONS sosser neo ERRER 3 2 3 2 1 wer CINNG AN o LN TETTE 3 2 3 2 2 Profile 3 3 329 Pollo RETO a calendars Tm m TTE 3 4 324 JARangenmenbol PESRPIITelSessccacesasmaipquicauepaviduci ae exu ux Sa C EPA tents 3 5 S29 FUNCIONS WT UU TT 3 5 SC MEN MINS ciue NETT TUTTI 3 9 3 3 1 Installing a Module cc ccccceccccececeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseueeseeeseueeseeeesaees 3 9 3 3 2 Installing a Removable Terminal Block 3 10 S ToS MB WIIG eee E E EE 3 11 Sos LED IDICdlOES sedere nde uctadidedixa edema erix itaq mE eR ERE 3 13 od BWOONEBIO TI ISPSOllu emi io ee e Ut eee en 3 14 3 4 1 TPAD SUING PERRO 3 14 3 4 2 Checking the Version of a MOGUIE ccccseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 17 S49 MONO TAO aie cee access acta eee eee eee 3 18 3 4 4 Online Mode seessssssessseeenrennnnn nnne nennen nnn nna nnne nnns 3 19 3 4 5 Importing Exporting a Parameter File sseeessssssss 3 20 Seo WPAN G1 CFS isecacececacecacecaccaaeeaenzadecacoradecedencacaucaceataeconaeoraconteeaacorcetaaeaa 3 22 3 5 _ TrOUDIGESNOOTING ccceeccceeccceeeeceeeecee cece eeeeeeeseeeeseeeesaaeeseeesseeesaeesaeeeeas 3 25 3 5 1 ETO OUO ne A E EE S 3 25 3 5 2 Troubleshooting Procedure cccccccceececeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeseeeseess 3 25 AH500 Module Manual 3 1 Overview An analog output module receives four eight
155. PU module and the analog module the analog module Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A b Interrupt service routine The procedure below explains how to trigger an interrupt service routine in a CPU module Channel detection Alarm Warning No No detection Enabling physical range detection Enabling interrupts Selecting interrupt numbers No interrupt e The interrupt service routines are 140 1251 Analog output Description Enabling Disabling 1 Users can enable or disable a channel a channel 2 If a channel is disabled the total conversion time is decreased Calibration Users can calibrate an analog output curve A digital range corresponds to an analog range 4 Retaining an When a module stops running a signal sent by the module is output retained 1 Enabling Disabling a Channel The conversion speed is 150 us a channel and the total conversion time is 150 usx the number of channels If a channel is not used users can disable it to decrease the total conversion time 2 Calibration o make a curve meet actual needs users can calibrate the curve by changing an offset and a gain A calibration range depends on a range of outputs which can be sent by hardware A volt is a unit of calibration for offsets if inputs received or outputs sent are voltages A milliampere is a unit of calibration for offsets if inputs received or outputs sent are currents e Th
156. R LED ON A serious error occurs in the module indicator OFF The module is normal Blink A slight error occurs in the module 3 Removable The inputs are connected to sensors terminal block Arrangement of the input Arrangement of the terminals terminals a Oi Mig Simple specifications for the module 6 Cip Removing the terminal block 8 Set screw Fixing the module o o o 8 Connector Connecting the module and a backplane 6 4 Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A 6 2 3 Dimensions 35 103 M m pun 110 114 Unit mm 6 2 4 Arrangement of Terminals io INL 7 3r 3X E L D A 4 D i H IL i gt MEY SEY X n Z RN I SAAN Rp 1 J 1 WI PNIS 1 I 1 dV A a ES n LI 7 wr
157. RS 485 RS422 port Switch of terminal resistor 1 Switching terminal resistor 1 ON OFF Terminals for COM1 RS 422 European style terminal Terminals for wiring block Nameplate 8 4 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A Description Fixing the module Connecting the module and a backplane Fixing the module 8 2 3 RS 485 RS 422 Communication Port Terminal number RS 485 European style terminal block 8 3 Installation and Wiring This section introduces the installation of AH10SCM 5A 8 3 1 Installation Insert a module into a slot make sure that the module is installed on the backplane properly and tighen the the screw as illustrated below 1 Insert the projection under the module into the hole in the backplane 2 Push the module in the direction indicated by the arrow until it clicks 8 5 AH500 Module Manual 3 Tighten the screw on the module m Midas Registers Heserved PE T Saa A High byte Reading data from bit devices l Low byte Reading data from word devices Triggering the reading of data 0 Not triggering it through COM1 1 Tri ina it Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it High byte Writing data into bit devices Low byte W
158. RTU UD Link BACnet MS TP slave stations Communication protocol Electrical specifications ltem Specifications Supply voltage 5 V DC Electric energy 15W consumption l Insulation Weight Approximately 131 g BACnet Protocol Implementation Statement Standard BACnet device Model Device AH10SCM 5A BACnet Application Specific Controller B ASC Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A BIBBs which are supported Model BIBBs BIBB DS RP B Data Sharing ReadProperty B DS WP B Data Sharing WriteProperty B DM DDB B Device Management DynamicDeviceBinding B AH10SCM 5A DM DOB B Device Management DynamicObjectBinding B Device Management DeviceCommunicationControl B DS RPM B Data Sharing ReadPropertyMultiple B DS WPM B Data Sharing WritePropertyMultiple B The objects which are supported Mode Object Creation Deletion Analog Value Not supported Not supported AH10SCM 5A Binary Value Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Data Link Layer Options Datalink Data transmission speed supported AH10SCM 5A MS TP Slave 9600 19200 38400 and 76800 bps Character set which is supported Character set AH10SCM 5A ANSI X3 4 8 2 Dimensions and Profile 8 2 1 Dimensions
159. Supply Powers Wiring af multiple supply powers an the network EAR UH ERN CAM L drain po EN OLELIL LLLI a Only ane for grounding ed Y should be disconnected on the whole network ri V V between two supply powers Y Y f 7 13 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 7 4 Configuration of AH1TODNET 5A 7 4 1 Data Mapping Areas This section is going to introduce the mapping relations between an AH500 series CPU module and AH10DNET 5A EBEEEBEEEBER ERE z di E i An AH500 series CPU module can be extended by connecting maximum 8 AH10DNET 5A scanner modules which could only be installed to the main backplane After AH10DNET 5A and an AH500 series CPU module is connected users could specify the starting register addresses for the input mapping and output mapping When only one backplane exists and there are several AH10DNET 5As on the right side of an AH500 series CPU module the software distinguishes different AH10DNET 5As according to their unit numbers The farther the scanner module is away from an AH500 CPU module the larger its unit number is The unit number of the first AH10DNET 5A of the right side of an AH500 series CPU module is 1 The next one nearest to the first scanner module is 2 And the following ones will be 3 4 and so on 7 4 2 Assignment of Mapping Area in Master Mode While AH10DNET 5A works in master mode and the starting addresses for output and input are specified as D500
160. Sxport Fild Default Cancel Double click Parameter of IO Mapping on the above window set the value in Parameters of IO mapping and the set value is the starting address of the mapping area Click OK after setting is over 7 25 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 5 AHT DNET hA Parameters of IO mappi Addi sod O 82533 so 500 oe m Note The set value is the starting address of the mapping area Both of the length of the input and output mapping areas is 500 words 6 Right click 10DNET icon in the HWCONFIG software interface and then select Intelligent Module Setting mixaOos s goT Inteilsgent Module Configuration Label Fimmwar Descrption Input De Output D AHI10D 1 00 DeviceNet None 7 26 AH500 Module Manual 7 The DeviceNet Builder software is called out where select Network gt gt Online m Delta DeviceNet Builder Untitle File Edit View Network Tools Setup Help Qu in z Scanner setting t 2878 Fem Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D1500 The start output D1000 2 p Message Code Description j 8 Select Network gt gt Download to download the starting address of the mapping area and the configuration data to AH10DNET 5A after the network enters the online mode and the configuration is completed File Edit View Tools Se
161. VO7 An AC motor drive LET X009 Pe oe ad a recorder AG a proportioning valve Shieldedcable 1 3 E DC DC converter 1 Please isolate the analog output signal cables from other power cables 2 If the ripple is large for the input terminal of the load and results in the noise interference with the wiring please connect the module to the capacitor having a capacitance in the range of 0 1 uF to 0 47 uF with a working voltage of 25 V 3 Please connect the shielded cables to the terminal SG 4 Once AHO8DA 5B is installed on a backplane the terminal SG on AHO8DA 5B and the terminal on the backplane will be short circuited Please connect the terminal on the backplane to the ground terminal 3 3 4 LED Indicators Number Name Description RUN LED Perang status of the module nacar ON The module is running OFF The module stops running Error status of the module ERROR LED ON A serious error occurs in the module indicator OFF The module is normal Blink A slight error occurs in the module 3 13 AH500 Module Manual 3 4 HWCONFIG in I SPSoft 3 4 1 Initial Setting 1 Start ISPSoft and then double click HWCONFIG XT Untitled Delta ISPSoft Pzogil T Fie Edt View Compile PLO Toole Window Help Bnemejmnzeoenonuumssemnocncos i X Bis QQ im mie P a i 99 ut We Rat 09 6 Local Symbols 4 NWCONFIG lass Identifiers Address Type ci Project C Document and
162. a high voltage cable or a cable connected to a load which is not a PLC Otherwise effects that noise induction and a surge have will increase 3 Please connect a shielded cable and a hermetically sealed cable with the ground separately 4 Terminals with insulation sleeves can not be arranged as a terminal block It is recommended that the terminals be covered with insulation tubes Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C O0 External wiring 1 AHO4AD 5A Voltage input i 10 V 10 V S os eter Dt en voh 4 E Shieldedcable 1 4 SG CL AG Current input 3L 20 mA 20 mA 1M CH3 eee quae qua ru D i Shielded cable i 4 SG 5 DC DC PUS z converter 1 Please isolate the analog input signal cables from other power cables 2 If the module is connected to a current signal the terminals V and l have to be short circuited 3 If the ripple in the input voltage results in the noise interference with the wiring please connect the module to the capacitor having a capacitance in the range of 0 1 uF to 0 47 UF with a working voltage of 25 V 4 Please connect the shielded cables to the terminal SG 5 Once AHO4AD 5A is installed on a backplane the terminal SG on AHO4AD 5A and the terminal on the backplane will be short circuited Please connect the terminal onthe backplane to the ground terminal AH500 Module Manual 2 AHO8AD 5B Vo
163. additional communication port for an AH500 series CPU module ISPSoft can be connected to the AH500 series CPU module through a communication port on AH10SCM 5A The default communication format of COM1 on AH10SCM 5A is 9600 7 Even 1 The slave ID is 247 1 Setting ISPSoft Start ISPSoft and click Communication Settings on the Tools menu TF Untitled Delta ISPSoft File View Compile PLC Tools Window Help As amp e9 0 fi Communication Settings Change PLC Type Program Settings Set RTC Review Error Log File 4 NWCONFIG 1 eu Project C Program FilesiDelta Ind GB Device Comment amp Used De HWCONFIG 4e Export B CARD Utility f AHCPUS30 EN Untitled2 a F Motion Module Language English Tasks E Global Symbols Options lili Programs gd Function Blocks M User Defined Library Device Monitor Table 3 30 APIs Import Project Insert 0 262128 Steps Offline Undefined Driver AHCPU30 EN 8 40 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A 2 Select Driver1 in the Driver box The communication format of COM1 set by COMMGRH is 9600 7 Even 1 Please notice that the station address in the Communication Setting window must be the same as the slave ID set for COM1 The station address is not the station address of the AH500 series CPU module Communicaton Setting Driver ntation Address IP Address 3 After users click OK a program can be downloaded to or uploaded from the AH500 seri
164. address is assigned by a DHCP server 4 Hu Triggering the setting 0 The assignment of an IP address is complete of the IP parameters 1 The setting of the IP parameters in for port 2 CR 14 CR 20 for port 2 is triggered 0 The assignment of an IP address is complete 1 An IP address is being assigned 2 The assignment of an IP address by a DHCP server has not been complete 3 The IP parameters are incorrect Heserved Execution state of Execution state of email 1 email 1 Execution state of Execution state of email 2 email 2 50 R Execution state of Execution state of email 3 email 3 H Execution state of Execution state of email 4 email 4 52 R W Execution state of Execution state of email 5 email 5 53 R W Execution state of Execution state of email 6 email 6 154 RW Execution state of Execution state of email 7 email 7 55 R W Execution state of Execution state of email 8 email 8 The definitions of the symbols R Users can read the data from the register by means of the instruction FROM W Users can write the data into the register by means of the instruction TO W W Status of assigning an IP address to port 2 R R R R co Co W W W W e Basic setting and functions CR O0 The value in CR 0 is a model code Users can read the model code by means of a program to judge whether the module exists CR 1 The value in CR 1 represents the version of the system e Ema
165. al output value xCycle Users can set the width of a pulse and a cycle sampling time by means of the instruction GPWM Example The cycle is 2000 ms the maximal output value is 100 and the minimal output value is O After the PID algorithm is performed the output value gotten is 50 gt Width of a pulse 50 100 0 x2000 ms 1000 ms Therefore the pulse width used in the instruction GPWM is 1000 ms and the cycle used in the instruction GPWM is 2000 ms t 1 000ms pe Output 10 4 T 2 000m5 Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A c PID parameters PID parameter Description Performing Not pemorming te JD bitO bit3 CHO CH3 Performing Not performing algorithm the PID algorithm bit4 bit7 CH4 CH7 Performing Not performing the PID algorithm AHO8TC 5A Manual Automatic tuning bit8 b it11 CHO CH3 Manual Automatic tuning bit12 bit15 CH4 CH7 Manual Automatic tuning AHO8TC 5A bit0 bit3 CHO CH3 bit4 bit7 CH4 CH7 AHO8TC 5A Sampling time One word decimal format dli Unit 10 ms bit0 bit3 CHO CH3 bit4 bit7 CH4 CH7 AHO8TC 5A dis Mie bit0 bit3 CHO CH3 manual output ive values automatically P 4 bit CH4 CH7 AHOBTC SA Heating Cooling mode Automatic tuning Target value One double word floating point format Proportional gain One double word floating point format Integral gain One double word floating point format Derivative gain One double word f
166. an function as a BACnet MS TP slave A BACnet MS TP master can read an analog value binary value from AH10SCM 5A and can write an analog value binary value into AH10SCM 5A Besides it can be used as a RS 485 RS 422 communication port through which a program is downloaded to or uploaded from a CPU module AH10SCM 5A is set by means of SCMSoft in DCISoft Please use DCISoft version 1 08 or above Functions e tis equipped with two RS 485 RS 422 ports COM1 amp COM2 There is isolation between two parts of RS 485 RS 422 communication and there is isolation between two parts of power There are two built in switches of 120 O terminal resistors Every communication port can be connected to 32 devices at most e It can function as COMS through which a program is downloaded or uploaded e Modbus Advance provides a means of exchanging data through Modbus The UD Link provides a user defined communication protocol and a sequence planning function e tcan function as a BACnet MS TP slave and can be connected to a master The functional specifications RS 485 RS 422 communication interface item Specifications Connector type European style terminal block Transmission 1 200 2 400 4 800 9 600 19 200 38 400 57 600 76 800 115 200 speed 230 400 and 460 800 bps Stop bit 1 bit and 2 bits 8 2 Communication format Parity bit none an odd parity bit and an even parity bit Data bit 7 bits and 8 bits Modbus ASCII
167. and D2500 respectively The two addresses are specified by ISPSoft in the above step But users could modify them Click OK after setting is over Scanner Settin Master Mode Scan Interval Time 10 ms Caculate Time Expected Packet Rate 75 Slave Mode Bit Strobed Tx Size Bytes Polled Output Size 8 Bytes Change of State Cychlc COS Tx Size Bytes Slave Mapping Address Master gt Slave Start Address Master lt Slave Start Address Extension Baudrate Enable Baudrate libps Note 1 Output length and Input length are for specifying the data length when AH10DNET 5A serves as the slave 2 Master gt Slave Start Address is used for setting the mapping starting address for output as AH10DNET 5A is in slave mode and the data that the master sends out will be updated in the area Master Slave Start Address is used for setting the mapping starting address for input as AH10DNET 5A is in slave mode and the data in these registers will be transmitted to the master in real time In the DeviceNet software the starting address of AH10DNET 5A slave can be modified only here 3 In the configuration interface AH10DNET 5A can be set to the master mode or slave mode 12 Select Network gt gt Download and the following dialogue box pops up Click OK to download the configuration data to AH1ODNET 5A automatically Cannot perform this operation when PLC is in RUN mode Do
168. and channel 2 It does not support LIES 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 6 Bit 5 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 If bit 5 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned ON the function of comparing the number of accumulated pulses with the comparison value set is enabled If bit 5 in CRA CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned OFF the function of comparing the number of accumulated pulses with the comparison value set is disabled The number of accumulated pulses is compared with the comparison value set If the number of accumulated pulses meets the comparison condition set bit 3 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 will be turned ON If bit 3 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON bit 3 in CR19 CRA47 CR75 CR103 will be turned OFF There are two types of comparison conditions One is and the other is lt If an n register counts up can be used If an accumulation register counts down lt can be used Users can select a comparison condition 10 26 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A according to their needs 1 ON Bit 0 in CRTS CRAT CRT5 CR103 is OFF Wy Comparison value 9 pM ON Bit 0 in CR ACRZSACRSBA ROSA OFF 1 Number of sampled pulses _4 lt ___ pa 788 288 11100 288 gt 1200 pF 0 788 Humber of accumulated pulses 0 P 1388 1 M a 2 ON Bit 3 in CRI NICRA CRY SACRI O3 OFF Bit 3 in CR ACRZSJCRSEIC ROSA OFF 1 If bit O in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON bit 0 in CR19 CR47 CR75
169. ar to download the parameters The parameters can not be downloaded when the CPU module runs om Untitled I p ult File Edit Option Help m xans coax Product List Download CUTE HESS ee Extension Rack Digital LO Iodide l Analog LO IvIndule Temperature WIodule Motion Control IvIodule Hetwork IvIodule AH500 Module Manual 5 4 2 Checking the Version of a Module 1 On the Option menu click Online Mode Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help Product List Extension Rack Digital LO Module Analog LO Module Temperature Module Motion Control IModule Network Module H 2 Right click the module and then click Module Information on the context menu The version of the firmware and that of the hardware are displayed ga Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help E Product List Module Informahon Mocule Hame AHO4PT 5 4 Description 4 channels 4 or 3 wires RTD input Firmware version 1 00 00 Hardware version 1 00 00 verial Ho 5 20 Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A 5 4 3 Monitoring Table 1 Select the Monitor checkboxes at the right sides of the corresponding registers CHO CH3 Mode setting Description Address Monitor Initial CHO Input mode setting D500 MI PTiD0 dWiaW CHO Input CHI Input mode setting ne Ent EA a TOO UD 7 CHI Input CH2 Input mode setting JL Disable CH3
170. are bit15 The external voltage is abnormal 10 Performing Not performing the PID algorithm PID Run Siop Description Address Monitor Initial PEENE T ma ET TT 2 PID RuniStor E C Run CHO PII 3 FID Eun Stap C Eun HO PII CH4 PID RunStap Run HO PH 5 PID RuwStoy 1 C Run CHO PII H FID ExmniStan Eun CHO PII LH 7 PID Run stap C Run CHO PII HU PID MAN C C Manual CHO PII CH1 FID MAH L C Manual CHO PIT CH2 FID MAN o LJ Manual CHO B Ld 6 31 AH500 Module Manual 11 The automatic tuning PID AutoTune Address k 12 Refreshing the manual output values automatically PID Mout Setting Descrip Address 6 32 cedem Monitor Montor Initial Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable HO PID amp CHO PID amp CHO PID amp HO PID amp CHO PID amp CHO PID amp CHO PID A CHO PID amp CHO FID N ee ER EST EET HO PID Iv CHO PID Iv CHO PID Iv CHO PID Iv CHO PID Iv CHO PID Iv Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A 13 The heating cooling mode PID heater cooler d JL J Cooler CHO PID H LJ C Cooler CHO FID H C Cooler CHO FID H L C Cooler CHO FID H C Cooler CHO PID H O C Cooler CHO FID H L C Cooler CHO FID H C Cooler CHO FID H 14 The target values PID S Address Monitor Initial m 0
171. asurement Module AHOAPT 5A 9 The error codes Conversion Flags Read only Descnption Address Monitor Initial bit0 bit3 The signals received by the CHO CHS exceed the range of Description inputs which can be received by the hardware bit15 The external voltage is abnormal 10 Performing Not performing the PID algorithm PID Run top Address Monitor Initial C pun CHO FID K A eT E mE un ELM SINIT HZ PID Eunistap C Run CHO PID E CH3 FID RuwStop C Eun CHO PID R HO FID MAN L C Manual CHO PID E CHi PID MAN C Manual CHU PID E H2 PID MIAH C Manual HO FID E H3 FID MAN L L Manual RAAR gt 9 29 AH500 Module Manual 11 The automatic tuning PID AutoTune Description 12 Refreshing the manual output values automatically PID Mout Setting Description Address 5 30 CHO PID amp CHO PID 4 CHO PID 4A HO PID Iv HO PID Iv HO PID Iv Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A 13 The heating cooling mode PID heater cooler Address Monitor Initial E C Cooler CHO PID E o C Cooler CHO FID H C Cooler CHO PID H 1 C Cooler CHO PID H gt 14 The target values PID SY Initial 0 000000 CHO SY el ecc one 0 000000 CH2 5Y 0 000000 CH3 5V 4 gt 5 31 AH500 Module Manual 15 The sampling time PID Cycle Description 16 The proportional gains Description 9 32 Initial
172. asurement modules motion control modules and network modules are special modules They are described below Classification Model Name Four channel analog input module 16 bit resolution AHO4AD 5A 0 1 V 5 V 5 V 5 V 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 4 mA 20 mA and 20 mA 20 mA Conversion time 150 us channel Eight channel analog input module 16 bit resolution 0 1 V 5 V 5 V 5 V 0 V 10 V and 10 V 10 V Conversion time 150 us channel Eight channel analog input module 16 bit resolution OSA IA OD mA and 20 mA 20 mA Conversion time 150 us channel Four channel analog output module 16 bit resolution AHO4DA 5A 0 1V 5V 5V 5V OV 10V 10V 10V Ana log 0 4mA 20mA input output Conversion time 150 us channel module Eight channel analog output module 16 bit resolution ECCE UTE V 5 V 5 V 0 V 10 V and 10 V 10 V Conversion time 150 us channel Eight channel analog output module 16 bit resolution AROSE nb alco RA Conversion time 150 us channel Four channel analog input module 16 bit resolution 0 1 V 5 V 5 V 5V 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 4 mA 20 mA and 20 mA 20 mA AHO6XA 5A_ Conversion time 150 us channel Two channel analog output module 16 bit resolution 0 1 V 5 V 5 V 5 V 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V and 0 4 mA 20 mA Conversion time 150 us channel AHO8AD 5B Chapter 1 Introduction Classification Model Name Four channel four wire three wire RTD temperature sensor Sensor type Pt100 Pt1000 Ni100 Ni1000 sen
173. ata Type Start Address Slave slave ID Device Type Length Word Data Data Type Start Address PLC Master D300 D309 Slave D100 D109 Master D350 D354 gt Slave D200 D204 Parameter Edit Master PLC Type AHCPUS530 R32 EN Data Start A ddress Description Conversion Format U16 8 36 Slave Slave ID Device Type Length Word Data Data Type Start Address ou ESJEXQ SA2 SX2 v Um Mi Parameter Edit Master PLC Type Data Start Address Description Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A AHCPU530 RS2 EN TC D400 16 1000 D451 gt 16 1001 Parameter Edit Master PLC Type Data Start Address Description AHCPUS30 RS2 EN 4m Conversion Format Parameter Edit Master PLC Type Data Start Address Description U16 AHCPU530 RS2 N Slave Slave ID Device Type Length Word Data Data Type Start Address Slave Slave ID Device Type Length Word Data Data Type Start Address Slave Slave ID Device Type Length Word Data Data Type Start Address m ES2 EX2 SA2 SX2 m Hex Hex 8 37 AH500 Module Manual Click MODBUS Advance and double click Modbus1 Select 2 in the SCM COM Port box select 1 in the Rack box and select 1 in the Slot box ff SCMS
174. ation In a control box Pollution degree AH500 Module Manual 1 2 2 EMC Standards 1 2 2 1 EMI Port Frequency range Level Normative Reference standard sng cou pore 0 230 MH 40 dB uV i peak radiated 30 Z uV m quasi pea measured at a IEC 61000 6 4 distance of 10 230 1000 MHz 47 dB uV m quasi peak meters 0 15 0 5 MHz 79 dB uV quasi peak AC power port 66 dB uV average IEC 61000 6 4 conducted 0 5 30 MHz 73 dB uV quasi peak l 60 dB uV average 1 2 2 2 EMS SLAVS TALE Reference standard Test Test level phenomenon Electrostatic mes Radio frequency 2 0 2 7 GHz 1 V m electromagnetic 8096 AM field IEC 61000 4 3 1kHz VEU ME Amplitude sinusoidal 80 1000 MHz modulated Power frequency IEC 61000 4 8 magnetic field Chapter 1 Introduction 1 2 2 3 Conducted Immunity Test Fast transient High energy Radio frequency Reference standard IEC 61000 4 4 IEC 61000 4 5 IEC 61000 4 6 Specific Interface Port interface port Test level Test level Test level Data Shielded cable TW CM communication Unshielded cable 1 kv CM AC I O 2 kV CM analog I O l O unshielded All shielded lines Pin AC I O and AC 2 kV CM ibd dd and auxiliary power 1 kV DM auxiliar ower A DC I O and DC 0 5 kV CM output K 2 1 auxiliary power 0 5 kV DM kV power 0 5 kV CM D OV AH500 Module Manual MEMO Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHOAAD 5A AHOSAD 5B AHOSAD 5C Table of Contents EMEO I ON a a 2 2
175. ation error ws flash The voltage is The SRAMis The GPIO is Description Reserved memory is memnon Irt ess didici dali cii damaged D2 and D3 The data received is not the same as the data which should be received The command number can not be found The packet is edited incorrectly The group number Description can not be found The data received is insufficient The data comparison can not be performed c v ER Bit 015 A 14 013 The data received is more than the data expected to be received Description Reserved Checksum error The group list downloaded to AH10SCM 5A is neomprete data which will be The number of Description Reserved Reserved written exceeds D4 and D5 Error code the device range number of data which will be read exceeds the device range 0x0001 Illegal function The function code is not supported 0x0002 Illegal data address The address is not supported 0x0003 Illegal data value The data value is not supported 0x0004 Slave device failure The salve fails 0x0005 Transform failure The value is transformed incorrectly 8 61 AH500 Module Manual D6 D7 and D8 Bit 3 2 1 0 Description Communication Buffer overrun Parity check error Framing error timeout error O a 7 00 5 Internal Internal Description Reserved communication The buffer zone in The buffer zone
176. auto MDI MDIX 802 3 and 802 3u interface Transmission Category 5e cable cable The maximum length is 100 meters 10 100 Mbps auto detection speed a ICMP IP TCP UDP DHCP NTP Modbus TCP HTTP SNMP and SMTP B Electrical aa aa NE voltage 5 V DC Electric energy 15W consumption Insulation 2 500 V DC aa Weight Approximately 139 g 9 2 Chapter 9 Network Module AH10EN 5A 9 1 3 Dimensions tia LOS gl T a A d C ji 3 LA o EH M E t l Es HH ll ao X Unit mm 9 1 4 Profile eS o T
177. be connected with one terminal resistor of about 1210hm The resistor should be connected between CAN H and CAN L See section 6 3 4 for more details 2 Setup the two AH10DNET 5As according to the following table DeviceNet device Node address AH10DNET 5A On the right of AHCPU510 EN AH10DNET 5A On the right of AHCPU530 EN 7 44 AH500 Module Manual 7 9 2 Configuration of DeviceNet Slave 1 PC accesses an AH500 series CPU module via RS232 after connecting the device according to the following figure PS05 CPU530 EN AH10DNET 5A DeviceNet Builder esee CPU530 EN 8 Note AH10DENT 5A on the right of AHCPU530 EN will serve as the slave and therefore the RS232 communication cable must be connected to AHCPU530 EN 2 Open ISPSoft select Tool gt gt Communication Setting and then the following dialogue box will pop up Select the already built driver and then click OK Ng Delta ISPSoft File Edit View Compile PLC Tools W
178. ber cycles set by users of sampled pulses Sampling Prescaling counter the number of input pulses Setting a cycle The number of input pulses is multiplied by a scale If the number of sampled pulses is larger than the upper upper limit value set or less than the lower lower limit value set an alarm will be generated If the number of sampled pulses is between the upper lower limit value set and the lower upper limit value set the alarm will stop Resetting a counter The number of pulses received by a channel is reset 10 2 6 Profile of AHO2HC 5A ae a gt yz RUN 5 Am OR XTENSION PORT pi C f E L i Mumpew PNuwc Model name of the module Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A Number Name DesHbon Operating status of the module ON The module is running OFF The module stops running 3 ERROR LED Error status of the module indicator red Blink The module is abnormal USB port Providing the mini USB
179. ble connected to a load which is not a PLC Otherwise effects that noise induction and a surge have will increase 3 Please connect a shielded cable and a hermetically sealed cable with the ground separately 4 Terminals with insulation sleeves can not be arranged as a terminal block It is recommended that the terminals be covered with insulation tubes 3 11 AH500 Module Manual External wiring 1 AHO4DA 5A Voltage output 10 V 10 V An AC motor drive a recorder a proportioning valve Shielded cable 1 An AC motor drive a recorder a proportioning valve DC DC converter 1 Please isolate the analog output signal cables from other power cables 2 If the ripple is large for the input terminal of the load and results in the noise interference with the wiring please connect the module to the capacitor having a capacitance in the range of 0 1 uF to 0 47 uF with a working voltage of 25 V 3 Please connect the terminal SLD to the terminal SG Once AHO4DA 5A is installed on a backplane the terminal SG on AHO4DA 5A and the terminal on the backplane will be short circuited Please connect the terminal on the backplane to the ground terminal Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AH08DA 5B AHOSDA 5C 2 AHO8DA 5B Voltage output 10 V 10V CHO An AC motor drive fee ood e E CHO a recorder 7 LL l AG a proportioning valve Shielded cable 1 E SG Voltage output 10 V 10 V
180. box in the Message Variable Edit widow in SCMSoft Data register from which data is read Value in CR 22 Offset Example The value in CR 22 is 1 D1 Base Offset in the Mapping Register box in the Message Variable Edit widow in SCMSoft is selected The offset is 10 and the length is 2 gt R Base Offset 10 2 D 1410 Two byte data is read from D11 8 9 AH500 Module Manual CR 23 Base register used in the receiving of data through COM2 Description The communication protocol for exchanging data through COM1 must be UD Link Users have to select Base Offset in the Mapping Register box in the Message Variable Edit widow in SCMSoft Data register into which data is writtenz Value in CRZ23 4 Offset CR 25 Triggering the sending receiving of the packets in a group through COM2 Description Please refer to the description of CR 21 CR 26 Base register used for the sending of data through COM2 Description Please refer to the description of CR 22 CR 27 Base register used for the receiving of data through COM2 Description Please refer to the description of CR 23 CR 28 Triggering the sending receiving of groups of packets in sequence Description High byte COM1 Low byte COM2 The number of times the sending receiving of groups of packets is triggered in sequence is written into CR 28 If the value in CR 28 is 0 the sending receiving of groups of packets is not triggered The number of times the sending receiv
181. by the channel is OC and the digital value is 1 The temperature received by the channel is 100 C and the digital value is 99 Users can calibrate the channel by calibrating the gain and the offset The users can get the gain for the calibration by means of the equations below Gain Y2 Y1 X2 X1 99 1 100 0 1 Gain used for calibration 1 Gain 1 1 1 The users can get the offset for the calibration by means of the equations below Offset Y1 1 Offset used for calibration 1 Y1 1 9 5 AH500 Module Manual Signals after the calibration 100 Ce ees L f Original signals X2 Y2 100 C 99 100 C Temperature X 100 C X1 Y1 0C 1 m M 100 Digital value Y X Temperature Y Digital value Example 2 The temperatures 100 C 100 C correspond to the digital values 100 100 The original signals are used The gain is 1 and the offset is 0 The temperature received by the channel is OC and the digital value is 0 The temperature received by the channel is 100 C and the digital value is 101 Users can calibrate the channel by calibrating the gain and the offset The users can get the gain for the calibration by means of the equations below Gain Y2 Y1 X2 X1 101 0 100 0 1 01 Gain used for calibration 1 Gain 1 1 01 0 99 The users can get the offset for the calibration by means of the equations below OffsetzY 120 Offset used for calibration 0 Y 1 0 5 6 Chapter 5
182. charge EFT IEC 61131 2 IEC 61000 4 4 Power Line 2KV Digital I O 1 KV Noise immunity Analog amp Communication I O 1 KV Damped Oscillatory Wave Power Line 1 KV Digital I O 1 KV RS IEC 61131 2 IEC 61000 4 3 26 MHz 1 GHz 10 V m ee 0 C 55 C Temperature 50 95 Humidity pollution level 2 emperature deci 25 C 70 C Temperature 5 95 Humidity emperature Vibration Shock International standard IEC 61131 2 IEC 68 2 6 TEST Fo IEC 61131 2 resistance amp IEC 68 2 27 TEST Ea Certifications IEC 61131 2 UL508 7 2 Profile and Outline 7 2 1 Profile and Dimension T 103 10DNET 7 i Ia i p Y x10 aM x gom 110 1284 zo zm e 1234 DIP 0 T NES S PRO PLU p o 6 o o of O Unit mm 7 4 AH500 Module Manual 7 2 2 Parts
183. circuit and there is isolation between analog channels Isolation between a digital circuit and a ground 500 V DC Isolation between an analog circuit and a ground 500 V DC Isolation between an analog circuit and a digital circuit 500 V DC Isolation between the 24 V DC and a ground 500 V DC Isolation between analog channels 120 V AC Overall accuracy Functional specifications Analog to digital conversion Rated input range Centigrade C Type J 100 C 1 150 C Type K 100 C 1 350 C Type R 0 C 1 750 C Type S 0 C 1 750 C Type T 150 C 390 C Type E 150 C 980 C Type N 150 C 1 280 C Fahrenheit F Type J 148 F 2 102 F Type K 148 F 2 462 F Type R 32 F 3 182 F Type S 32 F 3 182 F Type T 238 F 734 F Type E 238 F 1 796 F Type N 238 F 2 336 F Voltage input Average function Range 14100 0 17100 Self diagnosis e sion deigea detection 6 3 AH500 Module Manual 6 2 2 Profile
184. click a blank and click Add Group they can select groups and set the sequence of executing the groups After the sequence is downloaded the packets in the groups will be sent received through a communication port Besides the users can select groups which will be executed if errors occur by clicking the Error Execute Group column If an error occurs when a group is executed a group which is specified will be executed Group Select O All Group ID Group Name Error Execut Group L 1 Groupl O 2 Group2 F 3 Group3 O 4 Group4 8 29 AH500 Module Manual H SCMSoft SCM project 4 ii File Edit View Tools Window Help c og C mmm lt SM project 4 eu SCM project 4 Group ID Error Execute Group ID amp i COM PORT Setting r 1 4 15 SCM Devicel F 2 4 UD Link a Group List 4 4 2 Group Listl B nij Groupl TX Packet CD RX Packet B D3 Group2 e TX Packet RX Packet Sj Sequence g MODBUS Advance E L COM PORT History J COMI J COM2 Project Ready Driver3 0 0 0 0 AHCPUS30 RS2 EN 8 6 4 Modbus Advance Please refer to the introduction in section 8 5 for more information 8 6 5 COM Port History During communication all packets are recorded in a buffer zone in AH10SCM 5A The COM port history helps users debug a program Packets which are sent received are recorded in this buffer zone The capacity of the buffer zone is 2048 bytes Only the latest communication
185. communication interface Input Output terminals RUN LED indicator green Arrangement of the input output Arrangement of the terminals terminals 8 be Nameplate OO 9 Sesuw Fidngthemode 00 Projection Fixing the module 10 2 7 Profile of AHO4HC 5A 2 uHc m Bit Gg Li E 6 4 dd EE 9 E X Nam Bescripin o Model name of the module RUN LED indicator operating status of the module green ON The module is running OFF The module stops running ERROR LED Error status of the module indicator red Blink The module is abnormal nomea D ee RE Lu EN m Ly EN NN 10 Projection Fixingthemodule 0 00000 10 7 AH500 Module Manual 10 2 8 Arrangement of I nput Output Terminals AHO2HC 5A 3 o i 4 d a 0 O ee oes ops O o oo Oo O O O X X X X X X X x x x xx 9050 C C3 E q a T E j E d EE p a a a mg mu x NI i mm mm a I AHO4HC 5A Mack
186. context menu and click Yes SCMSoft is started om Untitled2 HYCONFIG File Edit Option Help DAIZ RDR Product List Extension Rack Digital YO Module Analog VO Module Temperature Module H Motion Control Module Network Module Ctrt X Ctro Specification gt Delete Del Intelligent Module Configuration k Ma Information Rack 1 Slot No Label Firmware Ver Descrption Input Devi Output Dev Comment AHPSO5 5A AH Power Supply Module None None AHCPUS30 1 00 Basic CPU module building wi None None AHIOSCM 0 40 Serial communication module Do D17 E Offline Driver RS232 COMI Start SCMSoft gt COM PORT Setting SCM Device1 gt Set communication protocols f SCMSoft SCM project 4 iil Fie Edit View Tools Window Help Bw Na vi Etsi C ee lt 7 SCM project 4 3 hei SCM project 4 Communication Parameters COMI COM2 zi COM PORT Setting Protocol MODBUS MODBUS B SCM Devicel UD Link Group List a Group Listl e Sequence List fA MODBUS Advance COM PORT History J COMI 3 COM2 Project Driver 0 0 0 0 AHCPU530 RS2 EN 8 33 AH500 Module Manual 8 7 1 2 Modbus Master Connection with Delta Products 1 Setting communication parameters for COM2 Slave ID 246 default Transmission mode ASCII Transmission speed 38400 bps Communication format 7 E 1 Parameter Setting AHIOSCM
187. cription of data trough COM of data through COM m Triggering the writing of data through COM1 data through COM2 High byte Reading data from bit devices Low byte Reading data from word devices 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it High byte Reading data from bit devices Low byte Reading data from word devices 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it High byte Writing data into bit devices Low byte Writing data into word devices 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it High byte Writing data into bit devices Low byte Writing data into word devices 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it If users want to continually trigger the reading of data from word devices they can write 2 into CR 17 If users wan to trigger the reading of data from word devices once they can write 1 into CR4H 7 If users want to continually trigger the writing of data into word devices they can write 2 into CR 18 If users wan to trigger the writing of data into word devices once they can write 1 into CR 18 8 39 AH500 Module Manual NETWORK 1 En tal m2 m3 S n NETWORK 2 After MO is triggered data will be read from a device in a slave thorough COM2 After M1 is triggered data will be written into a device in a slave through COM2 8 7 2 Connecting to I SPSoft AH10SCM 5A can be used as an
188. d according to practical application AH 04TC 5A There are four channels Inputs received by a channel are temperatures 6 2 Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHOSTC 5A AH 08TC 5A There are eight channels Inputs received by a channel are temperatures 3 High speed conversion A temperature is converted into a digital signal at a speed of 200 us a channel 4 High accuracy Conversion accuracy The error is 0 5 of an input The ambient temperature is 25 5 C b Disconnection detection When a sensor is disconnected the module gives an alarm or a warning 6 PID control An object can be maintained at a desired temperature through a PID control action 7 A module can be set by means of utility software HWCONFIG is built in utility software in ISPSoft Users can set modes and parameters in HWCONFIG to complete hardware configuration without spending time writing a program to set registers corresponding to functions 6 2 Specifications and Functions 6 2 1 Specifications Electrical specifications AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A Number of analog 4 inputs Type J type K type R type S type T type E and type N thermocouples App icabic censor 150 mV voltage inputs 24 V DC 20 4 V DC 28 8 V DC 15 20 25 C 77 F The error is 0 5 of the input within the range 20 60 C 4 140 F The error is 1 of the input within the range 200 msichanne There is isolation between a digital circuit and an analog
189. d be in the range of 0 to 7 The operand ms specifies the control register number The 16 bit memories built in the network modules are called the control registers The control register numbers are decimal numbers 0 N and the number of control registers varies with the module The operating conditions of the network module and the setting values are stored in the control registers At most 68 special modules can be placed on the rack and they do not occupy inputs outputs If the instruction FROM TO is used one control register is taken as a unit for the reading writing of the data If the instruction DFROM DTO is used two control registers are taken as a unit for the reading writing of the data High 16 bits Low 16 bits CR 10 CR 9 Specified control register The n which is 2 in the 16 bit instruction has the same meaning as the n which is 1 in the 32 bit instruction Specified S 7T Specified ecified Specified control register s controlregister device SOS 6 DO gt CR 5 DO _ CR 5 D1 lt gt CR 6 D1 E L CR 6 D2 lt gt CR 7 D2 CR 7 D3 lt gt CR 8 D3 CR 8 D4 gt CR I D4 _ CR 9 D5 CR 10 D5 CR 410 16 bit instruction n2 6 32 bitinstruction n 3 Additional remark 1 2 If the values in m and m exceed the range the operation error occurs the instruction is not executed
190. d pulses The number of pulses sampled during the cycle can be prescaled If the number of input pulses is not even every time it can be averaged The number of sampled pulses is in the range of 200000 to 200000 5 Number of accumulated pulses The number of pulses sampled during every cycle is accumulated The number of accumulated pulses is in the range of 999999999 to 999999999 The number of pulses sampled during every cycle can be accumulated linearly or circularly 6 Number of input pulses The number of input pulses is updated every 10 milliseconds The number of input pulses is in the range of 2147483648 to 2147483647 7 Alarm output Users can set an upper upper limit value an upper lower limit value a lower upper limit value and a lower lower limit value If the number of sampled pulses is larger than the upper upper limit value set or less than the lower lower limit value set an alarm will be generated 10 2 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A Detecting the number of accumulated pulses overflows If linear accumulation is used users can detect whether the number of accumulated pulses overflows If the number of accumulated pulses overflows the overflow flag will be turned ON Comparing the number of accumulated pulses with a value If the number of accumulated pulses is larger than or equal to the comparison value set the comparison flag will be turned ON 10 Resetting a counter A counter can
191. data echange oo status and start I O data exchange The node ID of AH10DNET 5A 1 Ensure that the node address of is repeated with that of other AH10DNET 5A is unique node or exceeds the valid range 2 Repower it after changing its node ID bi Configure the scan list and download it to of AHTODNET 5A AH1ODNET 5A umi DU MEUNN UD i ule AH10DNET 5A is too low HORSE F8 Emeigtestmoe owitch IN1 from ON to OFF and re power AM ODNET 5A Check if the network cable is normal and the shielded wire has been grounded Check if the baud rate of the node Bus off equipment on the network Is correct Check if the two ends of the network have been connected with 121 resistor respectively 4 Re power AH10DNET 5A Make sure the cable is correctly connected No network power and check if the network power is normal infernal error menaco If the error still exists after re power send i 9 your AH10DNET 5A back to the factory for detection error repair If the error still exists after re power send F7 Data exchange unit error your AH10DNET 5A back to the factory for repair If the error still exists after re power send your AH10DNET 5A back to the factory for repair Error occurs when If the error still exists after re power send Reading writing the your AH10DNET 5A back to the factory for configuration data repair Sequence number detection error 7 695 Chapter 7 Network Module
192. de Exe 1 Ti Scan Ctrl H ernsic Digtal I iF Online yvlocle Ctrl F4 Analog H Temper Motion Ca Search Ctrl F Networl Alter Overall Firmware Version FF PO List 6 21 AH500 Module Manual 2 Right click the module and then click Module Information on the context menu The version of the firmware and that of the hardware are displayed 08STE HWCONFIG Fie Edit Option Help TIAE Froduct List Extension Rack Digital L O Wlodule l Analog FO Module Temperature IvIocdiue Motion Control Iode Meturork Mochule ge el le E Module Information Module Hame Description Firmware version Hardware version Serial Ho 6 4 3 Monitoring Table Ctr F CE AHUSTC 5 channels thermo coupler input sensor 1 00 00 1 00 00 DSTC 5AUT2170012 1 Select the Monitor checkboxes at the right sides of the corresponding registers Parameter Setting AHO8TC 5A A CHO CH7 Mode setting CHO CH Mode setting Temperature unit Description Average Time m CHO CH Calibration Channel Alarm Interrupt Enable Interrupt number Warming LED Conversion Flags PID Run Stop PID AutoTune PID Mout Setting PID heater oooler PID SV PID Cycle PID Ep PD Ki PID Kd Default 6 22 Address Monitor Initial CHO Input CH2 Input CH3 Input M CH4 Input CH5 Input CH6 Input CH Input
193. diting UD Link Type 1 Sending an abbreviated record Start bita Instrument address IA a Function field FF a Checksum CS a End mark a gt 16 10 D0 16 09 IA FF 16 16 Start bit 16 10 The instrument address IA is read from Message Constant Edit DO Message Variable Edit Format Tull Variable Value FD p D i Variable Revetse Variable Property Function Mapping Register Length Property Function Mapping Register Constant Function field FF 16809 Message Constant Edit Format Initial Value Reverse Checksum 8 44 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A End mark 16 116 Message Constant Edit The editing is complete Packet Edit Packet Hame Packet View 10 RID Up D 09 lt Checksum SUM 1Estey 16 Packet Segment Edit Class Format megment View Message Constant Hex 10 Message Variable Hull Down Message Constant Hex Checksum Hex zChecksum 3UIM 1 Byter Message Constant Hex 16 Message Address Length Checksum Add No response is needed Users do not need to edit a RX packet Editing a command TX packet 1 is sent No response is needed Command Edit Command Ho Command Type ETL Rec Packet HUccess End w Rety 0 255 Repeat o o Send Wait D 65535 ms sen 0 Q 65535 ms 8 45 AH500 Module Manual Type 2 Sending an abbreviated record and receiving an abbreviated record Sendin
194. e se nint a p utt File Edit Raps Help Product List y Do us e Til Scan Extensi Digital I FP mlme IvInde Analog orator Table Q search Temper pa WIotion H Networl Fe PO List Alter Overall Firmrare Version Ctrlt F9 Ctrlt FE Ctrt h Ctrl F4 Ctrl F 3 On the Option menu click Monitor Table The registers are monitored ie Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help ZI EDI Product List EF Dowload mE D Scar mcs terial id Digital I E Online Made J WIotior earch A Netwol PO List s Monitor Table m a y Module Name z AHO MA 4D 5 A AHOAAD 5A 2 20 Alter Overall Pirrrare Version Ctrlt F9 Ctrl F Ctrt h Ctrlt Fe4 I Analog a H Tempen Ctrlt F D evic E kk Jr 500 ss Decimal uim D501 Decimal en Yum mode ae Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C 2 4 4 Online Mode 1 Click Online Mode on the toolbar pe Untitled HAYCONFIG File Edit Option Help 2 9 Product List Online Mode CtrH F4 Extension Rack Digital DIO IvTedule 1 Analog MO Module Temperature IvIodule IMation Control Module Network Module Tip HE EEE 2 Double click the module om Untiled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help BM oxmusoutumm Product List
195. e Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C b Interrupt service routine The procedure below explains how to trigger an interrupt service routine in a CPU module Channel detection Alarm Warning No No detection Enabling physical range detection Enabling interrupts Selecting interrupt numbers No interrupt e The interrupt service routines are 140 1251 2 3 Installation 2 3 1 Installing a Module Insert a module into a slot make sure that the module is installed on the backplane properly and tighen the the screw as illustrated below 1 Insert the projection under the module into the hole in the backplane 2 Push the module in the direction indicated by the arrow until it clicks 2 9 AH500 Module Manual 3 Tighten the screw on the module 2 3 2 Installing a Removable Terminal Block Installation 1 Level a terminal block at the printed circuit board and press it into the module 2 10 Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AH
196. e AH10EN 5A synchronizes the real time clock in an AH500 series CPU module to a server on a network through the Network Time Protocol NTP To ensure that time is correct the time is corrected every specific period of time The default value is 10 minutes The setting range is from 1 minute to 1440 minutes B Using Daylight saving time Daylight saving time also summer time is the practice of adjusting clocks forward one hour near the start of spring and adjusted backward in autumn The total number of hours in a day in spring is 23 Whether a country uses daylight saving time depends on its policy Since Taiwan does not use DST the daylight saving time function is not enabled B Start date end date and time when a one hour shift occurs After the Daylight Saving Time checkbox is selected users can set a start date an end data and time when a one hour shift occurs B NTP server Users can set the IP address of an NTP server The real time clock in a CPU module can be synchronized to the NTP server B Time zone The earth is divided into 24 time zones Each time zone calculates local time in relation to Greenwich Mean Time GMT Users can select the city in which their device is located or specify the time difference between a local time zone and Coordinated Universal Time UTC B Enabling the NTP server service AH10EN 5A can function as an NTP server Modules on a network can be synchronized to AH10EN 5A 9 4 6 Intelligent Module Con
197. e registers starting from D1000 in real time Meanwhile 2 represents the values in the registers starting from D500 and these values will be transmitted back to DeviceNet master automatically The two groups of data will be both updated in every scan period so as to achieve the real time control 7 5 Bit strobe Command 7 5 1 Bit strobe Work Principle Bit strobe is one of the DeviceNet standard I O transmission methods The command length is fixed to 8 bytes i e 64 bits Maximum 64 stations exist on the DeviceNet network And one bit corresponds to one node In the bit strobe transmission method the master does not send the control data to the slave But when the corresponding bit is set to OFF the slave needs to reply the I O data to the master when the corresponding bit is set to ON the slave does not need to reply the I O data to the master If the starting address for the output is D500 the corresponding relations between bit strobe registers and the nodes are shown as the following table Bit strobe Corresponding network node register bi bi4 bi3 bi B0 D500 Node 15 Nodei4 Nodei8 n Nodei Node 0 D501 Node3 Node30 Node29 Nodei7 Node 16 D502 Node47 Node46 Node45 Node 33 Node 32 D503 Node 63 Node 62 Node61 Node49 Node 48 Note 1 Ifthe starting address for the output is set to D123 which you can refer to section 7 7 2 the bit strobe registers are D123 D126 instead of
198. e 1 Analog DUO IvIodule Temperature Modage Iv Tation Control Idadule Network Module F E B E 2 Double click the module AHO6XA 5A 3 If some parameters are altered users can click SV PV The new setting values are written into the CPU module and the I O module If users want to read the present values in the I O module they can click Update The present values in the I O module are sent to ISPSoft and are monitored Parameter Setting AROSAGA Channel Mode setting CHO CH3 Input Average Time Description Address PV SV Comment SV gt PV Channel Calibration CHD Inout mode setti D500 10 10 Disable CHO Input mode setting Channel Scale Range p mg OutPut Hold gt CH1 Input mode setting D501 10 H0 10 10 CHI Input mode setting CH2 Input mode setting Disable Di H2 Input mode setting CH3 Input mode setting Disable p H3 Input mode setting CHO Output mode setting Disable HO Output mode setting Refresh Conversion Flags Read only CH1 Output mode setting Disable H1 Output mode setting 4 24 Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A 4 4 5 Importing Exporting a Parameter File 1 After Export is clicked the parameters will be saved as a CSV file csv Channel Mode setting J Description Address Monitor Initial Comment A0V HV CHO Input mode setting Disable CH2 Input mode setting Disable E CH3 Input mode setting Disahle M CHO Output mode setting
199. e 31 Node 30 Node29 i Nodei7 Node 16 Di00i D1002 Node 47 Node46 Node45 Node38 Node 32 P1003 Node63 Node 62 Node6t Node 49 Node 48 Note If the starting address for the input is set to D567 See section 7 7 2 the node status registers are D567 D570 instead of D1000 D1003 When the nodes in the scan list are normal the corresponding bit is OFF when the nodes are abnormal the corresponding bit is ON 7 6 2 Scanner Module Status Display If the starting address for the input is D1000 users could acquire the status message of the scanner module AH10DNET 5A through monitoring D1004 in real time When the scanner module works normally the content of D1004 is 0 when the scanner module is initializing the content of the high byte and low byte in D1004 are 1 and 0 respectively when an error occurs in the scanner module the high byte content in D1004 is 2 and the low byte content is the error code Regarding the details on the error code please refer to the seven segment displayer in section 7 11 2 PLC register b15b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO D1004 Scanner module status Error codes in the scanner module 0 Normal 1 Initializing 2 Error See section 7 11 2 Note If the starting address for the input is set to D600 Refer to section 6 7 2 the register in the above table is D604 instead of D1004 7 7 Special Operation in Master Mode 7 7 1 Master Mode Set
200. e click HWCONFIG T Untitled2 Delta ISPSoft Progzil T Fie Edt View Compile PLO Toole Window Help Bs elpze CORR GE a i Xp QQ im mig Pi 244 9x ut WR ae 0 6 Local Symbole 4 NWCONFIG Class Identifiers Address Type cy Project C Document and Setting G amp Device Comment amp Used D D CARL tility P AHCPU530 EN Untitled Motion Module i ERE AURRT ERES KEEN ENSURE ERE E ANTE REPE ERE E TENURE Tasks Network 1 Global ymbals WF Programs ka Progf PRG LD pE Function Blocks M User Defined Library S Device Monitor Table x3 APIs 2 Click I O scan on the toolbar Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help oe 2 909 Product List LO Scan Ctr H Extension Rack Digital DO IIodule 1 Analog MO Module Temperature IvIodule Motion Control Module Network Iylochule L FHF E 0 17 AH500 Module Manual 3 ISPSoft is scanning the actual hardware configuration Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help a MI I Product List DT La Extension Rack m T Digital I O Module 1 H E b palna THT winre ALUS LU PLO tie Temperature IvIodule EJ EH H J Motion Control IIodule Network Module Specification 4 After the scan of the actual hardware configuration is complete the system automatically assigns the corresponding registers to the channels Users can alter the input device ra
201. e into an AH500 series PLC 2 he operand m should be in the range of 1 to 8 1 represents a main rack and 2 8 represent extension racks 3 The operand m should be in the range of 0 to 11 If the rack code is 1 the slot code should be in the range of 0 to 11 If the rack code is in the range of 2 to 8 the slot code should be in the range of 0 to 7 4 The operand m specifies the control register number 5 When the instruction FROM is executed D is set to 0 When an error occurs D is not set to O Please refer to the additional remark below for more information about the error codes 6 The operand n used in the 16 bit instruction should be in the range of 1 to 256 and the operand n used in the 32 bit instruction should be in the range of 1 to 128 7 Only the 32 bit instructions can use the 32 bit counter 8 Please refer to the regulation of the operands in the instruction TO for more information about the numbering of network modules Example Suppose the first special module at the right side of the CPU module is AH10EN 5A When X0 0 is switched from OFF to ON the instruction FROM is executed The operation mode stored in CR 3 in AH10EN 5A is read into D100 Owing to the fact that no error occurs the code stored in D110 is 16 0000 Chapter 9 Network Module AH10EN 5A METWORK 1 XUD 0 The use of the parameters Additional remark If the values in m and mz exceed the range the operation error occurs the
202. e number data Device 5 After the setting of the parameters is complete users can click Download on the toolbar to download the parameters to the module Tai may putt File Edit mxans s sx Praduct List Extension Rack Digital WO Woche l Analog IO Module Temperature IvIadule Motion Control lode Metwork Module Option Help 10 13 AH500 Module Manual 10 5 Updating Parameters If users click Upload on the toolbar in the HWCONFIG window the parameters in the modules will be uploaded After the users modify the parameters uploaded they can download the parameters to the modules ga Untitled HWCONFEIG Fie Edit Option Help Bi seaag Product List Te Extension Rack Digital MO MIodule 1 Analog IO IvIodule Temperature IvIndule Motion Control IModule Network Module Fh EEE EE 10 6 Monitoring Parameters 1 Registers are assigned to the modules by means of ISPSoft ve Untitled HAYCONFIG File Edit Option Help LHI 7 agR Product List AH32AMI ON 5B AH32AMI ON 5C AH 4AMI ON 5C AH16AM3 0N 5A AHI64NO1R 54 AHI6ANO1T 54A AHI6ANO01P 54 AH32ANO02T 54A AH32AN 02T 5B AH32ANO2T 5C Specification 12 to 24 VDC 0 54 16 outputs PNP terminal block Information Rack 1 Slot No Label Firmware V Descrption Input Devic Output Devi AHPS05 5A4 AH Power Sug None None AHCPUS30 EN 1 00 Basic CPU mo None None
203. e offset for the calibration by means of the equations below Offset Y1 1 Offset used for calibration 1 Y1 1 6 6 Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A 100 XX eee f9 Original signals I X2 Y2 100 C 99 100 C l 100 C X1 Y1 0C 1 4E 100 Digital value Y X Temperature Y Digital value Example 2 Signals after the calibration Temperature X The temperatures 100C 100 C correspond to the digital values 100 100 The original signals are used The gain is 1 and the offset is 0 The temperature received by the channel is OC and the digital value is 0 The temperature received by the channel is 100 C and the digital value is 101 Users can calibrate the channel by calibrating the gain and the offset The users can get the gain for the calibration by means of the equations below Gain Y2 Y1 X2 X1 101 0 100 0 1 01 Gain used for calibration 1 Gain 1 1 01 0 99 The users can get the offset for the calibration by means of the equations below Offset Y1 0 Offset used for calibration 0 Y1 0 6 7 AH500 Module Manual 4 X2 Y2 100 C 101 101 merenti Original signals SD Signals after the calibration Temperature X X1 Y1 0C 0 100 C Digital value Y X Temperature Y Digital value Average Digital values are averaged The number by which the sum of several digital values is
204. e or the minimum value The linear accumulation is larger than the maximum value or less than the minimum 10 28 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A bi amp Desrbd 6 Erorflag 10 9 7 Number of Input Pulses CH1 1 CH2 1 CH3 1 CHA 1 High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 Description The number of input pulses is stored in a pulse input register If bit O in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON and the parameters are set correctly the system will start the count The number of input pulses is neither prescaled nor averaged The input pulses are count circularly The number of input pulses is in the range of 2147483648 to 2147483647 Number of 0 to 21474863646 2147463647 2147463646 2147463647 2147403646 input pulses N V Pas fl is added to 2147483547 2147483547 will became 214 7463640 Xue CH1 1 CH2 1 CH3 1 CH4 1 Number of input pulses Low word Number of input pulses High word 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 214 483648 214 483647 25 53 81 109 10 9 8 Error Codes High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word High word Low wo
205. e range of offsets used for calibration is 1 0 1 0 and the range of gains used for calibration is 0 9 1 1 Example 1 The outputs sent by a channel are voltages in the range of 10 0 V to 10 0 V The original 4 11 AH500 Module Manual signals are used The gain is 1 and the offset is O The digital value received by the channel is 0 and the voltage measured is 0 05 V The digital value received by the channel is 10 and the voltage measured is 9 95 V Users can calibrate the channel by calibrating the gain and the offset The users can get the gain for the calibration by means of the equations below Gainz Y2 Y1 X2 X1 9 95 0 05 10 0 21 Gain used for calibration 1 Gain 1 1 1 The users can get the offset for the calibration by means of the equations below Offset Y1 0 05 Offset used for calibration 0 Y1 0 05 Signals after the calibration 10 V Mice hese T Original signals X2 Y2 10 9 95 V Digital value X X1 Y1 0 0 05 V L AE ee eee 10 V Voltage Y X Digital value Y Analog signal Example 2 The outputs sent by a channel are voltages in the range of 10 0 V to 10 0 V The original signals are used The gain is 1 and the offset is O The digital value received by the channel is 0 and the voltage measured is 0 V The digital value received by the channel is 10 and the voltage measured is 10 1 V Users can calibrate the channel by calibrating the gain and the offset Th
206. e users can get the gain for the calibration by means of the equations below Gainz Y2 Y1 X2 X1 10 1 0 10 0 21 01 Gain used for calibration 1 Gain 1 1 01 0 99 The users can get the offset for the calibration by means of the equations below Offset Y1 0 Offset used for calibration 0 Y1 0 Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A X2 Y2 10 10 1 V 10 1 V been teeesseesese e Original signals MM Signals after the calibration Digital value X X1 Y1 0 0 V MEM 1 s xL SN d Voltage Y X Digital value Y Analog signal 3 Scale range The analog output mode of a channel has a corresponding digital range Digital values correspond to analog outputs sent by a module For example if the analog range is 10 V 10 V and the digital range is 10 0 10 0 the digital values 10 0 10 0 correspond to the analog values 10 V 10 V Analog value 10V I 7 Rated output range Digital value 10 0 S 10 0 Scale range AH500 Module Manual 4 Retaining an output When a module stops running a signal sent by the module is retained The output is not retained Analog signal Output signal Time The module stops running The output is retained Analog signal Output signal Time The module stops running Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A 4 3 Installation 4 3 1 Installing a Module Insert a module into a slot make sure that the module is installed on the back
207. eceiving of the packets in a group is triggered by the instruction TO After 1 is written in CR 21 the sending receiving of the packets in group 1 will be triggered After 2 is written in CR 21 the sending receiving of the packets in group 1 will be triggered CR Attribute Register name Description Triggering the sending receiving l 21 R W of the packets in a group through Hi iii pio d seni UN 1 COM 1 The sending receiving of the packets in type 1 type 5 is controlled by M1 M5 The slave ID of the power meter is written into DO and the parameter index is written into D1 If users want to write a value in a register the low byte is in front of the high byte For example if the salve ID of the power meter is 5 the value written into DO is 16220500 The value stored in D100 is read in the same way 8 58 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A NETWORK 1 MO MOV Ir Fis Station address A Ame I6KEN DL Do MOV Fa Fursctrort code Lena m E a l 21 Execution typa 7 eme l HETWORE 2 HETWORE J NEIWCEE 4 MA IN Los WETWORE 5 MG T 8 59 AH500 Module Manual 8 8 Error Flags The error flags and the UD Link statuses are stored in data registers Users can modify the input device range by themselves Untitled2 HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help YH4or 7 FOR Product List Extension Rack eel w Digital I O Module 1 VO VO VO Analog I O Module 5 E
208. ecifications Electrical specifications AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C Numberofinputs 4 08 08 0 Analog to digital l l l Conve SiOn Voltage input Current input Voltage input Current input Supply voltage 24 V DC 20 4 V DC 28 8 V DC 15 20 Connector type Removable terminal block 25 C 77 F The error is 0 02 of an input voltage and 0 05 of an input current 20 60 C 4 140 F The error is 0 15 of an input voltage and 0 8 of an input current There is isolation between an analog circuit and a digital circuit but there is no isolation between analog channels Isolation between a digital circuit and a ground 500 V DC Isolation between an analog circuit and a ground 500 V DC Isolation between an analog circuit and a digital circuit 500 V DC Isolation between the 24 V DC and a ground 500 V DC Overall accuracy 2 2 Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C Functional specifications Analog to digital i conversion Voltage input Rated input 7 N 7 N m 40V 10V 0V 10V 0 V 5V 1 V 5V Hardware input range 10 1 V 10 1 V 0 1 V 10 1 V 5 05 V 5 05 V 0 05 V 5 05 V 0 95 V 5 05 V 0 02 0 03 0 01 0 01 0 02 Hardware resolution 16 bits ape 200 kQ impedance Absolute H5V input range i Analog to digital conversion Current input range Hardware input range 20 2 mA 20 2 mA 0 2 mA 20 2 mA 3 8 mA 20 2 mA Fiducial error Jo t Jo t Jo 25 C
209. ection 8 6 5 8 6 2 COM Port Setting Setting a communication protocol Modbus UD Link user defined RS 485 RS 422 format and BACnet MS TP slave iH File Edit View Tools Window Help ie 0 Ge C es Untitled fd Untitled1 Communication Parameters amp 7 COM PORT Setting zs Protocol MODBUS 1 A Z5 SCM Device UD Link UD Link T Group List BACnet MS TP slave Sequence List MODBUS Advance COM PORT History COMI 9 COM2 Driverl RS232 COM1 AHCPUS20 RSZ EN 8 6 3 UD Link User defined Communication The UD Link provides non Modbus RS 485 RS 422 communication A packet can be edited according to a communication format The steps of creating an UD Link are as follows 1 Creating a group Editing TX packets and RX packets Creating commands Downloading the group and then triggering the sending receiving of the packets Command Cn 8 25 AH500 Module Manual 2 Creating a group Editing TX packets and RX packets Creating commands Creating other groups Creating sequences Downloading the sequences and then triggering the sending receiving of the packets Sequence Triggering the sending receiving of the packets Sequence sn Sequence S1 First create TX packets and RX packets in a group Then set the sequence of sending receiving the packets and the number of times the packets are sent received through commands Finally the sending receiving of the packe
210. egister Constant 8 56 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A Start bit repeat 16 268 Instrument IA Check whether the Message Constant Edit instrument address received and the instrument address sent previously are the same Message Variable Edit Format Null hal Variable Value EID Up 1 i Variable Length Reverse Variable Property Function Read Ry Mapping Register D Register a Length Property Function Constant Erg Mapping Register Constant Function field FF The parameter index received must be the TIT same as the parameter index sent previously Format v Message Variable Edit Variable Value p Format Tull Variable Variable Value R D 1 D D Reverse i Variable Variable Property OR everse Function Variable Property Function Length Property Mapping Register Function Length Property Mapping Register H m Mapping Register Function Constant Mapping Register Constant 8 57 AH500 Module Manual Data block DB The data received is stored in the registers starting from D100 Message Yariable Edit Format Hull w Variable Value CD EOD T 93 i Variable Length Reverse Variable Property Length Property Mapping Register Constant 5 Downloading a group list Users can click Download on the toolbar in SCMSoft 6 Triggering UD Link through ISPSoft UD Link is triggered through ISPSoft The sending r
211. el 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 10 10 2 Descriptions of the LED I ndicators LED D FIECNEL ZEN MM RUN LED The module runs No action is needed indicator Green The module stops running No action is needed indicator Blinkin The parameter is set Read the error code in AHO4HC 5A ERROR LED incorrectly through ISPSoft OFF Noemr Noemr 000 No action is needed action No action is needed needed 10 30
212. ent module No No detection No Warning Enabling physical range detection Giving alarms The BUS FAULT LED indicator on the CPU module and the ERROR LED indicator on the temperature measurement module are ON There are error logs in the CPU module and the temperature measurement module 6 9 AH500 Module Manual b Interrupt service routine The procedure below explains how to trigger an interrupt service routine in a CPU module Channel detection Alarm Warning No No detection Enabling physical range detection Enabling interrupts Selecting interrupt numbers No interrupt The interrupt service routines are 140 1251 T PID control a KP KI KD Proportional action The operation amount acts proportionally to the error When a temperature is lower than a proportional band the operation amount is 10096 When a temperature is within a proportional band the operation amount decreases proportionally to the error When the setting value is the same as the present value the operation amount is 096 Error Setting value Present value Heater The setting value is 1000 100 C and Kp is 100 10 C The relation between the temperature and the operation amount is shown below Operation amount 100 Heater 0 9o i i Temperature lt gt P Proportional 90 C band 100 C Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A Co
213. es CPU module 8 7 3 RS 485 This section introduces how AH10SCM 5A is connected to other industrial products through a non Modbus RS 485 communication port on AH10SCM 5A 8 7 3 1 Connecting to a Power Meter A power meter can be connected through Modbus or through a RS 485 port This section introduces how AH10SCM 5A is connected to a power meter through a UD Link RS 485 port on AH10SCM 5A 1 Starting SCMSoft Open HWCONFIG COM Setting Set communication parameters om Untitled2 H WCONFIG File Edit Option Help LHI utm Product List Extension Rack Digital I O Module Analog WO Module Temperature Module Motion Control Module Network Module Specification Information Rack 1 slot No Label Firmware Ver Descrption Input Devi Output Dev Comment AHPS305 52 AH Power Supply Module None None AHCPUS30 1 00 Basic CPU module building wi None None AHIO0SCM 0 40 Serial communication module DO D17 Offline Driver3 R3232 COMI 8 41 AH500 Module Manual Parameter Setting AISSA COMI Setting pure a Gum BACnet Setting 5 B Jo Slave ID BACnet MAC Baume 9600bps Baudrate TE i Format 3000 Communication Timeout Transmitter Delay as B Physical Type MODBUS Advance Reat MODBUS Advance Writ Group ID Trigger Numbe UD Link Base Offset InportFile File UD Link Base Offset v gt Export File Untitled2 HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help mxunecug
214. esponding switch of x10 to 2 and the corresponding switch of x10 to 6 Note 1 After the setup is completed re power AH10DNET 5A While AH10DNET 5A is working changing the setting of node address will be invalid 2 Use the slotted screwdriver to rotate the switch carefully in case you scratch the switch 7 2 5 Function Switch The function switches are used for e Setting up the work mode INO e Setting up the baud rate of DeviceNet DRO DR1 DR DRO Baudrate Max transmission distance ON ON Entering the mode of extended baud rate See CA IR 9 section 7 7 3 and 7 8 3 IN 4 ON When the corresponding equipment is off line IN O the I O data in the buffer area will be held When the corresponding equipment is off line ame I O data in the buffer area will be cleared 1 After the setup of the function switch including DR1 DRO and INO is completed re power AH10DNET 5A 2 Use slotted screwdriver to adjust the DIP switch carefully in case you scratch the switch 7 2 6 Seven segment Displayer The digital displayer provides the following function 10DNET 9A e Showing the node station number of AH1ODNET 5A e Showing the error message of the slave Note 1 While AHTODNET 5A is working normally the digital displayer shows its own node addre
215. ess segment in a packet Length Users can edit the length of a packet There is only one length segment in a packet Checksum Users can edit a checksum There is only one checksum segment in a packet Message Constant Edit e Constant Data is a constant Format Users can select Hex ASCII or Code in the Format box If Code is selected data used is a control code Value User can enter a constant Message Yariable Edit Format Null Variable Value REID Op 13 C Variable Reverse Variable Property Function Length Property Function Constant Mapping Register D Register 00 Mapping Register Constant e Variable Data is a variable Users can specify an internal register in AH10SCM 5A or a register in a CPU module e Format Users can set the format of data Null Data is not processed Hex ASCII data is converted into hexadecimal data ASCII data which can not be converted into hexadecimal data will be converted into O ASCII Hexadecimal data is converted into ASCII data Hexadecimal data which can not be converted into ASCII data will be converted into O e Variable property Function For a TX packet users can select Read R in the Function box For a RX packet the users can select Read R Write W or in the Function box 8 27 AH500 Module Manual Mapping register Users can select an internal register in AH10SCM 54A or a register in a CPU module l1 I2 O1 and
216. essage Code Description System Channel Driveri Online CAP NUM 4 Select Network Scanner Setting and then the Scanner Setting dialog box pops up By picking Master Mode and Enable the extension baud rate function is started up Afterwards select an appropriate baud rate according to the actual demand Click OK after selection is Over Scan Interval Time 10 Expected Packet Rate 73 O Slave Mode Bit Strobed Tx Sue Bytes Polled Output Size Bytes InputSize Change of State Cyche COS Cyclic Tx Size Bytes Rx Size Slave Mapping Address Master 2Slave Start Address D Masterc Slave Start Address D Extension Baudrate iae Bovine BS 10Kbps mie _ 50Kbps 125Kbps 250Kbps SK bps S00K bps Note If Slave Mode is selected AHTODNET 5A will be set to a slave eventually 7 31 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 5 Select Network gt gt Download and then the following dialog box appears where click OK to download the configuration data to AH10DNET 5A automatically Warning x7 l i A Cannot perform this operation when PLC is m RUN mode j Do you wish to continue i this instruction will affect the state of the connected PLC Cancel Note I E7 is displayed on AH10DNET 5A please remove its DeviceNet terminals before downloading Otherwise failure to download will occur 6 After downloadi
217. exceeds the range A of inputs which can be received by the hardware 168A402 Alarm The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the range OF of inputs which can be received by the hardware F F F F F a O 4 gt O O O ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 16 A001 Warning Blink Blink Blink The signal received by channel 6 exceeds the range l BL of inputs which can be received by the hardware EUIS The signal received by channel 7 exceeds the range Vos SMOD of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the range VOAAGOOE earning of inputs which can be received by the hardware Blink O O O O O F F F F F F F F F N N N N N N N N N N N N N FF FF FF FF FF 2 2 CO AH500 Module Manual ERROR Error RUN LED Code Type Description Tape deas LED indicator The signal received by channel 5 exceeds the range ieee of inputs which can be received by the hardware ON OFF The signal received by channel 6 exceeds the range HOIPSDU of inputs which can be received by the hardware ON OFF The signal received by channel 7 exceeds the range CENON of inputs which can be received by the hardware 2 5 2 Troubleshooting Procedure Description Procedure Hardware failure Return the module to the factory for repair The external voltage is abnormal Check whether the external 24 V power supply to the module is n
218. exchanges include reading data from bit devices word devices and writing data into bit devices word devices The status of executing a data exchange is represented by the state of a bit in a data register For example if D100 is an initial register in which the states of the bits represent the statuses of data exchanges the status of exchanging data 1 is represented by the state of bitO in D100 and the status of exchanging data 2 is represented by the state of bit1 in D100 and so on eee ee ee DR eee Bit b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi bO No 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi bO H SCMSoft Untitled1 H File Edit View Tools Window Help Be Ba vi eA t C ee re eu Untitled1 i MODBUS Advance Item Item Count Communication Status F COM PORT Setting z5 Read Bit 2 D500 D515 x9 SCM Devicet zt Read Word 2 D516 D531 pa rin M zs Write Bit 2 D532 D547 T onp Lut Write Word 2 D548 D563 E Sequence List L1 MODBUS Advance z 5 BRUN LL Read Write amp f COM PORT History 3 COMI 79 COM2 uu Project Ready Driverl RS232 COMI AHCPUSSC RSZEN The TCP keepalive period by default is set to 30 seconds D500 is an initial register in which statuses of data exchanges are stored Users can enter MODBUS Advance to alter the initial register Communication Status
219. f different metals or metal alloys welded together or joined at both ends One of the junctions normally the cold junction is maintained at a known reference temperature and the other junction is at the temperature to be sensed A temperature gradient across the junction of the wires gives rise to an electric potential by the Seebeck effect The voltage produced is proportional to the difference of temperature of the junction to other parts of those conductors The voltage can be derived from T y Q 7 OQ dT A where Q4 and Qs are the thermopowers Seebeck coefficient of the metals A and B and T and T2 are the temperatures of the two junctions Principle of operation In fact Q4 and Qeg are almost unrelated to temperature Therefore formula A above can be approximated as B below V o T T B There are two types of thermocouple thermometers They are wrapped thermocouples and bare thermocouples A wrapped thermocouple is wrapped in protective metal and is similar to an electric spoon in appearance Wrapped thermocouples are used to measure temperature of liquid and bare thermocouples are used to measure temperature of gas 6 1 1 Characteristics 1 A sensor is selected according to practical application Type J thermocouples type K thermocouples type R thermocouples type S thermocouples type T thermocouples type E thermocouples type N thermocouples and 150 mV voltage inputs 2 A module is selecte
220. figuration Email Electronic mail also known as email operates across the Internet or other computer networks 9 17 AH500 Module Manual AH10EN 5A is equipped with the function of sending emails Users can enter a text message related to a description of a status or an error in the SMTP Subject box If a condition of triggering the sending of an email is met the email will be sent to the users There are three subtabs in the Email tab B Mail server 7 2 811 3 7 Configuration Data Exchange NTP SNMP Email Mail Server Email Trigger Email and Trigger Configuration Mail Server Configuration SMTP Server l Port 0 Default 25 Local Email Address SMTP Subject Default B SMTP server Account Identification No C Yes Account Identification Info E User Name Password Import File Export File An email is sent to an SMTP server and then the SMTP server sends the email to an address which is specified For example if an email is going to be sent to Test delta com tw and the IP address of an SMTP server is 172 16 144 121 the email is sent to the SMTP server and then the SMTP server sends the email to Test delta com tw B Local email address It is the address of an actual sender A local email address is composed of 64 English characters at most B Subject of an email Users can enter a text message in the SMTP Subject box The text mes
221. formation Rack 1 Descrption Input Devic Output Dev AH Fower 5u None Help TLELI ses ose AaFeggs4t Hz AHIODNET 5A Unknown Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address Unknown The start input D1000 The start output D1500 Message Code Description Offline CAP NUM SCA 7 56 AH500 Module Manual 10 Select Network gt gt Online and AH10DNET 5A will appear under the project list pil Delta DeviceNet Builder Tools Bae EX ktanes se Oe y 4 mue gir g Project List AHIODNET 5A Master Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D1000 The start output D1500 F 8 AH10DNET Message Code Description Ethernet Channel i EN E Online CAP NUM SCI If AH1 ODNET 5A has been set to the slave mode the software interface will be as shown below Hi Delta DeviceNet Builder File Edit View Network Tools Help Be BP XteOoeske ose Aa l7isurds h Ht 2 05m g Project List AHIODNET 5A Slave Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D1000 The start output D1500 Message Code Description Ready Ethernet Channel 0 0 0 0 Online CAP NUM SCI Note If AH10DNET 5A has been set to the slave mode set current AH ODNET 5A to the master mode first and then conduct the next operation 7 97 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 11 Select Network gt gt Scan Device
222. g IP address is used the device can not connect to a network even other devices can not connect to the network Please contact a network administrator to get more information about assigning an IP address The default IP address of AH10EN 5A is 192 168 0 5 B Subnet mask A subnet mask is an important parameter for setting a subnet and is used to judge whether the IP address of a destination device and the IP address of a local device are in the same subnet If the IP address of a destination device and the IP address of a local device are not in the same subnet the local device will send a packet to a gateway and the gateway will send the packet to another subnet If the setting is incorrect a destination device can not communicate with AH10EN 5A normally Users can judge whether the IP address of a destination device and the IP address of a local device are in the same subnet by performing a bitwise AND operation between the IP address of the local device and the subnet mask and a bitwise AND operation between the IP address of the destination device and the subnet mask If the two values are the same the IP address of the destination device and the IP address of the local device are in the same subnet The default subnet mask of AH10EN 5A is 255 255 255 0 B Default gateway A gateway is a network point that acts as an entrance to another network For example in order to connect a local area network and a wide area network a gateway is needed T
223. g an abbreviated record The packet which will be sent is the same as TX packet 1 in type 1 The function field is 16229 Copy TX packet 1 in the Reset Group H SCMSoft SCM project 4 HHH File Edit View Tools Window Help Be BR Ci 95 t amp amp OD en x SCM project 4 Command No S F COM PORT Setting CA 25 SCM Devicel UD Link i SCM project 4 Command Type Send Packet Recy Packet Success Fail a T E Group List Group Listl pij Output Parameter E TX Packet RX Packet ES pi Control Commands e v amp Project Driver3 0 0 0 0 AHCPU530 RS2 EN Paste TX packet 1 in the Query group H SCMSoft SCM project 4 ii File Edit View Tools Window Help Be Bi T FR ter OC Sey x t3 SCM project 4 TX Packet Name S F COM PORT Setting 15 SCM Devicel Packet View TX Packetl 10 RO 0 1 29 Checksum SUM 1Byte 16 c UD Link iS Group List a Group Listl B pi Reset E TX Packet i SCM project 4 x No Create TX Packet Eg x Request Events Data All Measurement Value Output Parameter E Control Commands and F Sequence List amp T MODBUS Advance Ss Modbusi C Read P Write COM PORT History J COMI Project Driver3 0 0 0 0 AHCPU530 RS2 EN 8 46 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A Receiving an abbreviated record Start bita Instrument addres
224. gh speed pulse output YO 8 is a transistor whose collector is an open collector Channel 1 The high speed pulse output YO 9 is a transistor whose collector is an open collector Channel 2 The high speed pulse output YO 10 is a transistor Comparison whose collector is an open collector output Channel 3 The high speed pulse output YO0 11 is a transistor whose collector is an open collector Signal level 24 V DC coe Output type AH500 Module Manual 10 2 5 Functions of AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A Function J Bescipion Y 1 Users can enable or disable a channel Enabling Disabling a count 2 If unnecessary channels are disabled the internal operation will become more efficient The number of accumulated pulses is in the range of 999999999 to 999999999 If the number of accumulated Linear count ir pulses is not within the range the overflow flag will be turned ON Accumulation Circular The number of accumulated pulses is in the range of counter count 999999999 to 0 or in the range of 0 to 999999999 If the number of accumulated pulses meets the comparison EN AT condition set the comparison flag will be turned ON and a p signal will be output Users can reset the comparison condition Users can change the cycle of updating the number of sampled pulses or the cycle of updating the number of accumulated pulses Averaging The number of sampled pulses is divided by the number of the num
225. gister name Description HW tW The model code is a default value Sf R Mc Tre model code AMIOEN GA 1648081 R Versonothessem The version of the system is represented by a Version of the system hexadecimal value For example if the version of the software is 1 02 it is represented by 16 1020 0 A single IP address is assigned and the two ports function as a switching hub 1 Two IP addresses are assigned and the two ports operate individually IP address of port 1 IP address of port 1 Subnet mask of port 1 Subnet mask of port 1 oat ay gates oO Gateway address of port 1 Assigning an IP l 0 Static IP address a tiene AR Hoa 1 An IP address is assigned by a DHCP server Triggering the setting 0 The assignment of an IP address is complete 11 R W ofthe IP parameters 1 The setting of the IP parameters in for port 1 CR 4 CR 10 for port 1 is triggered 0 The assignment of an IP address is complete Sine gei E 1 An IP address is being assigned 12 R W gning 2 The assignment of an IP address by a DHCP Operation mode dk dk IP address to port 1 server has not been complete 3 The IP parameters are incorrect 9 7 AH500 Module Manual CR Attribute Register name Description HW LW 15 14 R W IP address of port 2 IP address of port 2 16 R W Subnet mask of port 2 Subnet mask of port 2 n Assigning an IP 0 Static IP address 20 R W address to port 2 by a DHCP serer 1 An IP
226. hannel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 The operation of the upper limit alarm and the operation of the lower limit alarm are shown below 10 23 AH500 Module Manual lpnper upper limitvalue Wpperlower _ lirnit value Lower upper lirnit value Lower Jower limit value Alarm flags Lower limit alarm Upper limit alarm ET If the upper upper limit value is equal to the upper lower limit value and the lower upper limit value is equal to the lower lower limit value the operation of the upper limit alarm and the operation of the lower limit alarm are shown below Upper upper limit value Upper lower limit value Lowver upper limit value Loyyer loyrer limit value Alarm flags Lower limit alarm Upper limit alarm 5 Bit 4 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 If bit 4 in CRA CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned OFF the accumulation register counts linearly If bit 4 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned ON the accumulation register counts circularly 1 Linear accumulation If an accumulation register counts up it counts from O to 999999999 If an accumulation register counts down it counts from 0 to 999999999 If the value in an accumulation register is larger than 999999999 or less than 999999999 bit 1 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR1083 will be turned ON Users can read the error code 16 A0n1 in CR26 CR54 CR82 CR110 n is a channel number n 0 3 i e channel 1 channel 4 10 24 Chapter 10 High speed Counter M
227. he IP address that a gateway uses and the IP address of AH10EN 5A must be in the same subnet The default gateway of AH10EN 5A is 192 168 1 1 BW IP filter AH10EN 5A provides a firewall service and adopts an IP filter To prevent errors from occurring an IP filter is used to limit network connections Only devices whose IP addresses are within the range set by users can connect to AH10EN 5A and other devices whose IP addresses are not within the range can not connect to AH10EN 54A After the IP filter function is enabled IP addresses are filtered according to data which are set B TCP keepalive period The TCP keepalive period by default is set to 30 seconds 9 4 2 HWCONFI G Function List ARENA Network Parameters Function List Description IP Filter Parameters IO Mapping Paramenters Modbus TCP Port Number Modbus TCP Port Number NTP Function Enable NTP Function Enable Email Alarm Function Enable Email Alarm Function Enable SNMP Agent Function Enable SNMP Agent Function Enable Data Exchange Function Enable Data Exchange Function Enable Default AH500 Module Manual B Enabling the MODBUS TCP function Enabling or disabling the Modbus TCP protocol B Modbus TCP port number Users can set a Modbus TCP port number The default value is 502 B Enabling the time correction function AH10EN 5A synchronizes the real time clock in an AH500 series CPU module to a server on a network through the Network Time Protocol
228. he accumulated integral values PID I MiReal only hates Maxim d E 0 000000 CHOL MY Es L 0 000000 CH1 I MWi Mim 0 000000 CH21 Mv Es L 0 000000 CH3 1 MVi gt 5 36 Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A 5 5 1 Error Codes ERROR Error ee RUN LED Type Description es LED LEM indicator 16 A600 Hardware failure 16 A601 The external voltage is abnormal 16 A603 Alarm mtema eror OFF ON The factory correction is abnormal The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the 16 A400 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the OFF ON hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the 16 A401 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the OFF ON hardware The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the 16 A402 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the OFF ON hardware The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the 16 A403 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the OFF ON hardware The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the 16 A000 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the ON Blink hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the 164A001 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the ON Blink hardware The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the 16 A002 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the ON Blink hardware The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the 16 A003 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the ON Bl
229. il functions CR 48 CR 55 Please refer to the following table The email address of a receiver is incorrect An error occurs when AH10EN 5A communicates with an SMTP server Heserved 10 AH10EN 5Acan not connect to an SMTP server 9 8 Chapter 9 Network Module AH10EN 5A e Network functions CR 10 If the value in CR 10 is 0 a static IP address is used If the value in CR 10 is 1 a DHCP server assigns an IP address A dynamic IP address is used CR 4 CR 5 The IP address of AH10EN 5A is composed of the values in CR 4 and CR 5 The values in CR 4 and CR 5 are hexadecimal values If a dynamic IP address is used users can read data from CR 4 and CR 5 but they can not write data into CR 4 and CR 5 Example If the IP address is 192 168 0 2 16 0002 is written into CR 4 and 16 COA8 is written into CR 5 K192 16 C0 K168 16 A8 KO 16 00 and K2 16 02 CR 6 CR 7 The subnet mask of AH10EN 5A is composed of the values in CR 6 and CR 7 The values in CR 6 and CR 7 are hexadecimal values If a dynamic IP address is used users can read data from CR 6 and CR 7 but they can not write data into CR 6 and CR 7 Example If the subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 16 FFOO is written into CR 6 and 16 FFFF is written into CR 7 CR 8 CR 9 The gateway address of AH10EN 5A is composed of the values in CR 8 and CR 9 The values in CR 8 and CR 9 are hexadecimal values If a dynamic IP address is used users can read data from CR 8 and
230. in which packets which packets Description Reserved received are p sent are recorded recorded overflows overflows man pt cre a 4 Description Reserved communication Checksum error timeout 8 62 Chapter 9 Network Module AHLOEN 5A Table of Contents Sn E uere leo d RR 9 2 9 1 1 gilgei 9 2 91 9 PECCAS saen a brad MESE 9 2 9 1 3 DIMENSIONS secure E RARIOR E E E A NUMINE 9 3 9 1 4 uiv 9 3 9 1 5 mii SM udo EMT TRITT T m T D Tom T T TT TT 9 4 9 2 Installation and Wiring eseeeeseeseeeeeeeneennnn nnn 9 4 9 2 1 VS CAM ATION MERE 9 4 9 2 2 Connecting to the Network ccccccceccssseeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeesaeees 9 5 CON SUS reece tccegen tech anepanseceavepenitpenaachexaneeatenentectaqerenacecarenchdeenaactienteecaxenee 9 5 9 3 1 Functions of the Input ReQiSters ccccccsecccseeceeeseeeceeeeseeeseeeseeeens 9 5 9 3 2 Functions of the Output Registers eseeeeseeeeeeeees 9 6 9 3 3 Functions of the Control Registers ccccccseeeeeeeeteeeeeseeeseeeeeaeeeeas 9 7 9 3 4 Introduction of the Related Instructions 9 9 9 4 Setting AH10EN 5A through ISPSoft eeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeee 9 14 9 4 1 HWCONFIG Network Parameters eeeeseeereeeenenene 9 14 9 4 2 HWCONFIG
231. in the range of 10 0 V to 10 0 V The original signals are used The gain is 1 and the offset is 0 The digital value received by the channel is 0 and the voltage measured is 0 V The digital value received by the channel is 10 and the voltage measured is 10 1 V Users can calibrate the channel by calibrating the gain and the offset The users can get the gain for the calibration by means of the equations below Gainz Y2 Y1 X2 X1 10 1 0 10 0 21 01 Gain used for calibration 1 Gain 1 1 01 0 99 The users can get the offset for the calibration by means of the equations below OffsetzY 120 Offset used for calibrationzO Y 120 3 6 Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AH08DA 5B AHOSDA 5C X2 Y2 10 10 1 V 10 1 V Original signals MM Signals after the calibration Digital value X X1 Y1 0 0 V Voltage Y X Digital value Y Analog signal 3 Scale range The analog output mode of a channel has a corresponding digital range Digital values correspond to analog outputs sent by a module For example if the analog range is 10 V 10 V and the digital range is 10 0 10 0 the digital values 10 0 10 0 correspond to the analog values 10 V 10 V Analog value 10V 7 Rated output range Digital value 10 0 S 10 0 Scale range 3 7 AH500 Module Manual 4 Retaining an output When a module stops running a signal sent by the module is retained The output is n
232. ing enabled Owing to the fact that no error occurs the code stored in D110 is 16220000 AH500 Module Manual METWORK 1 X1 1 DI pi1n0 The use of the parameters e The module is placed on the main rack Therefore the rack code stored in D40 is 16220001 e The module is inserted in the first slot Therefore the slot code stored in D41 is 1620000 The mode of the data exchange through COM1 is stored in CR 7 Therefore the control register number stored in D42 is 16 0007 e Owing to the fact that the mode of the data exchange through COM1 occupies one register the value in D2 is 1 The data which is written into CR 7 is stored in D100 Therefore the value in D100 is 16 0002 The regulation of the operands in the instruction e The operand m specifies the rack code It should be in the range of 1 to 8 1 represents a main rack and 2 8 represent extension racks The operand m specifies the slot code It should be in the range of 0 to 11 If the rack code is 1 the slot code should be in the range of 0 to 11 If the rack code is in the range of 2 to 8 the slot code should be in the range of 0 to 7 e The operand m specifies the control register number The 16 bit memories built in the special modules are called the control registers The control register numbers are decimal numbers 0 N and the number of control registers varies with the module The operating conditions of the special module and the setting values a
233. ing of groups of packets is triggered in sequence is in the range of 1 to 254 If the value in CR 28 is 255 16 FF the sending receiving of groups of packets is continually triggered in sequence CR 36864 Status of sending a command through COM1 Description A command is sent from AH10SCM 5A 1 The sending of a command is executed 0 The sending of a command is complete CR 36865 Status of receiving a command through COM1 Description 0 A command has not been received 1 The receiving of a command is being processed 2 A command is received successfully 3 A command fails to be received 4 Checksum error 5 Communication timeout CR 36866 Communication protocol for exchanging data through COM1 Description 0 Modbus 1 RS Co 10 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A CR 36867 Sending Receiving a command through COM1 Description 0 After a command is sent a command is received 1 A command is sent but no command is received 2 No command is sent but a command is received CR 36868 Timeout period after which no data is received through COM1 Description 0 65535 ms CR 36869 Number of times the sending of a command through COM is retried Description If communication fails the sending of a command can be retried The number of times the sending of a command through COM I is retried is in the range of 0 to 255 CR 36870 Length of a packet which is sent through COM 1 Unit Byte Description
234. ink hardware The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the 16 A800 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the ON OFF hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the 164A801 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the ON OFF hardware The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the 16 A802 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the ON OFF hardware The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the 16 A803 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the ON OFF hardware 5 5 2 Troubleshooting Procedure Description Procedure Hardware failure Return the module to the factory for repair The external voltage is abnormal Check whether the external 24 V power supply to the module is normal 5 37 AH500 Module Manual Internal error The factory correction is abnormal The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received Check the signal received by channel 0 by the hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received Check the signal received by channel 1 by the hardware Please contact the factory The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received Check the signal received by channel 2 by the hardware The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received Check the signal received by channel 3 by the hardware 5 38 Chapter 6 Temperatu
235. instruction is not 1 2 executed SMO is ON The module is placed on the main rack Therefore the rack code stored in D40 is 16520001 The module is inserted in the first slot Therefore the slot code stored in D41 is 16 0000 The operation mode is stored in CR 8 Therefore the control register number stored in D42 is 16420003 Owing to the fact that the operation mode occupies one register the value in D43 is 1 The data which is read from CR 8 is stored in D100 and the error code in SRO is 16222003 If D4 D n 1 exceed the device range the instruction is not executed SMO is ON and the error code in SRO is 1622003 If the value in n exceeds the range the operation error occurs the instruction is not executed SMO is ON and the error code in SRO is 16 200B Due to the fact that the use of the instruction FROM decreases the execution efficiency of the CPU module and that of the I O module users should use it less often The descriptions of the error codes Please refer to point 1 and point 2 in the 16 2003 additional remark Please refer to point 3 in the additional 16 1400 An error occurs when the data is accessed through the auxiliary processor 16 1401 An error occurs when the data in the I O module is accessed 16 1402 The arrangement of the I O modules is not consistent with the module table 16 1407 A communication error occurs when the data is accessed through the auxiliary processor 9 11 AH50
236. ion Control Module T oe S hlo i Hetwork IvLacule Specification 4 After the scan of the actual hardware configuration is complete the system automatically assigns the corresponding registers to the channels Users can alter the input device range and the output device range by themselves Note Owing to the fact that values are floating point numbers every channel occupies two 16 bit registers Information Rack 1 slot Ha Label Firmware Version Descrption Input Device Range Output Device Range AHPS05 3 4 AH Power Supply Modul None Hone AHCPUSSU EN 1 00 Basic CPU module buidit H one Hone 0 AH 6E A 54 1 00 4x16 bit AL 2 x l bit AO DU D7 Ds D11 5 Double click the module AHO6XA 5A Untilled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help ERETTE pE Product List H Extension Rack Digital IO Module 1 Analog IO Module H Temperature WwIochde H Motion Control Module Network Module 4 20 Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A 6 Open the Parameter Setting window Parameter Setting AHO6XA 5A Channel Mode setting CHO CH3 Input Average Time MDS Info Channel Calibration Channel Scale Range EE AHO6XA SA MDS Version 1 00 00 MDS Build Date 20120714 Conversion Flags Read onl
237. ion of a Module 1 On the Option menu click Online Mode ie Untitled HWCONFIG File Echt sj Help 3 y 58 Upload Ctr F9 Product List y Rownload cee 1 Scar CEN 27 ees Mode Ctr F4 x i Motion Q Search Ctr F Networl Alter Overall Firmware Version PO List 2 Right click the module and then click Module Information on the context menu The version of the firmware and that of the hardware are displayed be Untitled HWCONPFIG File Edit Option Help E Product List Ctr Alt D Module Information Module Hame AHUSDA 5C Description 8 channels 16 bits analog output Fitmware rersion 1 00 00 Hardware version 1 00 00 aerial Ho 3 17 AH500 Module Manual 3 4 3 Monitoring Table 1 Select the Monitor checkboxes at the right sides of the corresponding registers CHU CH Mode setting D50L0 MIT ru 20 mu CHO Chutpu EE T BIS D WERE T Sip a sceneencessnusanennnnonennenenssnuanennanennenencescnssannnnaneneenencecsaaanen M m E e oc NR Goss ER Disable 5 CH3 Outpu Disable CHA Cutpu m Disable E CH5 Outpu m Disable CH Outpu E Disable CH7 Outpu n 2 On the Option menu click Online Mode Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit EET Help y GF Upload Chb FO Product List Download HD UO Scan Ctr 1 v Extensi Digital I AF ean CtrHFA jJ T vo vo vo Analog T B vros
238. itor Table 1213 Tempe Wlotion Metwor Search Ctr Alter Overall Firmware Version Fe PO List Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AH08DA 5B AHOS8DA 5C 3 On the Option menu click Monitor Table The registers are monitored se Untitled HHWCONFIG File Edit n Ilo TOA Product List a H Digital 1 Ordine IvIade ES Analog ume Eh T PIDE T TuT rch 4 ter cm Monitor Table RackNo SlotNo Module Name DeviceName PY O x o Comment 1 Me D500 Decimal CHO Output mode setting 1 n AHOSDA 5C D501 i Decimal CHI Output mode setting 3 4 4 Online Mode 1 Click Online Mode on the toolbar om Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help TEET ACELE aes Online Mode CtHF4 H Extension Rack a peers H Digital MO iTodule l H Analog MO Module H Temperature Noche H lotion Control Iylodule H Network Woche 2 Double click the module 3 19 AH500 Module Manual 3 If some parameters are altered users can click SV PV The new setting values are written into the CPU module and the I O module If users want to read the present values in the I O module they can click Update The present values in the I O module are sent to ISPSoft and are monitored Parameter Setting AHOS8DA 5C CHO CH Mode setting CHO CH M
239. j 1121 3 Temperature Module sd Motion Control Module Network Module Slot No Label Firmware Versi Descrption Input Device Output Devic Comment AHPS05 54 AH Power Supply Module None AHCPUS30 EN 1 00 Basic CPU module building with Eth None AHI103CM 5A i Serial communication module Offline Driverl R3232 COMI DUNT Hardware failure D4 An error occurs when the communication protocol for exchanging data through COM1 is UD Link through COM is UD Link ELEM NNNM through COM 1 is Modbus through COM2 is Modbus D8 An error occurs when data is exchanged through COMI D Anerror occurs when data is exchanged through COM12 Internal communication error exchanging data through COM1 is Modbus exchanging data through COM2 is Modbus exchanging data through COM 1 is UD Link exchanging data through COM2 is UD Link exchanging data through COM 1 is UD Link exchanging data through COM2 is UD Link 8 60 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A Content of the error flags DO 0x0001 Hardware failure 0x0002 An error occurs when the communication protocol for exchanging data through a communication port is UD Link 0x0000 An error occurs when data is exchanged through a communication port Description An error occurs when the communication protocol for exchanging data 0x0008 through a communication port is Modbus 0x0010 0 AH10SCM 5A is restored to the factory setting M Internal communic
240. k Iylodule Fh EEE EE 10 12 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A Double click the module AHO4HC 5A om Untitled HYCONFIG File Edit XDI tuum Product List Extension Rack Digital VO Module Analog YO Module Temperature Module Motion Control Module Network IModule Option Help Z Specification Information Rack 1 Descrption Input Devic AH Power Sug None Basic CPU mo None Label Firmware V Output Devi AHPS305 5A AHCPU530 EN Slot No None 1 00 None AH 04HC 5A 1 00 High speed co DO D27 D28 D31 AHI6ANO1P 5A4 16 x DO PNP YO 0 Y0 15 Offline AHCPU USB COM12 4 Set the parameters Parameter Setting AHO04HC 5A MDS Information Normal Exchange Area AHOIHC 5A CH1 4 Input Pulse type CH1 4 Input filter CH1 4 Count cycle times CH1 4 Parameter setting CH1 4 Pre scale Unit magnific CH1 4 Pre seale setting value CH1 4 Nuraber of Moverment CH1 4 Upper Upper lirite val CH1 4 Upper Lower limite val CH1 4 Lower Upper limite val CH1 4 Lower Lower limite yal CH1 4 Comparison value setti CH1 4 Nuraber of Intenpt sett Description CHI Sampling pulse number data Device CH1 Accurlating count value data Device CH1 Input pulse value data Device CH2 Operation Status Device CH2 Sampling pulse number data Device CH2 Accumiating count value data Device CH2 Input pulse value data Device CH3 Operation Status Device CH3 Sampling puls
241. ket which has been created Receive packet Users can select a packet which has been created Success Users can specify an action which follows the execution of a command They can select Next Goto or End Next The next command is executed If the command which is being executed is command 1 the next command which will be executed is command 2 Goto Users can specify a command which should be executed much later 8 28 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A End Coming to and end Fail Users can specify an action which follows the execution of a command They can select Next Goto or Abort Next The next command is executed If the command which is being executed is command 1 the next command which will be executed is command 2 Goto Users can specify a command which should be executed much later Abort Coming to and end Retry The sending of a command can be retried after the sending of the command fails Users can set the number of times the sending of a command is retried Repeat After a command is executed successfully it can be executed repeatedly Users can set the number of times the execution of a command is repeated Send wait Users can set an interval between commands The default is 0 milliseconds that is the next command is sent after a reply is received Timeout If no reply is received after a specific period of time there is communication timeout The default is 50 milliseconds 8 6 3 3 Sequence After users right
242. larm utr CH1 input value Out a Interrupt nx Interrupt Enable a Interrupt nt htempt number Warming LED Conversion Flags Read only Interrupt nx 8 Setting the warning LED indicator Parameter Setting AHOFAD 54 CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Average Time ipti Co CHO CH3 Calibration om Wam of CH1 Input Wam of CH2 Input Wam of CH3 Input Conversion Flags Read only bit0 bit7 CHO CH7 Warning LED indicator ON Flash OFF Not flash Description 2 27 AH500 Module Manual 9 The conversion flags Parameter Setting AHOMAD 5 Conversion Flags Read only CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Average Time Initial Comment CHO CH3 Calibration Te eo CHO CH3 Scale Range Conversion Flags Read only s Conversion Flags Read only Channel Alarm Intexcupt Enable Interrupt number Warning LED Conversion Flags Read only bit0 bit7 The signals received by CHO CH7 exceed the range of inputs Description which can be received by the hardware bit15 The external voltage is abnormal 2 28 Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C 2 5 Troubleshooting 2 5 1 Error Codes ERROR zd Description dri LED indicator 16 A600 Hardware failure 16 A601 The external voltage is abnormal 16 A603 Alarm temal eror F The factory correction is abnormal The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the range ana of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 1
243. led out where Select Network gt gt Online IB AT a Sanem cete a acaso 5 E Project i 6j HIODNET 5A Unknown Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address Unknown 3 B 5 7 21 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 2a 7isor de O 245 Project List AHLODNET 5A Slave Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The star E B AHLODNET 5A Slave Rack 4 aM Project Message Code Description A 2013 01 14 DREH17 103 Cannot aet resnonse from netwnrk E Hm ystem Channel UnitO 9600 7 E 1 ASI 9 Select Network gt gt Scanner Setting and then Scanner Setting dialog box appears where pick Master Mode and then click OK after setting is over Master Mode Scan Interval Time Expected Packet Rate 2 Slave Mode Bit Strobed Ix Size Bytes Polled Output Size Bytes Input Size 8 Change of State Cychc COS Cychc Tx Size Bytes Kx Size Slave Mapping Address Master gt Slave Start Address D Master lt Slave Start Address D Extension Baudrate Enable Baudrate iMbp 7 22 AH500 Module Manual 10 Select Network gt gt Download and then the following dialog box appears where click OK to download the configuration data to AH10DNET 5A automatically Cannot perform this operation when PLC 15 in RUN mode Do you wish to continue if this in
244. loating point format One double word floating point format When the setting value is 0 the function is not enabled For example if the setting value is 5 and the difference between the present value and the target value is in the range of 5 to 5 the output value is O Maximum output One double word floating point format value Minimum output One double word floating point format value Reading the output One double word floating point format value Accumulated One double word floating point format integral value Manual output value One double word floating point format d Additional remarks on PID control 1 lf Kp Ki or Kg is 0 the corresponding function is disabled For example if users only want to use proportional control K and Kg are O 2 If users do not know how to adjust the parameters Kp K and Ky under a controlled environment they can use the automatic tuning function to set the parameters and then finely adjust the parameters to the optimum values When the automatic tuning function is enabled the value in a register defined by the users is 1 After the automatic tuning of the parameters is complete the value in the register becomes O 3 lf users want to set the parameters Kp Ki and Kg by themselves they need to set the Kp by experience and set the K and Kg to O After the tuning of the K is complete the users can tune the K and K in order Automatic uu mode Range within which the error
245. lt driver and then click OK a Delta ISPSoft File Edit View Compile PLC Took Window H Communication Setting Driver Y Station Address 0 IP Address Offline fe AH500 Module Manual 3 Select File gt gt New gt gt New and the following dialogue box will appear Click OK after selecting the corresponding PLC model Unti tle do cce D Jelt A Ita ISPSoft eU VEL noe Beide a NICDNFIG El Li e C Program e pecs Camm ani i CARD VES TT AHCPUE3O EN Ur Motion Module nd E Tasks Global Symbols tal S Programs a Function Blocks M user Defined Lit alil Offline Driverl USB COM4 7 53 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A pom eem 5 Start to scan by selecting Option gt gt I O Scan in the HWCONFIG software interface Ctr F9 Product List Cubs Extensid Digital oF Online Analog S Monitor Table lem in Motion Q Search Metwor Alter Overall Firmware Version E PO List Specification Information Rack 1 Offline Driverl USB COMI Extension Rack Digital V O Module Analog VO Module Temperature Module Motion Control Module Network Module E E E E I O Scan Finished Specification Basic CPU m None None DeviceNet sc None None Ofline Driverl USB COMI
246. ltage input 10 V 10 V SNR CHO KA a Y V0 PO eE ve uc Shielded cable 1 Voltage input 10 V 10 V Shielded cable 1 3 1 Please isolate the analog input signal cables from other power cables 2 If the ripple in the input voltage results in the noise interference with the wiring please connect the module to the capacitor having a capacitance in the range of 0 1 pF to 0 47 uF with a working voltage of 25 V 9 Please connect the terminal SLD to the ground terminal 2 3 4 LED Indicators Number Nam Description Operating status of the module ON The module is running OFF The module stops running RUN LED indicator Error status of the module ERROR LED ON A serious error occurs in the module indicator OFF The module is normal Blink A slight error occurs in the module Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C 2 4 HWCONFIG in ISPSoft 2 4 1 Initial Setting 1 Start ISPSoft and then double click HWCONFIG UntitledO Delta ISPSoft Proz0 BHA a Fie Edt View Compie PLO Tool Window Help amp p X HBF ege ASA ae 4 e S 3 E X D ir e n x Local Symbols Y NWCONFIG Class Identifiers Address Type Initial Value Identifier Comment Project C Program Files Delta Industria GB Device Comment amp Used Device i CARD Utili T AHCPUS530 EN Untitled P Motion Module ae Tasks Network 1 EP Global Symbols
247. m Intexrupt Enable Intecrupt number Warming LED MES Taito mal Eng Avs Module Name AHOSTC 5A MDS Latest Version 1 00 0 201206729 MDS Build Date Conversion Flags PID Run Stop PID AutoTune PID Mout Setting PID heateroooler PIDSV PID Cycle PID Kp PID Ki PID Kd Default 7 Set the parameters and then click OK Parameter Setting AHOSTC 5 CHO CH Mode setting Temperature unit Description Channel Alara CE zt i CH1 Input Interrupt Enable 4 gt CH2 Input mid D CH3Inp i CH3 Input Conversion Flags CH4I le setting i gt CHA Input is jud CH5 t ode it By i CH5 Input PID ad Seting i In T i CH6 Input PID heatec cooler CH7 Input mode setting T i CH Input PIDSV PID Cycle PID Kp PID Ki PID Kd CHO CH7 Mode setting 6 20 Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A 8 Click Download on the toolbar to download the parameters The parameters can not be downloaded when the CPU module runs 2 UBIC HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help 2 FRR Product List Download Ctr Fg Extension Rack Digital DUO IvIodule 1 Analog MO Iodul Temperature IvIodule IvIotion Control IvIodule Metwork IvIodule Eh Eb AE EF 6 4 2 Checking the Version of a Module 1 On the Option menu click Online Mode oe lU81IC HWCONFIG File Edit germ Help E led Upload Chri F9 Product List Eu ou E
248. m Product List Extension Rack Digital WO Module Analog I O Module Temperature Module Ade CtrltAltt Motion Control Module Network Module CtirX Cte Ctrl V Specification Di Del Intelligent Module Configuration Information Rack 1 Slot No Label Firmware Ver Descrption Input Devi Output Dev Comment AHPS05 54 AH Power Supply Module None None T T AHCPUS30 1 00 Basic CPU module building wi None None AHI108CM 0 Serial communication module DO D17 m Offline Driver3 R3232 COMI Start SCMSoft COM PORT Setting Set communication protocols f SCMSoft SCM project 4 tl File Edit View Tools Window Help Be BR vi 958 t amp T amp DO i SCM project 4 f SCM project 4 Communication Parameters COMI COM2 F COM PORT Setting Protocol MODBUS MODBUS mes CM Devicel UD Link Group List Sequence List o MODBUS Advance amp COM PORT History J COMI J COM2 Project Driver3 0 0 0 0 AHCPUS30 RSZ EN 8 42 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A 2 Record types The slave ID of the power meter is 5 All telegrams consist of one of three types of records These types of records are abbreviated records control records and full records The use of these record types is described below Abbreviated record Control record Character 1 16 0 Start bit 16 00 16 Instrument FA 16 FF address
249. mber of values averaged CHU CH3 Average Time d 7 4 The offsets and the gains used for calibration CHO CH3 Calibration Descnption Address Wo 0 000000 NH 0 000000 E 0 000000 NH 1 000000 Nu 1 000000 E 1 000000 NH 1 000000 Monitor Initial CHI Cal OG CH2 Cal OG CH3 Cal OG CHO Cal G CHI Cal G CH2 Cal G CH3 Cal G 5 26 Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4PT 5A 5 The channel detection Channel Alarm Monitor Initial v1 Enable CHO Plurei Ee 977 Eu L v Enable CHO Physic LI v Enable CHO Physic L ef Alan CHO Physic LJ ef Alar CHO Physic LJ e Alarm CHO Physic L ef Alan CHO Physic n 6 Enabling the interrupts Interrupt Enable I CHOI C Enable HO Inter L Enable C HU Intern C Enable HO Inter C Enable C HU Inter gt 9 27 AH500 Module Manual 7 The interrupt numbers Description Fenech caca eeu FE Tee i F WHI y alue LWT OT E alei value Out of Physical YALE L OL E ELY tld 8 Setting the warning LED indicator ar i Mt Ell cie l zu J value t hit or I Ty SLL PALLE j m maad mele IUE ae TE esee LI na T aut value LNT oi rFIbpS1Cal nante Wam of CH3 Input value Cut of Ph 1 L 4 MIT i n T OTT Address AL 4 Interrupt ni ME e i NOCERE E 4 Interrupt nx bal C 4L Interrupt nx Warn of CH Warn of CH Warn of CH 9 28 Chapter 5 Temperature Me
250. n the setting value is 0 the function is Automatic mode the error values are Ot enabled For example if the setting value is 5 and the difference between the present value and the target value is in the range of 5 to 5 the output value is O Maximum output One double word floating point format value Out UE One double word floating point format value dg the output One double word floating point format count as O Accumulated One double word floating point format integral value Manual output value One double word floating point format d Additional remarks on PID control 1 2 If Kp Ki or Ky is 0 the corresponding function is disabled For example if users only want to use proportional control K and Kg are O If users do not know how to adjust the parameters Kp Ki and Kg under a controlled environment they can use the automatic tuning function to set the parameters and then finely adjust the parameters to the optimum values When the automatic tuning function is enabled the value in a register defined by the users is 1 After the automatic tuning of the parameters is complete the value in the register becomes O If users want to set the parameters Kp Ki and Ky by themselves they need to set the K by experience and set the Ki and Kg to 0 After the tuning of the K is complete the users can tune the Ki and K in order Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A 5 3 Installation
251. nd D500 respectively the mapping area will be assigned as the following table Is Output area Master gt Slave Input area Slave Master Initial Initial register Purpose length register PU eng The register is used The values in the for receiving the register will be control data that the feedback to the master sends out master The data length of AH10DNET 5A can be set freely when it works as a slave 7 4 4 Data Flow Direction of Master and Slave There are two AH10DNET 5As on the network working as the master and slave respectively One AH10DNET 5A works as the master and the starting address of its mapping area is shown as the following window The starting addresses for output and input are D500 and D1000 respectively a Scan List setting Av ilabbr oder Node Ad o Mode Name al AHIDDNET Slave Cestput Table Inge Table Regine Device Image REegurer D H D303 L yt 1067 ru amp x amp i 5 i L4 EE Eel E ope u a ba bo i H g 0 0 0 u uttUu SESS RB BR SB Ch dh 2 x E n X 7 arikriir Gg Di De Lit D LM Di D n D Da D i i J L j Note D500 and D1000 in the above window are the registers in an AH500 series CPU module on the left of AH10DNET 5A functioning as a master The other AH10DNET 5A serves as a slave and the starting address of its mapping area is shown as below window The data that master sends to the slave will be updated in
252. ng OFF The module stops running RUN LED indicator 2 Error status of the module ERROR LED ON A serious error occurs in the module indicator OFF The module is normal Blink A slight error occurs in the module Removable The inputs are connected to sensors 0 The inputs are connected to sensors 0 are connected to sensors terminal block Arrangement of 4 the input Arrangement of the terminals terminals puts ere Simple specifications for the module Simple specifications for the module for the module 6 Cp Removngtheteminalbok 8 Setsoew Fxingthe module 8 Connector Connecting the module anda backplane Fixing the module 2 2 3 Dimensions 35 103 110 114 Unit mm 2 4 Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C 2 2 4 Arrangement of Terminals AHOA4AAD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO08AD 5C
253. ng CH1 Input mode setting JL UV HLOV CHI Input mode setting k CH3 Input mode setting IL Disable CH2 Input mode setting CH3 Input mode setting IL H3 Input mode setting CHO Output mode setting E HO Output mode setting CH1 Output mode setting JAL ls H1 Output mode setting AHO6XA 5A Inputchannel Output channel The channel is disabled he channel is disabled 10 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0V 10V 0V 10V 5 V 5 V 5 V 5 V 0 V 5V 0 V 5V 1 V 5V 1 V 5V 0 mA 20 mA 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 20 mA 20 mA Description NO oF WD Oo 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 8 4 27 AH500 Module Manual 2 The number of values averaged CHU CH3 Input Average Time Initial 1 vows N 1 n CHa Input Average Time ji 10 CH3 Input Average Time a 10 3 The offsets and the gains used for calibration Channel Calibration 1 bane Moir Teal P CHO Input Cal Ofset VAmA 5 58 7 00e Mi 1 Bee musei CH1 Input Cal Offset Vim E 0 000000 CH2 Input Cal Offset V m m 0 000000 CH3 Input Cal Offset Vim im 0 000000 CHO Output Cal Offset V m amp m 0 000000 CHI Output Cal Offset Vim MC 0 000000 CHO Input Cal Gain ND 1 000000 CH1 Input Cal Gain m 1 000000 CIS ERI Erg m 1 000000 CH3 Input Cal Gain 0 1 000000 CHO Output Cal Gain lH 1 000000 4 28 Comment CHO Input Average Time RRHRRRERRAERSEAERREERARERRASHRRRERARRRRARERRRRRARRRRRRRRAHRARRRR
254. ng is completed turn both of the function switch DRO and DR1 of AH10DNET 5A to ON and then re power the AH500 series CPU module At the time the extension baud rate setting is finished 7 8 Special Operation in Slave Mode 7 8 1 Slave Mode and Mapping Areas Setting AH10DNET 5A can be set to the DeviceNet slave through the software When AH10DNET 5A works as a slave the default input output length is 8 bytes and maximum input output data length is 1000 bytes There are two methods of setting AH10DNET 5A to the slave While the slave mode is being set the starting addresses of the mapping areas of AH10DNET 5A can be set simultaneously Method 1 Set slave mode and the starting addresses of the mapping areas through ISPSoft and DeviceNet Builder 1 PC accesses an AH500 series CPU module via USB after connecting the device according to the following figure PS05 D Net Buil eviceNet Builder DESSEN AH10DNET 5A PS05 CPU530 EN 10DNET o o Oo cj Rs232 i dE die f o bog o 1 032 g g D 1 LJ ete No
255. nge by themselves Note Owing to the fact that values are floating point numbers every channel occupies two 16 bit registers Information Rack 1 Dutput Device E AHCPU 330 E AHUJPT 54 5 Double click the module AHOAPT 5A oe Untitled HAYCONFIG File Edit Option Help Hi X E c ng ey PR Product List Extension Pack Digital DC IvIodule l Analog IO IvIodule Temperature IIodule IuIntion Control lode Hetwork Iodul EEEE EE 9 18 Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A 6 Open the Parameter Setting window Parameter Setting AHO4PT 5A CHO CH3 Mode setting Teraperatur unit CHO CH3 Average Time CHO CH3 Calibration 1 Module Name AHO4PT 5A Interrupt Enable MDS Version 1 00 00 Int amp rupt nuraber Wanming LED MDS Build Date 3012 07 14 Conversion Flags Read onl PID Run Stop PID AutoTune PID Mout Setting PID heatex cooler PID SV PID Cycle PID Kp PID Ki Default Parameter Setting AHO4PT 5A CHO CH3 Mode setting Temperatur unit Description CHO CH3 Calibration eA ste CH1 Input CH2 Input M CH3 Input Conversion Flags Read onl PID Run Stop PID AutoTune PID Mout Setting PID heater oooler PID S PID Cycle PID Ep PID Ki 8 Click Download on the toolb
256. nnel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5SA supports channel 1 channel 4 Description Setting the cycle of updating the number of pulses tem Setting value 171000 Unit ms If the setting value is larger than 1000 the cycle will be counted as 1000 milliseconds If the setting value is less than 1 the cycle will be counted as 1 millisecond 10 9 5 Setting the Counting Functions High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word O 4 O 889 O o O F88 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 Description Bit O bit 15 are described below Setting the polarities of the input contacts OFF Normally open contacts ON Normally closed contacts Setting the function of prescaling the number of input pulses OFF The function is disabled ON The function is enabled Setting the function of averaging the number of sampled pulses OFF The function is disabled ON The function is enabled Setting the alarm function OFF The function is disabled ON The function is enabled Setting the accumulation register OFF The accumulation register counts linearly ON The accumulation register counts circularly Setting the function of comparing the number of accumulated pulses with the comparison value set OFF The function is disabled ON The function is enabled Selecting a type of comparison condition OFF
257. not be kept stable Check if the shielded wire in the network communication cable is grounded 7 Repower AH10DNET 5A AH10DNET 5A is If initializing lasts too long please repower The node address of AH10DNET 5A is 16 A0FO duplicate with that of other node or exceeds the valid range AH10DNET 5A is too low AHS00 series CPU module is normal test mode AH10DNET 5A 1 Check if the network cable is normal and the shielded wire has been grounded Check if the baud rates of all node equipment on the network are the same Check if the two ends of the network have been connected with 121 O resistor respectively Re power AH10DNET 5A No power for the 16 A0F5 DeviceNet network is Make sure that the cable is correctly connected and Ensure that the node address of AH10DNET 5A is unique and repower it after changing its node ID 16 A0F4 AH10DNET 5A enters the bus off state check if the network power is normal detected 16 A0F6 Internal storage unit error If the error still exists after re power send your in AH10DNET 5A AH10DNET 5A back to the factory for repair 16 A0F7 Data exchange unit error If the error still exists after re power send your in AH10DNET 5A AH10DNET 5A back to the factory for repair 16 A0F8 Populi If the error still exists after re power send your AH1ODNET 5A AH10DNET 5A back to the factory for repair Error occurs when e dt If the error still exists after re power send your
258. nown the users can store the data in data registers 8 51 AH500 Module Manual Editing a command TX packet 1 is sent and RX packet 1 is received Command Edit Command Ho Command Type vend Packet T Packetl Rec Packet EX Packetl PUCcess Fail Abort Retry ooo 025 Repect o 05 Send Wait 0 65535 ms Timeout 50 65535 ms a Type 4 Sending an abbreviated record and receiving a full record Sending an abbreviated record The packet which will be sent is the same as TX packet 1 in type 1 or TX packet 1 in type 2 The function field is 16 A9 Packet Edit Packet Mame Packet View 10 RD DD D 49 Checksum SUM 1Byte gt 16 Packet Segment Edit Class Format megment View Message Constant Hex 10 Wessage Variable Hull FD Uh 13 Message Constant Hex 49 Checksum Hex zChecksum 3UM 1 Byter Message Constant Hex 16 Message Address Length Checksum Add 8 52 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A Receiving a full record Start bita Length a Length repeat a Start bit repeat a Instrument IA a Function field FF 4 Parameter index PI 1 Data block DB a Checksum CS 1 End mark gt 16 68 16 06 16 06 16 68 D0 Null Null Summation of the characters starting from IA to the last data type 16 16 Start bit Length Length repeat Start bit Instrument IA Check whether the repeat instrument address received and the instrument
259. ntrol mode Users set a cycle according to a controlled environment If the ambient air temperature changes slowly the cycle can be longer The width of a pulse is defined below MV K E t K E dt Kp 0 gt Pulse width Output value MV Maximal output value Minimal output value xCycle Users can set the width of a pulse and a cycle sampling time by means of the instruction GPWM Example The cycle is 2000 ms the maximal output value is 100 and the minimal output value is O After the PID algorithm is performed the output value gotten is 50 gt Width of a pulse 50 100 0 x2000 ms 1000 ms Therefore the pulse width used in the instruction GPWM is 1000 ms and the cycle used in the instruction GPWM is 2000 ms t 1000rMms Output Y 1L E4 T 2000Mm5 AH500 Module Manual c PID parameters Performing Not performing the PID bitO bit3 CHO CH3 Performing Not bit8 bit11 CHO CH3 Manual Automatic Heating Cooling mode bit0 bit3 CHO CH3 Sampling time One word decimal format iiis Unit 10 ms Automatic tuning bit0 bit3 CHO CH3 Refreshing the manual output bit0 bit3 CHO CH3 values automatically Target value One double word floating point format Proportional gain One double word floating point format Integral gain One double word floating point format Derivative gain One double word floating point format One double word floating point format Range within which Whe
260. o the CPU module and the I O module If users want to read the present values in the I O module they can click Update The present values in the I O module are sent to ISPSoft and are monitored CHU CH7 Mode setting Description 6 24 Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHOSTC 5A 6 4 5 Importing Exporting a Parameter File 1 After Export is clicked the parameters will be saved as a CSV file csv CHO CH Mode seting Description Address Monitor Initial ESSN SD Mm J Type CHO Input B Ix um E E LJ Disable M CH2 Input E Disable CH3 Input WoO Disable CH4 Input Disable CH5 Input z E Disable CHE Input E m Disable CHT Input Impor File gt i Bene Save in E My Documents e E M Music Amy Pictures O WinCHM Projects File name ngTC 5A csv Save as Hype esv File cs Cancel 1 EB JBTC 5A csv a Microsoft Office Excel Comma Separated Values File wy 6 25 AH500 Module Manual 2 Click Import and then click the CSV file CHO CH Mode setting Look in My Documents Amy Music Elmy Pictures 9 WinCHM Projects STS OSTC 54 cay LI P File name Address Monitor D500 et D501 MI Initial J Type v CHO Input K Type 7 CHI Input Disable CH2 Input Disable CH3 Input Digable 7 CH4 Input Disahle CHS Input Disable M CH Input Disable E CH Input og TC 54 csv Files of t
261. o 0 No timeout Se data is received through COM2 1 465535 ms Number of times the sending of 3 373 R W a command through COM2 is 0 255 retried Length of a packet which is sent T 3 3 74 through COM2 Length of a packet which is sent Length of a packet which is EP 37375 R W expected to be received through Length Fi a packet which is expected to be COM receive 37376 Contents of a packet sent 37871 through COM2 Contents of a packet which is sent 8 4 1 Descriptions of the Control Registers CR 7 Triggering the reading of data through COM1 Description High byte Reading data from bit devices Low byte Reading data from word devices 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A After 1 or 2 is written into CR 7 the reading of data through COM will be triggered After 0 is written into CR 7 the reading of data through COM will stop COM1 Word Not triggering it Triggering itonce Always triggering it Not triggering it 16 0000 16 0001 16 0002 yd Triggering it once 16520100 16520101 1630102 Always triggering it 164220200 16520201 16320202 CR 8 Triggering the writing of data through COM1 Description High byte Writing data into bit devices Low byte Writing data into word devices 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it After 1 or 2 is written into CR 8 the writing of data through COM will be triggered After 0 is written
262. ode setting Erg Mee w os CHO CH7 Scale Range mm OutPut Hold D500 Ore 20r A Disable CHO Conversion Flags Read only D501 m 20m Om 20mA CHI Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable 3 4 5 Importing Exporting a Parameter File 1 After Export is clicked the parameters will be saved as a CSV file csv CHU CH7 Mode setting Initial m 20m C PEPE Peete eee eee P Disable C Disable 0 Disable iC Disable C Disable C Disable iC Tapert File 4 l Export File 3 20 Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AH08DA 5B AHOS8DA 5C Save in El My Documents de e my Music Elmy Pictures O WinCHM Projects File name osDa sc csvl Save as type CS File csv Cancel xx Sy O8DA 5C csv a uetus snot y 2 Click Import and then click the CSV file CHU CIT Mode setting Description Address Monitor Initial Ei mh 2Um C EJ i m amp 2 m amp G E Disable E wo Disable ac m Disable E m Disable cC Mm Disable E m Disable ac TET Export File 3 21 AH500 Module Manual Look in My Documents my Music Elmy Pictures C WinCcHM Projects FN DBDA 5C csv Flename n amp DA SC esv Files af type csv File csv Cancel Parameter Setting AHOSDA 5C CHO CH Mode setting CHO CH Calibration CHO CH Scale Range OutPut Hold AHOSDA SC o L Conversion Flags Read only Module Narne
263. odule AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A Number af accumulated pulses 99999999 ar 99999999 ON I Bit D in CROMCR2S CRSGICRE4 a ON OFF Bit 1 in CRT8 CRAT CRTS CR103 i OFF Bit 1 in CR ATRGATRSBACRO4 The cycle af updating the number of sampled pulses is the cycle set If the linear accumulation is larger than 999999999 or less than 999999999 the value in the accumulation register will be 999999999 or 999999999 and bit 1 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 will be turned ON Users can read the error code 16 A0n1 in CR26 CR54 CR82 CR110 n is a channel number n 0 3 i e channel 1 channel 4 If bit 1 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 is turned ON the sampling register accumulation register pulse input register and bit 1 in CR19 CRA7 CR75 CR1083 will be reset After the sampling register accumulation register pulse input register and bit 1 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 is reset bit 1 in CRO CR28 CR56 CR84 will be turned OFF automatically The related parameters are described below Value Setting value Parameter g CH1 1 CH2 1 CH3 1 CH4 1 Number of accumulated pulses 22 50 78 106 Low word 999999999 999999999 Number of accumulated pulses 23 51 79 High word Bit 1 The linear accumulation is larger than the maximum value or less than the minimum value Enabling a parameter Bit 1 Resetting the sampling register accumulation register pulse input register and bit 1 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 1 AHO2HC 5A sup
264. of the R W ofthe packets in a group packets in a group through COM2 through COM2 The communication protocol for exchanging data through COM2 must be UD Link Users Base register used for the have to select Base Offset in the Mapping 26 R W Register box in the Message Variable Edit sending of data through COM2 window in SCMSoft Data register from which data is read Value in CR 26 Offset receiving of data through COM2 window in SCMSoft Data register into which data is writtenz Value in CR 27 Offset 0 Not triggering it 1 254 Number of times the Triggering the sending receiving sending receiving of groups of of groups of packets in packets is triggered in sequence sequence 255 The sending receiving of groups of packets is continually triggered in sequence The communication protocol for exchanging data through COM2 must be UD Link Users Base register used for the have to select Base Offset in the Mapping 27 R W em Register box in the Message Variable Edit di Heserved 36864 A Status of sending a command 1 The sending of a command is executed through COM1 0 The sending of a command is complete 0 A command has not been received 1 The receiving of a command is being Stat E d processed 36865 atus OF receiving a command 5 A command is received successfully through COM1 l 3 A command fails to be received 4 Checksum error 5 Communication timeout 36866 Communication protocol for 0 MODBUS exchanging
265. oft SCM project 4 a PIE Ele Edit View Tools Window Help Bw NI vi E tT 0 o i s SCM project 4 9 SCM project 4 No MODBUS Advance Name SCM COM Port n COM PORT Setting 1 Modbus x5 SCM Devicel am MODBUS Advance Name Modbus COM PORT History J COMI J COM2 SCM COM Port Rack 1 v 2 v Driver3 0 0 0 0 AHCPU530 RS2 EN 4 Downloading parameters Click Download on the toolbar click a module which will be downloaded and click OK If only one module is connected users can click OK directly H SCMSoft SCM project 4 Sele H File Edit View Tools Window Help Be Ma ci oM Fe C Dixi i SCM project 4 2 ea SCH project 4 MODBUS Advance Name SCM COM Port S F COM PORT Setting Modbus 2 15 SCM Devicel f UD Link Group List Sequence List 2 T MODBUS Advance B 25 Modbus LL Read wo Write COM PORT History J COMI J COM2 Project Driver3 0 0 0 0 AHCPU530 RS2 EN Select Module Select Rack 1 select Slot 8 38 Frocesang 1445 Downloading MODBUS Advance Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A SCMSoft 5 Triggering the reading writing of data Users can use the instruction TO in ISPSoft to trigger the reading of data from bit devices word devices and the writing of data into bit devices word devices CR 7 CR 8 CR 17 and CR 18 CRK Attribute Register name Des
266. og channels Isolation between a digital circuit and a ground 500 V DC Isolation between an analog circuit and a ground 500 V DC Isolation between an analog circuit and a digital circuit 500 V DC Isolation between the 24 V DC and a ground 500 V DC 4 2 Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA Functional specifications for the analog to digital conversion 25 C 77 F The error is 0 02 of an input voltage and 0 05 of an input current 20 60 C 4 140 F The error is 0 15 of an input voltage and 0 8 of an input current Analog to digital i BEL 10V 10V OV 10V 5 V 0 V 5 V 1 V 5 V range Hardware 49 4 v 10 1 V 0 1 V 10 1 V 5 05 V 5 05 V 0 05 V 5 05 V 0 95 V 5 05 V input range 0 02 Overall accuracy Fiducial error 30 029 0 01 0 02 0 02 25 C oe m 0 02 0 03 0 01 0 01 0 02 resolution Input input range Analog to digital conversion Current input range Hardware 20 2 mA 20 2 mA 0 2 mA 20 2 mA 3 8 mA 20 2 mA input range Fiducial error 0 04 0 05 0 02 25 C eile a 0 01 0 01 0 02 Hardware impedance Input range 5A 4 3 AH500 Module Manual Functional specifications for the digital to analog conversion 25 C 77 F The error is 0 05 of an output voltage and 0 1 of an output current 20 60 C 4 140 F The error is 0 1 of an output voltage and 0 15 of an output current Digital to analog Rated out
267. ol CPU parameters B SNMP AHIOEN 5A Configuration Data Exchange NTP SNMP Email Content Coramunity String Access Type public GET public GET private GET Import File Export File Default Cancel B Community string The communities which can be connected to AH10EN 5A B Access type Users can select GET reading or GET SET reading writing 9 22 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Modul AHO2HC 5A AHOAHC 5A Table of Contents 10 1 ME OCU Oss ac ec ee T IT 10 2 10 1 1 Characters oe ee ee ee E 10 2 10 2 SDOCITICOLIOLIS AAE NIU ENTRE E E REDDNERUNE TATIUS TUE EN 10 3 10 2 1 Dimensions of AHO2HC 5A ccccccesceceseeceeeeceseeceueeseeeesueesaaees 10 3 10 2 2 Specifications for AHO2HC 5A sssesseeseeeeeneeeeenenens 10 3 10 2 3 Dimensions of AHO4HC 5A cccccccceeccceseeceseeceeeeceeeeseeeeseeessaees 10 4 10 2 4 Specifications for AHO4HC 5A ssessseeseeeeeneeeennnnns 10 4 10 2 5 Functions of AHO2HC 5A AHO04HOC 5A eese 10 6 10 2 6 Profile OF AHO2FIO DA into eit t pte Etre es 10 6 10 2 7 FOGO TAROTA OA 10 7 10 2 8 Arrangement of Input Output Terminals 10 8 10 2 9 ELETA VVINING e e E I DIAS dI MISERE 10 9 10 3 HWCONFIG in ISPSoft seeeesssesesssseeesseeeeeneennenn nnn 10 9 10 3 1 Checking the Firmware Version of a Module
268. old CHI Output Hold 4 29 AH500 Module Manual 6 The channel detection Description Monitor Initial Comment ct in zT Enable CHO Physical Range Detect H rem AE VIRI pee nu nan UM C v Enable CH2 Physical Range Detect C wf Enable CH3 Physical Range Detect L vf Alarm CHO Detect is Alarm or waming L vf Alarm CH1 Detect is Alarm or waming C vf Alarm CHA Detect is Alarm or warrng C vf Alarm CH3 Detect is Alarm or warming gt 7 Enabling the interrupts Address Monitor Initial Comment E Py eee CHD interrupt of Over Physical mo oU n EE TREE S a EA erupt of Over Physical Range C Enable CH2 Interrupt of Over Physical errupt of C Enable C H3 Interrupt of Creer Physical HENRI K 4 30 Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A 8 The interrupt numbers bites Meier Rud k In LETT iL ILI ibe i LAT L H n ut value A ih ot Ph a d Ea ita Interrupt Til Interrupt number that CH1 input value Cut of Physical Rang Al C Interrupt number that CH2 input value Out of Physical Rang E L Interrupt number that CH3 input value Out of Physical Rang B Interrupt ne Interrupt nx B Interrupt nx 9 Setting the warning LED indicator Warming LED omn Warn of CHO Input valk ram of CH1 Input value Out of Fhysical Range Warn of CH1 Input walr of CH2 Input value Out of Plorsical Range Warn of CH2 Input walr Varn of CHS Input value Out of Physical Range Warn of
269. oler The setting value is 200 20 C and KP is 100 10 C The relation between the temperature and the operation amount is shown below Operation amount A 100 Cooler 0 PON as Temperature lt P Proportional 30 C band 20 C Integral action If temperature is controlled by a pure proportional action there is difference between the temperature controlled and a setting value Therefore if an integral action is used with a proportional action difference decreases as time goes by and the temperature controlled is the same as the setting value value lig MEER value D Errar Integral action Derivative action With regard to violent environmental change a derivative action provides more operation amount to make temperature return to its original controlled state Proportional action Derivate action Setting Value Proportional action 6 11 AH500 Module Manual Control diagram The instruction PID is inside the dotted line The PID algorithm is as follows dE t dt MV K E r K E dt Kp 0 Forward action E t PV t SV t Reverse action E t SV t PV t b Control mode Cyclic control mode Users set a cycle according to a controlled environment If the ambient air temperature changes slowly the cycle can be longer The width of a pulse is defined below gt Pulse width Output value MV Maximal output value Minim
270. omm erst AHPSOS5 AH Power Su None AHCPUS Basic CPU mu AHO4AD 4x Al l bit DO D E NN NN 2 16 Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C 5 Double click the module Taper H WCONFIG Fie Edit Option Help mx esc Product List Extension Rack i 3 Digital JO Module 1 le fosi 7 vo l Analog IO Module Ps cru kad 1 Temperature IvIadule Motion Control Module Network Module 6 Open the Parameter Setting window Parameter Setting ANNADA CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Average Time CHO CH3 Calibration Module Name AHO4AD 5A MDS Version 1 00 00 MDS Build Date 2012 07 14 Conversion Flags Read only 7 Set the parameters and then click OK Parameter Setting AHOMAD 5 CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Average Time CHO CH3 Calibration CHO CH3 Scale Range Channel Alarm Intecrupt Enable Inte amp rupt number Warning LED Conversion Flags Read only CHO Input mode setting CH1 Input mode setting CH2 Input mode setting CH3 Input mode setting 24 AH500 Module Manual 8 Click Download on the toolbar to download the parameters The parameters can not be downloaded when the CPU module runs Untitled HWCONPFIG Seles File Edit Option Help piss myxnne2 808 Product List Download Ctrl F2 Extension Rack Digital DO Module l Analog WO
271. omparison condition bit 5 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 must be turned ON 8 Bit 7 in CRA CR32 CR60 CR88 After bit 7 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned OFF AHO4HC 5A will not output any hardware signal if the number of accumulated pulses meets the comparison condition set After bit 7 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned ON AHO4HC 5A will output a hardware signal if the number of accumulated pulses meets the comparison condition set Before users setting bit 7 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 bit 5 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 must be turned ON The related hardware signals are described below Wem e CH2 1 CHB CHA H Hardware signal 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 9 Bit 8 in CRA CR32 CR60 CR88 After bit 8 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned OFF AHO4HC 5A will not send a message which asks the CPU module to execute the interrupt subroutine specified to the CPU module if bit 3 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 is turned from OFF to ON After it 8 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned ON AHO4HC 5A will send a message which asks the CPU module to execute the interrupt subroutine specified to the CPU module if bit 3 in CR19 CRA7 CR75 CR103 is turned from OFF to ON The related parameter is described below Parameter Value Setting value CH1 1 CH2 1 CH3 1 CH4 1 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A su
272. on Operating status of the module ON The module is running OFF The module stops running RUN LED indicator Error status of the module ERROR LED ON A serious error occurs in the module indicator OFF The module is normal Blink A slight error occurs in the module 4 4 HWCONFIG in I SPSoft 4 4 1 Initial Setting 1 Start ISPSoft and then double click HWCONFIG Untitled Delta ISPSoft Proz T File Edt View Compile PLO Toole Window Help C g OQO XDA Q9 Ql Se IP 23 4er 4 ut We Fe 4 40 We Local Symbols Class Identiti Add Type In N WCONFIG ETATIS Tes WDE ir Project C Program Files G amp i Device Comment amp B CARL tility AHCPUS530 EN U Motion Module ETE x Tasks Network 1 SP Global Symbols Mg Programs ka Prag PRG L lE Function Blocks MI MU E T r Det Li er oe ee S Device Monitor Tab z TR APIs 2 Click I O scan on the toolbar Untitled HWCONFIG gt File Edit Option Help Product List DO Sean Ctr Extension Rack Digital Li Iodul 1 Analog LO Module Temperature IvIndule Motion Control Module Hetwork WIodude if F FE EERE AH500 Module Manual 3 ISPSoft is scanning the actual hardware configuration 4 Untitled2 HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help Product List H Extension Rack Dugital DG Tlodule l aten THT ETAn Analog IO Wiodue Temperature Modhe BHE Mot
273. ork Module AH10SCM 5A AHCPUS30 RS2 EN 2 Parameter Edit Master PLC Type Data Start Address Description U16 AHCPUS30 R32 EN diens Parameter Edit Master PLC Type Data Start Address Description U16 AHCPUS530 RS2 EN ASDA D200 16 0101 D201 lt 16 020A Parameter Edit Master PLC Type Data Start Address Description AHCPUS30 R32 EN Conversion Format Conversion Format U16 Slave Slave ID Device Type Length Word Data Data Type Start Address Slave Slave ID Device Type Length Word Data Data Type Hex Start Address Slave Slave ID Device Type Length Word Data Data Type Start Address Slave Slave ID Device Type Length Word Data Data Type Hex Start Address 8 35 AH500 Module Manual Parameter Edit Master PLC Type AHCPUS30 RS2 EN Data Start Address D Ow Description Conversion Format U16 D2502 16450101 D2512 1680204 Parameter Edit Master PLC Type AHCPUS30 RS2 EN Data Start Address Description Parameter Edit Master PLC Type AHCPUS30 R32 EN Data Start Address Description Slave Slave ID Device Type Length Word Data Data Type Start Address Slave slave ID Device Type Length Word Data D
274. ormal Internal error P i The factory correction is abnormal a ena The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received Check the signal received by channel 0 by the hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received Check the signal received by channel 1 by the hardware The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received Check the signal received by channel 2 by the hardware The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received Check the signal received by channel 3 by the hardware The signal received by channel 4 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received Check the signal received by channel 4 by the hardware The signal received by channel 5 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received Check the signal received by channel 5 by the hardware The signal received by channel 6 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received Check the signal received by channel 6 by the hardware The signal received by channel 7 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received Check the signal received by channel 7 by the hardware 2 30 Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AHOSDA 5B AHOSDA 5C Table of Contents Sel CIVCIVICW a a 3 2 3 1 1 Characteristics cccccccsecccsececaeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeesseeesseeeeeeeesaeeeeas 3 2 32 SDECIICATIONS ANG FUNCH
275. ot retained Analog signal Output signal Time The module stops running The output is retained Analog signal Output signal Time The module stops running 3 8 Chapter 3 Analog Output Module AHO4DA 5A AH08DA 5B AHOSDA 5C 3 3 Installation 3 3 1 Installing a Module Insert a module into a slot make sure that the module is installed on the backplane properly and tighen the the screw as illustrated below 1 Insert the projection under the module into the hole in the backplane 2 Push the module in the direction indicated by the arrow until it clicks ij f l I l z i l LL LLLI lC Cul ie ES YI NERA NERA NERA NERA MESI AN x A I ILL She N B Wd MEA f jl I tL HC mam fT al 3 9 AH500 Module Manual 3 3 2 Installing a Removable Terminal Block Installation 1 Level a terminal block at the printed circuit board and press it into the module l
276. ower limit value a lower upper limit value and a lower lower limit value 10 22 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A Parameter CH1 1 CH2 1 CH3 1 CHA 1 Item Setting value Upper upper limit value ao 200000 200000 Upper upper limit value High word Upper lower limit value EM EU 200000 200000 Upper lower limit value High word E Lower upper limit value EM oe 200000 200000 Lower upper limit value High word Lower lower limit value EOM 200000 200000 Lower lower limit value High word 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 The setting of the four limit values must comply with the rules listed below 1 The four limit values must be in the range of 200000 to 200000 2 Upper upper limit value Upper lower limit value gt Lower upper limit value Lower lower limit value If the setting of the four limit values does not comply with the rules listed above and the alarm function is enabled bit 6 in CR19 CRA7 CR75 CR103 will be turned ON Users can read the error code 16 A0n5 in CR26 CR54 CR82 CR110 n is a channel number n 0 3 i e channel 1 channel 4 The alarm flags are described below Parameter Parameter iun Alarm flags S pper Imi em 19 47 75 103 Bit 5 Lower limit alarm 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support c
277. perature controller a programmable logic controllers an AC motor drive and a servo motor through Modbus The connection framework is as follows WELT WELT TELDIIEOG WELT WELT XE mx m etc ma m a vir amm Uu oo 5 Ew SON s a x caw v 4 Su H LJ 9600 8 E 1 A z Til RTU ve 38400 7 E 1 d E ASDA 11 VFD 10 D Device from Register Device into Register in Slave Communication i i ID protocol which data inthe CPU which data the CPU is read module is written module 5 98600RTU BE 1 e o co o 0o o 0c H J J J 16 2000 D150 VFD 10 30400 ASCII 7 E 1 16 2103 D100 16 2001 D151 P TC 13 M PLC 12 MI F 1620101 D200 1620101 D250 noun V 6400 Hotel E 16 020A D201 16 020A D251 D100 D300 D200 D350 16 1000 16 1001 TC 13 38400 ASCII 7 E 1 Present D400 Setting D451 value value 8 31 AH500 Module Manual 8 7 1 1 Modbus Slave Connection with Delta Products If AH10SCM 5A functions as a Modbus slave users only need to set a slave ID and a transmission speed After the users double click AH10SCM 5A in the HWCONFIG window they can set communication parameters sm Untitled HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help mxgnsugm Product List Extension Rack Digital VO Module Analog VO Module Temperature Module Motion Control Module Network Module VO VO VO 11213 Specification Information Rack 1 Slot No Label Firmware Ver AHPS05 52 AH
278. pieces of 16 bit digital data from a CPU module The digital data is converted into analog signals voltages or currents The analog signals are sent by the four eight channels on the analog output module 3 1 1 Characteristics 1 A module is selected according to practical application AHO4DA 5A There are four channels Outputs sent by a channel can be either voltages or currents AHO8DA 5B There are eight channels Outputs sent by these channels are voltages AHO8DA 5C There are eight channels Outputs sent by these channels are currents High speed conversion A digital signal is converted into an analog signal at a speed of 150 us a channel High accuracy Conversion accuracy The error is 0 05 of an output voltage and 0 1 of an output current The ambient temperature is 25 C A scale range can be set by means of software Users can set a scale range in ISPSoft A scale range is a range of digital values corresponding to a range of analog values A module can be set by means of utility software HWCONFIG is built in utility software in ISPSoft Users can set modes and parameters in HWCONFIG to complete hardware configuration without spending time writing a program to set registers corresponding to functions NW E G 3 2 Specifications and Functions 3 2 1 Specifications Electrical specifications AH04DA 5A AH08DA 5B AHO8DA 5C Numberofoupuls 4B 8 Analog to digital Voltage output Current output Voltage
279. plane properly and tighen the the screw as illustrated below 1 Insert the projection under the module into the hole in the backplane 2 Push the module in the direction indicated by the arrow until it clicks 3 Tighten the screw on the module AH500 Module Manual 4 3 2 Installing a Removable Terminal Block Installation 1 Level a terminal block at the printed circuit board and press it into the module 2 Press the clip in the direction indicated by the arrow NN e Removal 1 Pull the clip in the direction indicated by the arrow Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A 2 Pull up the clip
280. ports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 otatus flag 2 Circular accumulation If an accumulation register counts up it counts from 0 to 999999999 If an accumulation 10 25 AH500 Module Manual register counts down it counts from O to 999999999 If the circular accumulation is larger than 999999999 or less than 999999999 bit 2 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR1083 will be turned ON and the value in the accumulation register will become 0 If bit 2 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 is not reset to OFF it will still be turned ON If bit 2 in CR19 CRA7 CR75 CR108 is reset to OFF it will be turned ON next time the circular accumulation is larger than 999999999 or less than 999999999 Number af accumulated pulses 99999999 ar 99999999 ON i mi H Bit 0 in CROW IRGC RSBA REA ON ON Bit 2 in cRTSA RAS MRISICRIT e 0 Ll ON Bit 2 in CR ARZBAIRSEA RO OFF The cycle of updating the number of sampled pulses is the cycle set The related parameters are described below Value Setting value Parameter CH1 1 CH2 1 CH3 1 CH4 1 Number of accumulated pulses 106 owe 999999999 999999999 Number of 107 accumulated pulses High word Status flag Bit 2 The circular accumulation is equal to the maximum value 103 or the minimum value Enabling a parameter Bit 2 Resetting bit 2 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1
281. pports channel 1 channel 4 10 Bit 9 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 After bit 9 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned OFF the number of sampled pulses the number of accumulated pulses and the number of input pulses will not be cleared if X0 04 and X0 0 X0 1 and X0 1 X0 2 and X0 2 X0 3 and X0 3 turned ON After bit 9 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned ON the number of sampled pulses the number of accumulated pulses and the number of input pulses will be cleared if the external signals X0 0 and X0 0 X0 1 and X0 1 X0 2 and X0 2 X0 34 and X0 3 are turned ON The related parameter is described below External 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 11 Bit 10 in CRA CR32 CR60 CR88 If bit 10 in CRA CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned ON the input contact of the external signal is a normally closed contact If bit 10 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned OFF the input contact of the external signal is a normally open contact 10 9 6 Status Flag High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word High word Low word MI 0 gs o l A 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 Description Bit O bit 15 are described below bif Describd value The circular accumulation is equal to the maximum valu
282. put E range 10 V 0V 10 V 5 V 0 V 5 V 1 V 5 V A o V 10 1 Vi 0 1 V 10 1 V 5 05 V 5 05 Vi 0 05 V 5 05 V 0 95 V 5 05 V output range Fiducial error 0 01 0 02 0 01 0 01 0 01 Overall accuracy 25 C 0 006 0 01 0 01 0 02 0 02 ID 16 bits resolution Permissible 1 kO 2 MQ 10 V and 0 V 10 V load impedance 29000 1 V 5 V Digital to analog conversion Current output Rated output m mom range Hardware output range 0 2 mA 20 2 mA 3 8 MA 20 2 mA Fiducial error 25 C 0 01 0 01 Hardware resolution 16 bits Permissible load 550 Q impedance 0 01 0 01 4 4 Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A 4 2 2 Profile
283. r downloading is completed Note These parameters in the parameter editor belong to the current slave 7 40 AH500 Module Manual 4 After returning to the main interface double click AH1O0DNET Slave icon and then Node Configuration dialog box pops up as below Since the polled input length and output length have been set to 10 bytes when the slave is configured the two parameters in the following window must be set to 10 bytes Otherwise the master will alarm E1 error code which indicates that the data length of the slave does not match after the slave is configured into the master Node Configuration Address Name AHIODNET Slave Node infomation Key Parameters setting Vendor ID 799 Vendor Device Type 12 J Device Type Product Code amp 4 V Product Code Major Rev l I Major Rev Min Rev 1 V Min Rev F Polled Setting 1COS CC Setting e COS Input Size Output Size Input Size 40 Bytes Output Size 50 Bytes Bit Strobe Setting Heartbeat Ack Timeout Inhabit Time Note The polled input and output data length in the above window are set to 40 bytes and 50 bytes respectively After AH10DNET Slave Node 1 is configured to the scan list the master will automatically assign 40 bytes of registers in the input list to AH10DNET Slave Meanwhile the master will automatically assign 50 bytes of registers in the output list to AH10DNET Slave Input Size 0 Bytes 5 HRe po
284. r of pulses sampled in 4 cycles is divided by 4 Mumber af sampled pulses 4 Count cycle Butter register Value stored at the fist time P alue stored atthe second time Value stored atthe third time Number af sampled pulses Buffer register far data canveresian Value stored Value stored Malue stored 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 5 e 3 4 5 6 4 4 4 Then number of pulses sampled in N cycles is divided by M Parameter Value Setting value CH1 1 CH2 1 CH3 1 CHA 1 Number of sampled pulses 8 104 Low word 200000 200000 20 4 Number of sampled pulses High word idi 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 4 Bit 3 in CRA CR32 CR60 CR88 If bit 3 in CR4 CR382 CR60 CR88 is turned ON the alarm function is enabled If bit 3 in CRA4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned OFF the alarm function is disabled After the alarm function is enabled bit 4 or bit 5 in CR19 CRA7 CR75 CR108 will be turned ON if the number of pulses sampled in a cycle is larger than the upper upper limit value set or less than the lower lower limit value set If the number of sampled pulses is between the upper lower limit value set and the lower upper limit value set bit 4 or bit 5 in CR19 CR47 CR75 CR103 will be turned OFF If users want to use the alarm function they have to set an upper upper limit value an upper l
285. range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the 16 A003 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware 4 32 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ERROR LED indicator Blink Blink Chapter 4 Analog Input Output Module AHO6XA 5A ERROR Error RUN LED Type Description e LED Ewe t tm indicator The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the 16 A800 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the 16 A801 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the O hardware O The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the 16 A802 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the N OFF hardware The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the 16 A803 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the ON OFF hardware 4 5 2 Troubleshooting Procedure Hardware failure Return the module to the factory for repair The external voltage is abnormal Check whether the external 24 V power supply to the module is normal Internal error T PI n hef ry The factory correction is abnormal ESSO PONCII taney The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the range of inputs which Check the signal received by channel 0 can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the range of inputs which Check the signal received by channel 1 can be received by the ha
286. rd O m o O 4 48 fO 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 The Error codes are described below Description Error code Mica accumulation exceeds the 16 4 4594 16 A011 16 A021 16 A031 The scale set exceeds the range 16 A002 16 A012 16 A022 16 A032 inc OUND ek OT y CICE RALAR 16 A003 16 A013 16 A023 16 A033 the range The comparison value set exceeds J6 A004 16 A014 16 A024 16 A034 the range 10 29 AH500 Module Manual Error code A limit value set is incorrect 16 A005 16 A015 16 A025 16 A035 The interrupt number set exceeds 16 A006 16 A016 16 A026 16 A036 the range 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 10 10 Troubleshooting 10 10 1 Error Codes Error code Emocode w accumulation exceeds the 1644004 164A011 16 A021 16 A031 The scale set exceeds the range 16 A002 16 A012 16 A022 16 A032 The number of cycles set exceeds 164A003 16 A013 16 A023 16 A033 the range The comparison value setexceedS 1644004 16 A014 16 A024 16 A034 the range A limit value set is incorrect 16 A005 16 A015 16 A025 16 A035 The interrupt number set exceeds 16 A006 16 A016 16 A026 16 A036 the range 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and chann
287. rdware The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the range of inputs which Check the signal received by channel 2 can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the range of inputs which Check the signal received by channel 3 can be received by the hardware 4 33 AH500 Module Manual MEMO 4 34 Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A Table of Contents cMEMEC i ATE 5 2 91 1 Saisie ERE UU TT 5 2 5 2 Specifications and Functions ccccccceececeeeeseeeeseeeeseeeseeeseeeeseeeeseeeesees 5 2 o2 ODSCIICAllOllS aeos E eoa 5 2 9 2 2 mici m 5 3 ei DIINO SIONS ee AE EE 5 4 5 2 4 Arrangement of Terminals eese nennen 5 4 5 265 SEEN Saee E 5 5 so E loue T EEE EEEE EEE antsy EEEREN atau 5 13 5 9 1 VS TUNING ev OCI I 5 13 5 3 2 Installing a Removable Terminal Block 5 14 Do VVC t E 9 15 5 3 4 LED INCICALOIS cece cccceecceeeeneeeeeeeeee cena eeseueseueeseesaeeeaueenseesenesees 5 16 54 TAVV GOING IMOR O ERREUR 5 17 5 4 1 DAI Fee Setting esas cessdccsectosn ntsc peatereceetss eaeseemenawonene semauewouesnuewanensecesueesneeeuess 5 17 5 4 2 Checking the Version of a MOGUIE cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeesaeeeenes 5 20 31 55 MEE eed Ee T MT 5 21 944 ONNE MOOG NET 5 22 5 4 5 Importing Exporting a Parametr File
288. re Output Start and Input Start are for setting the starting addresses of the mapping areas Scan List setting Avadlable Nodes scan Last Node Ad Node Name NedeAd Node Name 01 AHIODNET Slave gt Remster Device Image Remster Device Image gt DIS05 H DING L DISH Di3 L D1307 H D1005 H Di005 L D1006 H Dio L D1007 H D1007 L D1008 H D100s L D100 H D1X9 L Di0i0 H D1010 L DIO H Y c idi Une D 0 DISQ7 LL DI508 H DI508 L DI H DISOS L DI510 H D1510 E DISH H 7 29 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 5 Select Network gt gt Download to download the starting addresses of the mapping areas and the configuration data to AH10DNET 5A after the network configuration is completed dh Delta DeviceNet Builder Untitlec File Edit View Tools Setup Help Dag is z Scanner setting Aa 78 P Online S Project Lis ER Scan DeviceNet Network Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D1500 The start output D1000 8 AH10D fd Download N f Upload AH10DNET AH10DNET Scanner Slave Message Code Description X n Download configuration data to scanner System Channel H Driverl Online CAP NUM Af 6 Power off the AH500 series CPU module and then power it on again after downloading is finished And at the time the starting addresses of the mapping
289. re Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A Table of Contents onMEMEO UU p 6 2 6 1 1 Suri 6 2 6 2 Specifications and Functions cccccceecccseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeseees 6 3 6 2 1 DOC CHG AUOMS c H 6 3 O2 PONG 6 4 0293 DIMENSIONS ssepe E e EREN R R E EE ERAN 6 5 6 2 4 A Arrangement of Terminals eese nee 6 5 IIA GT INS unrncmmsenipEUnUEFAUHUDINHUDERONNRCEARSUNTEUNROLENEENAUSENDEMENEEAUERDENETUNMEDRNREERE 6 6 69 Ire m E 6 14 6 3 1 Installing a Module eeseeeeeeeeeeeenreennnn 6 14 6 3 2 Installing a Removable Terminal Block 6 15 D 9 9 VUE coop eodd cee etre nnn ru d t een rene cena cre 6 16 ono MEME ZB 6 6721 6 EET I TT 6 17 64 HWOONFIG In ISPSOll crit sepe stavo sein E gutta Yete seu Y ete va UR pe enei 6 18 6 4 1 MM UN TTE TT TOTO 6 18 6 4 2 Checking the Version of a Module seesseeeessses 6 21 643 M nitonng Table s erener EEE EEEE ESE E 6 22 6 4 4 Online Mode eeeseesseeeeeeennennm nnnm nnnm nnne nnne nis 6 24 6 4 5 Importing Exporting a Parametr File eseessessuessse 6 25 OF SI Ir Ua ESTEE 6 26 69 FrOUDICSNOOUNG M RTT TT TT TOTO 6 39 6 5 1
290. re stored in the control registers e At most 68 special modules can be placed on the rack and they do not occupy inputs outputs If the instruction FROM TO is used one control register is taken as a unit for the reading writing of the data If the instruction DFROM DTO is used two control registers are taken as a unit for the reading writing of the data High 16 bits Low 16 bits CR 10 CR 9 Specified control register e henwhich is 2 in the 16 bit instruction has the same meaning as the n which is 1 in the 32 bit instruction Specified Specified Specified Specified control register i control register device device 16 bitinstruction 32 bit instruction n3 Additional remark 1 Ifthe values in m and m exceed the range the operation error occurs the instruction is not executed SMO is ON and the error code in SRO is 16722003 2 If S S n 1 exceed the device range the instruction is not executed SMO is ON and the error Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A code in SRO is 1622003 3 Ifthe value in n exceeds the range the operation error occurs the instruction is not executed SMO is ON and the error code in SRO is 16 200B 4 Due to the fact that the use of the instruction TO decreases the execution efficiency of the CPU module and that of the I O module users should use it less often 5 he descriptions of the error codes 1642003 Please refer to point 1 and point 2 in the additional remark
291. re that the IO data configuration length from slave is bigger than that of slave and that in the scan list is the configured in the scan list same AH10DNET 5A has detected that the node equipment on the bus is different from that in t he scan list The actual polled data length in slave is not consistent with that set in the scan list Slave device in the scan list does not exist or is bus off AH10DNET 5A fails to transmit a message 7 66 AH500 Module Manual Code Indication How to deal with Please follow the methods below to shoot the troubles if the error code appears for long 1 Ensure that at least two nodes work normally on the network 2 Check if the two ends of the network are connected with 121 O terminal resistors respectively 3 Ensure that the baud rates of all node equipment are the same 4 Check if the network cable is connected normally in case it is loose or cut 5 Check if the bus communication cable length exceeds the maximum transmission distance If it does the system can not be kept stable 6 Check if the shielded wire in the network communication cable is grounded 7 Repower AH10DNET 5A EB AH10DNET 5A is initializing Gone too long please repower Software Diagnosis When ISPSoft is used to read PLC system record the following error codes may appear How to deal with Turn the AH500 series CPU module to RUN ILL LL stop state through the RUN STOP switch l Configu
292. re the slave to the scan list and then 16 A0F1 No slave in the scan list download it to AHTODNET 5A The slave configured in the scan list is bus off or AH10DNET 5A is checking if its station address is duplicate with that of other node equipment on the network 1 Check if the slave address has been changed does not exist when AH10DNET 5A is in 2 Check if the network cable is connected normally in case it is loose or cut 16 A0E2 3 Check whether the bus communication cable master mode The connection between AH10DNET 5A slave and the master is interrupted when in slave mode length exceeds the maximum transmission distance If it does the system will not be kept stable Please refer to section 7 3 3 7 67 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A Error code Description How to deal with Please follow the methods below to shoot the troubles if the error code appears for long 1 Ensure that at least two nodes work normally on the network Check if the two ends of the network are connected with 121 O terminal resistors respectively Ensure that the baud rates of all node equipment are the same Checking if the node address of 16 A0E7 AH10DNET 5A is duplicate with that of other node equipment Check if the network cable is connected normally in case it is loose or cut Check if the bus communication cable length exceeds the maximum transmission distance If it does the system can
293. received by channel 4 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received by the Check the signal received by channel 4 hardware The signal received by channel 5 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received by the Check the signal received by channel 5 hardware The signal received by channel 6 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received by the Check the signal received by channel 6 hardware The signal received by channel 7 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received by the Check the signal received by channel 7 hardware 6 41 AH500 Module Manual MEMO 6 42 Chapter 7 Network Module AHI1ODNET 5A Table of Contents E MAWOCUI CUO I 7 3 7 1 1 FS f MERIT A E E ET A T 1 3 7 1 2 mises 1 3 7 1 3 Specifications lsseeessssssssssssssesseesee nennen nennen nnn 7 3 Le qrobedandqcullllie scenam tim A A 7 4 1 2 1 Profile and Dimension cccccceecceeccececeeceeecaueceeecueeeueeeueceeseeeseeeeas 7 4 7 2 2 XI 7 5 7 2 3 DeviceNet Communication Connector cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeees 7 5 7 2 4 Address Switch cc vc cttvcsics atawacesetecheeciteexichsauecbcecntectsoecgesbebssteectebectecteneeses 7 6 7 2 5 Function Caceres cree ester seteneotereseree enema reecoeeaeengeseasenesemersneesnesses 7 6 7 2 6 Seven segment Displayer cccccccccssscecseeceeseeee
294. rection one phase and one input Counting up Counting down one phase and two inputs One time the frequency of A B phase inputs two phases and two inputs Four times the frequency of A B phase inputs two phases and two inputs Signal level 5 24 V DC AH500 Module Manual Item Specifications Maximum frequency of The maximum frequency is 200 kHz counting The number of sampled pulses is in the range of 200000 to 200000 The number of accumulated pulses is in the range of 999999999 to 999999999 The number of input pulses is in the range of 2147483648 to 2147483648 Type General count yP Circular count Input CHO X0 0 and X0 0 differential l signal CH1 X0 1 and XO 1 Signal level 5 24 V DC 15 mA Specifications Range RESET input Channel 0 The high speed pulse output Y0 8 is a transistor whose collector is an open collector Channel 1 The high speed pulse output YO 9 is a transistor whose collector is an open collector Signal level 24 V DC am em 10 2 3 Dimensions of AHO4HC 5A Output type Comparison output
295. red n Data length Word Double word Explanation 1 Users can use this instruction to write the data in the AH500 series PLC into the control register in the special module 2 he operand m should be in the range of 1 to 8 1 represents a main rack and 2 8 represent extension racks 3 The operand m should be in the range of 0 to 11 If the rack code is 1 the slot code should be in the range of O to 11 If the rack code is in the range of 2 to 8 the slot code should be in the range of 0 to 7 4 The operand m specifies the control register number 5 When the instruction TO is executed D is set to 0 When an error occurs D is not set to 0 Please refer to the additional remark below for more information about the error codes 6 The operand n used in the 16 bit instruction should be in the range of 1 to 256 and the operand n used in the 32 bit instruction should be in the range of 1 to 128 7 Only the 32 bit instructions can use the 32 bit counter 8 When S is a decimal value or a hexadecimal value n decimal values or n hexadecimal values are transmitted to the I O module Suppose S is 16 0001 and n is 3 Three 16 0001s are transmitted to the I O module Example Suppose the first special module at the right side of the CPU module is AH10SCM 5A When X1 1 is switched from OFF to ON the instruction TO is executed The mode of the data exchange through COM on AH10SCM 54A stored in CR 7 changes from being disabled to be
296. riting data into word devices 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it Triggering the writing of data through COM1 9 16 16 Reserved through COM2 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it High byte Writing data into bit devices figacting heating onda Low byte Writing data into word devices 18 R W through COM2 0 Not triggering It High byte Reading data from word devices Tri EA di t dat Low byte Reading data from word devices 17 R W ee eae nee 0 Not triggering it 1 Triggering it once 2 Always triggering it a Reserved Reserved R W i ig oe Yn hide geving Triggering the sending receiving of the through COM1 packets in a group through COM1 8 6 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A CR Attribute Register name Description The communication protocol for exchanging data through COM1 must be UD Link Users have to select Base Offset in the Mapping Register box in the Message Variable Edit window in SCMSoft Data register from which data is read Value in CR 22 Offset The communication protocol for exchanging data through COM1 must be UD Link Users have to select Base Offset in the Mapping Base register used for the l receiving of data through COM1 EE message VSHSDIe ERE Base register used for the sending of data through COM1 Data register into which data is writtenz Value in CR 23 Offset Reserved Triggering the sending receiving Triggering the sending receiving
297. ror Codes ERROR Error DN RUN LED Type Description aa LED 16 A600 Hardware failure 16 A601 The external voltage is abnormal Internal error 16 A603 ema OFF ON The factory correction is abnormal The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the 16 A400 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the OFF ON hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the 16 A401 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the ON hardware The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the 16 A402 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the OFF ON hardware The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the 16 A403 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the OFF ON hardware The signal received by channel 4 exceeds the 16 A404 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the OFF ON hardware The signal received by channel 5 exceeds the 16 A405 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the OFF ON hardware The signal received by channel 6 exceeds the 16 A406 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the OFF ON hardware The signal received by channel 7 exceeds the 16 A407 Alarm range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the 16 A000 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the 164A001 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 2 exceeds
298. rs starting from IA to Pl 16 16 Start bit Length Length repeat Start bit instrument address IA is read from repeat Message Yariable Edit Message Constant Edit Format 3 Variable Value RD ih 0 6a030368 Variable Reverse Variable Property Function Mapping Register Length Property Function Mapping Register Constant Function field FF 16 89 The parameter index PI is read from D1 Message Variable Edit Message Constant Edit Format Jull Variable Value cRID ih 13 i Variable Reverse Variable Property Function Mapping Register Length Property Function Mapping Register Constant 8 55 AH500 Module Manual Checksum CS End mark 16 116 Checksum Edit Message Constant Edit Format Class Value Format Initial V alue Reverse Checksum Receiving a full record F Start bita Length a Length repeat a Start bit repeat a Instrument IA a Function field FF 4 Parameter index PI Data block DB a Checksum CS s End marku gt 16 68 Null Null 16 68 D0 Null D1 D100 Summation of the characters starting from IA to the last data type 16 16 Start bit 16 68 Length Length repeat 2 bytes are Message Constant Edit ig nored f Message Variable Edit Format Variable Value Revwerse Variable Property Function Mapping Register Function Jea Length Froperty pu Mapping R
299. s IA a Function field FF a Checksum CS a End mark a gt 16 10 D0 16 09 IA FF 16 16 Start bit 16 10 Message Constant Edit Function field FF 1 1 byte is ignored If users wan to store the function field they can store it in a data register Message Variable Edit Format Variable Value Reverse Variable Property Function Mapping Register Length Property Function Mapping Register Constant Instrument IA Check whether the instrument address received and the instrument address sent previously are the same Message Variable Edit Format Tull Variable Value qup 0p 1 D i Variable Revetse Variable Property Function Read R Mapping Register D Register Function d Length Property IRURE Mapping Register Constant Checksum 1 byte IA FF Checksum Edit Class Format Initial Value Reverse Checksum 8 47 AH500 Module Manual End mark 16 116 Message Constant Edit The editing is complete Packet Edit Packet Name RX Packetl Packet View 10 R D O 1 D Checksum SUM 1Byte 16 Packet Segment Edit No Class Format Segment View Message Constant Hex 10 Message Variable Null R D Dp 1 Message Variable Null 1 Checksum Hex lt Checksum SUM 1Byte gt Message Constant Hex 16 Message Address Length Checksum Add Command Edit Command Ho
300. sage will be the subject of an email and will be sent to a receiver The subject of an email is composed of 64 English characters at most B Username and password Users can enter a username and a password for authentication Chapter 9 Network Module AH10EN 5A AHIOEH 5A Configuration Data Exchange NTP SNMP Email Mail Server Email Trigger Email and Trigger Configuration Trigger Configuration Attached A e 8 O9 J CM t amp L9 2 Import File Export File Default Trigger Configuration Trigger Setting Email Content Trigger Hame User Message Trigger Interval 10 10 min 10 14400 min Trigger Mode i Device Register Trigger C CPU STOP lt gt RUN Penodic Timer Item Device Humber Length 1 Trigger name If a condition of triggering the sending of an email is met AH1OEN 5A will send the email and the trigger name will be the subject of the email Time Interval After a condition of triggering the sending of an email is met a second email will not be sent within the time interval Mode of triggering the sending of an email The sending of an email can be triggered by the value in a register triggered when a CPU module runs or triggered periodically User message Users can enter a user message The message will be the contents of an email Attachment The present value in a device in a CPU module can be an attachment to an email AH500 Module Manual
301. seeeeeseeeeeseeeeesseeeeeas 7 6 Ted BACKI IMENI Oeae 7 6 re E o Eo a a EE A E E A ee amie U Ue ace 7 7 7 3 1 HYSTA G MOCI S e 7 7 7 3 2 Connecting to the DeviceNet Communication Connector 7 8 7 3 3 DeviceNet Bus Network Topology Structure 7 8 7 3 4 Choice and Purpose of DeviceNet Terminal Resistor 7 12 7 3 5 DeviceNet Network Supply POWEL ccccceeccseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeaees 7 13 7 4 Configuration of AH1ODNET 5A essesesseeeeneenen nennen 7 14 7 4 1 DS Wiel DION FAS SS comcs dtu scum mox E MIENNE MUS 7 14 7 4 2 Assignment of Mapping Area in Master Mode 7 14 7 4 3 Assignment of Mapping Area in Slave Mode 7 15 7 4 4 Data Flow Direction of Master and Slave sssusss 7 15 7D Bibsttobe COMMA ster scessceusccnsvsvecenasencesaceedcesoseeeesasadoessesetdveseseteeesavencs 7 17 7 5 1 Bit strobe Work Principle cccccceceeeeceeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeesaeeeseeesees 7 17 7 6 Network Node Status Display cccccccseceeseseeeseeeeseeeeeseeeeesaeeeseeeeeeas 7 17 7 6 1 scan List Node Status Display eeeeeeeeeseeeesseeeess 7 17 7 6 2 Scanner Module Status Display seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeese 7 18 7 Special Operation in Master Mode
302. sor and 0 300 Q input impedance Resolution 0 1 C 0 1 F Four wire conversion time 150 ms channel AHOAPT 5A Three wire conversion time 300 ms channel Temperature Four channel thermocouple temperature sensor measurement module AHOATC 5A Sensor type J K R S T E N B and 150 150 mV Resolution 0 1 C 0 1 F Conversion time 200 ms channel Eight channel thermocouple temperature sensor Sensor type J K R S T E N B and 150 150 mV Resolution 0 1 C 0 1 F Conversion time 200 ms channel Two channel high speed counter module AHO2HC 5A Motion control AHO2HC5A 200 kHz module iah AHO4HC 5A Four channel high speed counter module 200 kHz It is an Ethernet master module with two built in Ethernet It is a serial communication module with two RS 485 RS 422 ports and supports Modbus and the UD Network AH10SCM 5A Link protocol module There is isolation between two parts of communication and there is isolation between two parts of power It is a DeviceNet network module It can function as a AH10DNET 5A master or a slave The maximum communication speed is 1 Mbps 1 2 Specifications AHO8TC 5A 1 2 1 General Specifications Mem Specifications Operating Po Storage temperature 40 70 C T 5 95 5 95 mleragenumany No condensation Vibration Shock International standards IEC61131 2 IEC 68 2 6 TEST Fc IEC61131 2 resistance amp IEC 68 2 27 TEST Ea Installation loc
303. ss 2 If E1 and 03 are shown continuously it indicates that the error of E1 exists in the slave of node address 03 3 Ifthe error codes such as E7 and E1 are shown please refer to section 7 10 2 for treatment 7 2 7 Backplane Interface The interface is used for connection between AH10DNET 5A and a backplane 7 6 AH500 Module Manual 7 3 Installation 7 3 1 Installing the Module 1 Insert the projection under the module into the hole in the backplane 2 Push the module in the direction indicated by the following arrow to meet the I O slot of the backplane 7 7 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 7 3 2 Connecting to the DeviceNet Communication Connector 1 After wiring is completed insert the DeviceNet connector to the port 2 Tighten the screws on two sides of the DeviceNet terminal 7 3 3 DeviceNet Bus Network Topology Structure The transmission distance on the DeivceNet bus network is determined by the transmission rate The following table shows the corresponding maximum communication distance at different transmission rates iind rate 10K 20K 50K 125K 250K 500K 800K ax Communication 5000 2500 1000 500 250 100 50 25 distance M 7 8 AH500 Module Manual PC AHTODNET 55 DVWPONET SL Master iMastar Dr mx Ethernet aii n piini TAP CNO2 TAP CPO1 TAP CNO2 4 CBO TAP cB61l TAP CBO2
304. stance transmission But the wave form distortion will become severe with the increasing communication cable Therefore the two ends of the trunk cable must be installed with the terminal resistors respectively installation Position of Terminal Resistor The DeviceNet communication cable consists of five wires such as red wire blue wire white wire black wire and shielded wire as below AH500 Module Manual Aluminium fail Two signal wires Blue and white d 12 2mm outer diameter 1TEAWG 2 vo A Two power wires Metal shielded net Shielded wire 184G IDA Shd black The terminal resistors must be installed to the two ends of the trunk cable only Since the blue wire and white wire are for signal transmission the terminal resistor must be installed between blue wire and white wire 7 3 5 DeviceNet Network Supply Power The network just needs one or multiple supply powers which supply the power to each network equipment via the bus cable Delta DeviceNet bus cable consists of five wires among which the power wire and signal wire occupy two wires respectively and the left one is the shielded wire as the above figure shows The supply power for the bus is optional and could be a single supply power or multiple supply powers according to the actual demand Single Supply Power CAN_H CAN L Li ti lt lt Sic anly ane for grounding E jn the whole network 3 77 7 T Supply power Multiple
305. struction will affect the state of the connected PLC Cancel Note If E7 is displayed on AH10DNET 5A please remove its DeviceNet terminals before downloading Otherwise failure to download will occur 11 Power off the AH500 series CPU module and then power it on again after downloading is finished And at the time AH10DNET 5A is set to the master mode 7 7 2 Mapping Areas Setting When AH10DNET 5A serves as a master there are two methods of modifying the starting address of its mapping areas Method 1 Modify the starting address of the mapping areas through ISPSoft and DeviceNet Builder 1 PC accesses an AH500 series CPU module via USB after connecting the device according to the following figure P505 CPU530 EN AH10DNET 5A 5 Lj LE DL DeviceNet Builder jj um E ES E E SE S EJ EJ EJ EJ E EES E RS232 Note The introduction in this section is made in the USB communication method 7 23 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 2 Open ISPSoft select File gt gt
306. t pulses into the corresponding physical quantity Number of sampled pulses Number of pulses count during a cycle x Scale set by users x Magnification ee ae UNS Selecting a scale 0 x1 magnification 1 x0 1 2 X0 01 3 X0 001 4 x0 0001 Se ingascae 0 327657 6 494 62 490 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 Number of input pulses count during a cycle i Count cycle i HE H Number of Input pulses 1000 1010 aa Example A flow counter is used A pulse represents a flow of 5 cm The magnitude set is 1 Setting a scale 5 Selecting a scale 0 x1 Cycle 0 1 second The figure above shows that the number of input pulses count during the first cycle is 1000 Number of sampled pulses Number of pulses count during a cycle x Scale set by users x Magnification 1000x5x1 5000 cm s 10 21 AH500 Module Manual 3 Bit2in CRA CR32 CR60 CR88 If bit 2 in CR4 CR382 CR60 CR88 is turned ON the function of averaging the number of sampled pulses will be enabled If bit 2 in CR4 CR32 CR60 CR88 is turned OFF the function of averaging the number of sampled pulses will be disabled The function of averaging the number of sampled pulses prevents the number of pulses sampled in a cycle form being abnormal Then number of pulses sampled in N cycles is divided by N In the figure below the numbe
307. takes to scan the Time it takes to scan the system 19 system Unit Microsecond 9 3 2 Functions of the Output Registers Number Register name Description ie meme ee 0 R Reseved 0000000000 WR Reewed O o S 2 R Reewed o S 48 R Reewed o o S M R Reewed o o 45 R Reewed oo S 6 R Reewed o S aR Reewed o o S 8 R Reseved o S ia R Reewed 0000000000000 9 6 Chapter 9 Network Module AH10EN 5A HEIDE Attribute Register name Description 0 The execution of the data exchange stops Mode of the data 1 The data exchange is executed once and then exchange is not executed 2 he data exchange is executed continually Triggering the Every bit represents a remote device transmission of data 0 The data exchange is not triggered 1 data 6 1 The data exchange is triggered Triggering the Every bit represents a remote device transmission of data 0 The data exchange is not triggered 17 data 32 1 The data exchange is triggered Triggering the Every bit represents a remote device transmission of data 0 The data exchange is not triggered 33 data 48 1 The data exchange is triggered Triggering the Every bit represents a remote device transmission of data 0 The data exchange is not triggered 49 data 64 1 The data exchange is triggered 6 R Reseved o O a7 R Reseved o S Wie R Reseved o O WH9 R Reewed 000 9 3 3 Functions of the Control Registers CR Re
308. te The introduction in this section is made in the USB communication method 1 32 AH500 Module Manual 2 Open ISPSoft select File gt gt New gt gt New and then the following dialog box appears where select the corresponding PLC Ele Est Mew Compie PLC Tools Window Help Hess mmeg oe gassrameuteenn loo xmumsa Note The PLC used in this section is AHCPU530 EN 3 Select Tool gt gt Communication Setting and then the following dialog box appears where select the lea built driver mee ma P oe 99 DH emuente HE uavzua4v OO xmae ati Note The Hier is built via COMMGR A ET section 8 4 in the help file the DeviceNet Builder software for more 7 33 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 4 Double click HWCONFIG symbol in the above window and then a new interface pops up where select Spior gt gt O Scan and then the icon of AH10DNET 5A will emerge as below Descption Input Devi Output De AH Power None Nene AHPSOS AHCPUS 1 00 Basic CPU m None Nore None Real Version 101 AHLODN 1 00 DesiceNets None Oihe Driver USB COM Slot Label Firmware Note AH10DNET 5A could be installed to other slot 5 Double click 10DNET icon in the above window and then the following dialog box appears where lly the starting addresses of the mapping areas of AH10DNET 5A E HIODRET SA Parameters of IO mapp
309. te hardware configuration without spending time writing a program to set registers corresponding to functions 2 o 5 2 Specifications and Functions 5 2 1 Specifications Electrical specifications Number of analog 4 inputs Three wire configuration Pt100 Ni100 Pt1000 Ni1000 sensor and 0 300 Q input impedance Two wire Four wire configuration Pt100 Ni100 Pt1000 Ni1000 sensor Applicable sensor and 0 300 O input impedance Pt100 DIN 43760 1980 JIS C1604 1989 100 O 3850 PPM C Pt1000 DIN EN60751 1 kO 3850 PPM C Ni100 Ni1000 DIN 43760 Supply voltage 24 V DC 20 4 V DC 28 8 V DOC 15 20 Connector type 25 C 77 F The error is 0 5 of the input within the range 20 60 C 4 140 F The error is 1 of the input within the range Two wire Four wire Four wire configuration 150 ms channel Three wire configuration 300 ms channel There is isolation between a digital circuit and an analog circuit and there is isolation between analog channels Isolation between a digital circuit and a ground 500 V DC Isolation between an analog circuit and a ground 500 V DC Isolation between an analog circuit and a digital circuit 500 V DC Isolation between the 24 V DC and a ground 500 V DC Overall accuracy Conversion time 5 2 Chapter 5 Temperature Measurement Module AHOAPT 5A Functional specifications Analog to digital conversion Input impedance Centigrade C Fahrenheit F Pt100 180 C 800 C
310. ter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 2 ARET Scanning is Eccc right click AH10DNET 5A Slave and select Parameters Edit File Edit View Network Tools Setup Help Demm rhon ee s mago aaas A B a Project List AHIODNET 5A Master Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D1500 lg B AHIODNET 5A Master AHIODNET Scanner Cut Ctrl X Copy Ctrl C Paste Ctrl V 4 ul Remove Delete id a 5 Project Jn Parameter Edit s Message Code Description Properties System Channel Driverl Online CAP 3 Modify the data length of the slave in the parameter editor Length of input data is the length of the data that the slave sends to the master and Length of output data is the length of the data that the master sends to the slave The two parameters are used for setting the polled IO data length of the slave and the polled IO data length of AH1ODNET Slave can be set in the following window After setting IS over Seu Write ID Type Parameter Name Value Working Mode Slave mode Firmware Version 0 Extend Baudrate Enable Disable UW Length of input data 40Bytes Device Type Master lt Slave D Start Address Master lt Slave 500 Device Type Mastert gt Slave D 10 1 Start Address Mastert gt Slave 1000 Value Information Help Tips Min 0 After the value is modified the Max 980 module must be repowerd Default Click OK to return the main interface of the software afte
311. ter AH10SCM 5A is installed users need to write a program to control the related functions of AH10SCM 5A The users can read data from a control register in AH10SCM 5A by means of the instruction FROM and write data into a control register AH10SCM 5A by means of the instruction TO Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A 1400 FROM Reading the data from the control register in the special module pee x v w s re Hefo t sese n wes or Pulse instruction 16 bit instruction 13 steps 32 bit instruction 13 steps AH500 AH500 AH500 m Rack code Word Double word mo Slot code Word Double word m3 Control register number Word Double word Device in which the data is DFROMP D Word Double word stored D Device in which the error WordiDoubie word code is stored n Data length Word Double word Explanation 1 Users can use this instruction to read the data from the control register in the special module into the AH500 series PLC 2 The operand m should be in the range of 1 to 8 1 represents a main rack and 2 8 represent extension racks 3 The operand m should be in the range of 0 to 11 If the rack code is 1 the slot code should be in the range of O to 11 If the rack code is in the range of 2 to 8 the slot code should be in the range of 0 to 7 4 The operand ms specifies the control register number 5 When the instruction FROM is executed Dz is set to 0 When an error occurs D is not set to 0 Please refer
312. the 16 A002 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the 6 A003 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 4 exceeds the 6 A004 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 5 exceeds the 16 A005 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware a E 7 1 1 6 39 AH500 Module Manual ERROR Error RUN LED Type Description naar LED EX We Desenin Ta indicator The signal received by channel 6 exceeds the 16 A006 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the Blink hardware The signal received by channel 7 exceeds the 16 A007 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the Blink hardware The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the 16 A800 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the 16 A801 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the 16 A802 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the 16 A803 Warning hardware The signal received by channel 4 exceeds the 16 A804 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 5 exceeds the 16 A805 Warning range of inp
313. the registers starting from D1000 and meanwhile the values in the registers starting from D500 will be sent to the master by the slave Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A Master Mode Scan Interval Time Expected Packet Rate amp Slave Mode Bit Strobed Ix Size Bytes Polled Output Size 8 Bytes Change of State Cychc COS Master gt Slave Start Address Masterc Slave Start Address Extension Baudrate _ Enable Baudrate Mbps Note D1000 and D500 in the above window are the registers in an AH500 series CPU module on the left of AH1ODNET 5A functioning as a slave The following figure illustrates the corresponding relations in the mapping areas of the master and slave The master and slave both consist of AH10DNET 5A and an AH500 series CPU module 0E GOD EE TE D D D505 D999 D E Master AH500 AH10DNET 5A D1005 p Device Net D1000 Slave AH500 AH10DNET 5A e cee epee omm li D500 D999 Note In the above figure the maximum data length is introduced But the actually configured data length may be different from it AH500 Module Manual represents the control data that DeviceNet master sends and these data will be updated in th
314. these network devices on the networks Parameter Setting Network Parameiers Description Monitor Initial Comment Signle IP Addre Operation Mode Static IP Host 1 X1 Mode 192 168 0 5 Host 1 X1 IP Address 255 255 2550 Host 1 X1 Subnet Mask Operation IMode Host 1 X1 Mode Host 1 X1 IP Address Host 1 X1 Subnet Mask Host 1 X1 Gateway x rei E od E 192 168 0 1 Host 1 X1 Gateway Host 2 X2 IP Address 192 168 1 5 Host 2X2 IP Address Host 2 X2 Subnet Mask 2552552550 Host 2 X2 Subnet Mask IP Filter Function Enable O IF Filter Function Enable TCP Keep Alive Timeout s 30 TCP Keep Alive Timeout s Default B Operation mode Users can select an operation mode of AH10EN 5A They can assign a single IP address to AH10EN 5A and make AH10EN 5A support a switching hub or they can assign two IP addresses to AH10EN 5A and make the two ports operate individually B IP address assignment There are two ways to assign IP addresses Static IP address An IP address is manually assigned Chapter 9 Network Module AH10EN 5A DHCP An IP address is assigned by a server There must be a server existing on a local area network Static IP address Users assign an IP address a subnet mask and a default gateway A DHCP server assigns an IP address a subnet mask and a gateway B IP address An IP address is the address of a device on a network Every device connected to a network needs an IP address If a wron
315. ting If AHTODNET 5A is in slave mode it can be set to the master mode via the DeviceNet Builder software 1 PC accesses an AH500 series CPU module via USB after connecting the device according to the following figure PS05 CPU530 EN AH10DNET 5A DeviceNet Builder Lo EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ EJ Note The introduction in this section is made in the USB communication method AH500 Module Manual 2 Open ISPSoft select File gt gt New gt gt New and then the following dialog box appears where select the corresponding PLC Edt Vew M ot Hc oe Heip Note The PLC used in this section is AHCPU530 EN 3 Select Tool gt gt Communication Setting and then the following dialog box appears where select the asit built driver me ie Sem Compe BC De Yee d Bememoce ous ge uE ZENTAS Beir aad 0 di IL LE Note The Aver is
316. tive or not via its switch The CAN bus topology tapping box with the 120ohm resistor enclosed TAP CNO1 which is effective or not via its switch The CAN bus topology tapping box TAP CNO2 with the 120ohm resistor enclosed LLLLLLES which is effective or not via its switch Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A Product picture Type Function s TAP CBO1 TAP CBO01 DeviceNet trunk cable TAP CB02 TAP CBO02 DeviceNet drop cable 7 3 4 Choice and Purpose of DeviceNet Terminal Resistor Choice of DeviceNet Terminal Resistor DeviceNet network requires to install one terminal resistor of 1210hm to either end of the trunk cable The thick cable represents the main cable and the thin cable represents the sub cable BIO Node Node Node Node Node Node Node Node Purpose of DeviceNet Terminal Resistor The terminal resistor is used for eliminating the signal reflection in the communication cable All signal transmission cables have the characteristic impedance The characteristic impedance of Delta DeviceNet communication cable is about 1210hm When being transmitted to the end of the communication cable because the impedance of the end is different from the characteristic impedance the signal will be reflected which will interfere with the new signal and the signal wave form distortion will happen The phenomenon of the signal wave form distortion is not obvious in the short di
317. tn pulses 999999999 999999999 Number of sampled pulses High word Number of accumulated pulses Low word Number of accumulated pulses High word Number of input 0 a 47483648 2147483647 pulses Low word IN 999999999 999999999 75 aalala LILILILZ mmn 10 16 Chapter 10 High speed Counter Module AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Default Aea proue eem Wao mem Number of input pulses High word 110 NI TL OAEMEG NN Zu 1 AHO2HC 5A supports channel 1 and channel 2 It does not support channel 3 and channel 4 AHO4HC 5A supports channel 1 channel 4 10 8 Writing Parameters Users can set the parameters in AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A by means of ISPSoft and enable parameters by means of the output devices assigned to AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A The users can also set the parameters in AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A by means of the instruction TO or DTO 1 Software ISPSoft After AHO2HC 5A AHOAHC 5A is installed HWCONFIG in ISPSoft can be used to set the parameters in AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A Users can not start AHO2HC 5A AHO4HC 5A by means of HWCONFIG in ISPSoft However parameters can be enabled by the output devices in the program written in ISPSoft 2 Instruction TO or DTO Parameters can be changed by means of the instruction TO or DTO Users can stop AHO2HC 5A AHOA4HC 5A from counting by means of TO or DTO during the operation of AHO2HC 5A AHOA4HC 5A However they can not change the other parameters by
318. to the additional remark below for more information about the error codes 6 The operand n used in the 16 bit instruction should be in the range of 1 to 256 and the operand n used in the 32 bit instruction should be in the range of 1 to 128 7 Only the 32 bit instructions can use the 32 bit counter 8 Please refer to the regulation of the operands in the instruction TO for more information about the numbering of the special modules Example Suppose the first special module at the right side of the CPU module is AH10SCM 5A When X0 0 is switched from OFF to ON the instruction FROM is executed The mode of the data exchange through COM1 on AH10SCM 5A stored in CR 7 is read into D100 Owing to the fact that no error occurs the code stored in D110 is 16220000 AH500 Module Manual METWORK 1 XUD 0 The use of the parameters The module is placed on the main rack Therefore the rack code stored in D40 is 16220001 The module is inserted in the first slot Therefore the slot code stored in D41 is 1620000 The mode of the data exchange through COMI is stored in CR 7 Therefore the control register number stored in D42 is 16520007 Owing to the fact that the mode of the data exchange through COM1 occupies one register the value in D43 is 1 The data which is read from CR 7 is stored in D100 Additional remark 1 2 If the values in m and m exceed the range the operation error occurs the instruction is not executed
319. ts in the group is triggered Besides if several different types of packets are required in a larger system users can arrange several groups in sequence and set the sequence of sending receiving the packets in the groups 8 6 3 1 TX Packets and RX Packets Several TX packets and RX packets can be created in a group A TX packet RX packet is composed of messages an address a length and a checksum Packet Edit Packet View Packet Segment Edit megment View Message Address Length Checksum Add ii EN ENSIS Packet name Users can edit a packet name Packet view The contents of a packet are displayed e Packet segment edit Users can adjust the sequence of segments and add delete segments No A segment number is displayed Users can edit 64 segments at most Class A segment class is displayed A message an address a length and a checksum are 8 26 Chapter 8 Network Module AH10SCM 5A classes Format The data format of a segment is displayed A hexadecimal value an ASCII code and a code are data formats Segment view The contents of a segment are displayed Message Users can edit constant messages and variable messages Messages can be applied to a header segment a start bit segment an end bit segment and a data segment There can be several messages in a packet Address Users can edit a constant address and a variable address There is only one addr
320. ts sent are voltages A milliampere is a unit of calibration for offsets if inputs received or outputs sent are currents e The range of offsets used for calibration is 1 0 1 0 and the range of gains used for calibration is 0 9 1 1 Example 1 The inputs received by a channel are voltages in the range of 10 0 V to 10 0 V The original signals are used The gain is 1 and the offset is 0 If the voltage received by the channel is 0 V the digital value is 0 05 If the voltage received by the channel is 10 0 V the digital value is 9 95 Users can calibrate the channel by calibrating the gain and the offset The users can get the gain for the calibration by means of the equations below Gainz Y2 Y1 X2 X1 9 95 0 05 10 0 21 Gain used for calibration 1 Gain 1 1 1 The users can get the offset for the calibration by means of the equations below Offset Y1 0 05 Offset used for calibration 0 Y1 0 05 4 7 AH500 Module Manual 4 8 Signals after the calibration 10 m vu vom bd em dome Vue VE es r ms o eo Original signals X2 Y2 10 V 9 95 l 10 V l Voltage X 10 V X1 Y1 0 V 0 05 Digital value Y X Analog signal Y Digital value Example 2 The inputs received by a channel are voltages in the range of 10 0 V to 10 0 V The original signals are used The gain is 1 and the offset is O If the voltage received by the channel is O V the digital value is 0
321. tup Help B c is z Scanner setting UR gm le Online SG Project ig Scan DeviceNet Network Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D1500 The start output D1000 2 Idae Oowiced 1 f Upload AHIO0DNET AHIO0DNET Scanner Slave Message Code Description b Download configuration data to scanner System Channel Driverl Online CAP NUM 9 Power off the AH500 series CPU module and then power it on again after downloading is finished And at the time the starting address of the mapping area is modified successfully Method 2 Modify the starting address of the mapping areas through DeviceNet Builder Note Compared to the first method the second one is a bit simpler but D device is probably used by multiple modules at the same time because of no uniform configuration through HWCONFIG Please think carefully before adopting this method 7 27 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 1 PC accesses an AH500 series CPU module via USB after connecting the device according to the following figure PS05 CPU530 EN AH10DNET 5A i Lj I IQ DeviceNet Builder CPU530 EN RS232 E E Nm ES HEH I EH EH EM END ONS E EE OU UUUU UU UU nnn Manno UU UU UU
322. uct List IO Sean Ctr Extension Rack Dieital WO IvTedule l Analog LO IvTodule Temperature IvIodule Motion Control IdTadule Network Module F H Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A 3 ISPSoft is scanning the actual hardware configuration O8TC HWCONFIG File Edit Option Help mixmtoes uum HH s zl wa Product List H Extension Rack E Digital 1O Module 1 4 Analog NMO IvIadule E Temperature Module H lotion Control IvIadule 3 1 Heti ay odile Specification 4 After the scan of the actual hardware configuration is complete the system automatically assigns the corresponding registers to the channels Users can alter the input device range by themselves Note Owing to the fact that values are floating point numbers every channel occupies two 16 bit registers Information Rack 1 slot Ho Label Firmware Versi D escrption Input Device Ra Output Device F 6 19 AH500 Module Manual 5 Double click the module UBTC HWCONFIG File Edt Option Help BREE m X Bn c uum Product List Extension Rack Digital DO Module l Analog LO Module Temperature IvIodule IvIation Control IvTadule Meturark IvTadule 6 Open the Parameter Setting window Parameter Setting AHOSTC 5A CHO CH Mode setting AHOSTC 5A Teraperature unit Average Time CHO CH Calibration Channel Alar
323. umber H3 Input mode sett 1 H3 Input mode setting Conversion Flags Read only AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B The channel is disabled The channel is disabled 10 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 V 10 V 0 V 10 V 5 V 5 V 5 V 5 V OV 5V 0 V 5V 1V 5V 5 1 V 5V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 20 mA 20 mA Description ONOMOORWNH AO 2 The number of values averaged Parameter Setting AHOJAD 54 CHO CH3 Average Time CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Average Time Description ddress Monitor Initial CHO CH3 Calibration orn 4 Description A qm CHO CH3 Scale Range 1 nc l CHO Average Time m Channel Alarm 5 Mas A CH1 Average Time loam piezo T CH2 Average Time CH3 Average Time Conversion Flags Read only oR wa 2 24 Chapter 2 Analog Input Module AHO4AD 5A AHO8AD 5B AHO8AD 5C 3 The offsets and the gains used for calibration Parameter Setting AHOVAD 54 CHO CH3 Calibration CHO CH3 Mode setting CHO CH3 Average Time Initial Comment s 0 000000 CHO Cal Offset Vira petu dendi H1 Cal Offset Vim A Q 0D0DOD CHlCalOffet VimA Fleet Enable H2 Cal Offset Wim 0 000000 CH2 Cal Offset Vind Interrupt number EAE PE Warning LED Sacer Set v Im m 0 000000 CH3 Cal Offset Virak Conversion Flags Read only HD Cel Gai 1 000000 CHO Cal Gain 1 000000 CH1 Cal Gain 1 000000 CH2 Cal Gain 1 000000 CH3 Cal Gain 4 The scale range Parameter Setting E
324. update prescale and average the number of sampled pulses If the number of sampled pulses is monitored an alarm can be generated The number of sampled pulses is added to the number of accumulated pulses Users can detect whether the number of accumulated pulses overflows and compares the number of accumulated pulses with a value e X AHO2HC 5A Two bidirectional high speed counters X AHO4HC 5A Four bidirectional high speed counters 10 1 1 Characteristics Pulse input Pulse farmats which can be accepted 1 C Number of input pulses A 7 The number af input Prescaling the number of input pulses 2 pulses is updated hu mimbargt input pulses is Averaging the number of sampled pulses 3 updated every 10 milliseconds r i i I s i l Resetting a Number of sampled pulses 4 lumber of input pulses 5 counter 10 nw Alarm output 7 Overflow detection 8 The comparison Wye uo oe ee ae Y e J condition is met 8 1 Pulse formats which can be accepted Single pulse double pulse one time the frequency of A B phase inputs and four times the frequency of A B phase inputs 2 Prescaling the number of input pulses After the number of input pulses is multiply by a certain value it will become a value which has a specific significance 3 Averaging the number of sampled pulses The number of sampled pulses is divided by the number of cycles set by users 4 Number of sample
325. uts which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 6 exceeds the 16 A806 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the hardware The signal received by channel 7 exceeds the 16 A807 Warning range of inputs which can be received by the O O hardware 6 5 2 Troubleshooting Procedure Description Hardware failure Return the module to the factory for repair Check whether the external 24 V power supply The external voltage is abnormal Pane modic s nanma Internal error PI n he f ry The CJC is abnormal eee SoMa nena Internal error a PI n the factory The factory correction is abnormal Fete coma y range of inputs which can be received by the E F F F F F F F F O O O O O O O O O N N N OF N OF N OF N OF N OF N OF N OF N F The signal received by channel 0 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received by the Check the signal received by channel 0 hardware The signal received by channel 1 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received by the Check the signal received by channel 1 hardware The signal received by channel 2 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received by the Check the signal received by channel 2 hardware 6 40 Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHO8TC 5A The signal received by channel 3 exceeds the range of inputs which can be received by the Check the signal received by channel 3 hardware The signal
326. value or a hexadecimal value n decimal values or n hexadecimal values are transmitted to the I O module Suppose S is 16220001 and n is 3 Three 16200015 are transmitted to the I O module Example Suppose the first special module at the right side of the CPU module is AH10EN 5A When X1 1 is switched from OFF to ON the instruction TO is executed The value stored in CR 3 in AH10EN 5A changes from 0 to 1 Owing to the fact that no error occurs the code stored in D110 is 165420000 Chapter 9 Network Module AH10EN 5A NWETYWORK 1 X1 1 DI p11 0 The use of the parameters The module is placed on the main rack Therefore the rack code stored in D40 is 16520001 The module is inserted in the first slot Therefore the slot code stored in D41 is 16 0000 The operation mode is stored in CR 3 Therefore the control register number stored in D42 is 16220003 Owing to the fact that the operation mode occupies one register the value in D2 is 1 The data which is written into CR 3 is stored in D100 Therefore the value in D100 is 1620001 The regulation of the operands in the instruction The operand m specifies the rack code It should be in the range of 1 to 8 1 represents a main rack and 2 8 represent extension racks The operand m specifies the slot code It should be in the range of 0 to 11 If the rack code is 1 the slot code should be in the range of 0 to 11 If the rack code is in the range of 2 to 8 the slot code shoul
327. wer AH10DNET 5A after setting is over and then modifying the data length is successful 7 41 Chapter 7 Network Module AH10DNET 5A 7 8 3 Extension Baud Rate Setting When AH10DNET 5A is in slave mode its extension baud rate can be set as the following steps 1 Scan AH10DNET 5A in slave mode through the DeviceNet master AH10DNET Slave represents for AH10DNET 5A module in slave mode and AH10DNET Scanner refers to AH10DNET 5A module in master mode as the following window shows se Delta DeviceN et Builder Untitlec Fle Edit View Network Tools Setup Help a ETE X m die amp Ose 4 mu idi jx B J Project List AHIODNET 5A Master Rack 1 Slot 0 Node Address 0 The start input D1500 Te 8 AH1ODNET 5A Master AHIODNET AHIO0DNET scanner Slave Project Message Code Description System Channel DriverL Online CAP 2 Right click AH1ODNET 5A Slave and select Parameter Edit after scanning is successful d t Builder Untitle Tx File Edit View Network Tools Setup Help Eis Project List e 8 AHIODNET 5A Master AHIODNET Alli Cut Ctrl X Scanner Copy Ctrl C Paste Ctrl V Remove Delete Parameter Edit Message Code Description Properties System Channel DriverL Online CAP 7 42 AH500 Module Manual 3 Select Enable for Extend Baud rate Enable in the following parameter editor p Parameters Edit Slave mode 1 Disable 4 Enable
328. y lt 7 Set the parameters and then click OK Parameter Setting AHORA Channel Mode setting f CHO CH3 Input Average Time Channel Calibration Channel Scale Range OutPut Hold Conversion Flags Read only 8 Click Download on the toolbar to download the parameters The parameters can not be downloaded when the CPU module runs om Untitled HWCORFIG File Edit Option Help AEAEE EAEN OE Product List Download Ctr F8 Extension Rack Digital JO TvTodule l Analog iO Module Temperature IvIndule IuIotion Control Woche Metwork Module 4 21 AH500 Module Manual 4 4 2 Checking the Version of a Module 1 On the Option menu click Online Mode s bii pe p ult Ede Edit SSi Help 3 y GF Upload Ctr F9 Ej Product List RI said Vinh c LO Scan Ctrt h H Extensid Digital 4 Gam BOE Chi F4 Analog Temper H Motion CO Search Ctr Metvrorl Alter Overall Finrwarare Version PO List 2 Right click the module and then click Module Information on the context menu The version of the firmware and that of the hardware are displayed ce Untitled HWiONFIG File Edi Option Help L4 Product List Ivwodule Status c Module Information stie Us Diagnosis trb amp D Module Information Module Hame AHUSZ A 54 Description 4 channels 16 bits analog input Firmware version 1 00 0
329. ype csv File csv 6 4 6 Parameters Parameter Setting AHOSTC 5 CHO CH Mode setting Teraperature unit Average Time CHO CH Calibration Channel Alara Interrupt Enable Interrupt nuraber Warning LED Conversion Flags PID Run Stop PID AutoTune PID Mout Setting PID heater oooler PIDSV PID Cycle PID Kp PD Ki PID Kd Module Name MDS Latest Version MDS Build Date 6 26 HOSTC 54 1 00 0 2012 06 29 Cancel Chapter 6 Temperature Measurement Module AHO4TC 5A AHOSTC 5A 1 The input modes of the channels CHO CH Mode setting k CH1 Input made N LJ The channel is disabled Type J thermocouple Type K thermocouple Type R thermocouple Type S thermocouple Type T thermocouple Type E thermocouple Type N thermocouple 150 mV voltage input Description oO NOORA WN CO 2 Temperature unit Celsius Fahrenheit eee ee k lemperature umit H Description KO Celsius p K1 Fahrenheit 6 27 AH500 Module Manual 3 The number of values averaged Average Time t CHO Average T 10 CHO Avera Bi ec ak aia na ii MU eae aca ea eT ver 10 CH2 Avery 10 CH3 Avery E 10 CH4 Avery E 10 CHS Avery Mim 10 CH6 Avery 10 CH Avery gt 4 The offsets and the gains used for calibration CH CH Calibration Address Monitor Initial SEHE JE 0 000000 CHO Ca E L 0 000000 CHI Ca mn 0 000000 CH2

AH500 Module Manual A H 5 0 0 M o d u le M a n u a l

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents